LAGRANGE

COLLEGE

Undergraduate Bulletin
2004-2005

601 Broad Street, LaGrange, Georgia 30240

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2013

http://archive.org/details/undergraduatebul2004lagr

VOLUME CLXIII SEPTEMBER 2004 NUMBER 1

BULLETIN
LAGRANGE COLLEGE

LAGRANGE, GEORGIA

CATALOGUE ISSUE 2004-2005

COMMUNICATION DIRECTORY

LaGrange College

601 Broad Street
LaGrange, Georgia 30240-2999
(706) 880-8000 Fax: (706) 880-8358 www.lagrange.edu

For prompt attention, please address inquiries as indicated below.
Prefix is 706.

LaGrange College (general information) 880-8000

Office of the President 880-8230

Executive Director of Instructional & Information Technology 880-8304

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean 880-8236

Registrar 880-8237

Vice President & Dean for Student Life and Retention 880-8004

Director of Career Planning and Placement 880-8286

Vice President for Enrollment Management 880-8736

Director of Admission 880-8253

Director Student Financial Planning 880-8229

Executive Vice President for Administration 880-8267

Controller 880-8232

Vice President for Advancement 880-8257

Director of Communications and Marketing 880-8246

Visitors are welcome at LaGrange College throughout the year. The

administrative offices in the Quillian Building are open Monday through Friday
from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Saturday visits may be arranged by appointment.
Visitors desiring interviews with members of the staff are urged to make
appointments in advance.

LaGrange College admits qualified students of any race, color, national and ethnic
origin to all rights, privileges, programs and activities generally accorded or made
available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of sex,
race, color, national or ethnic origin in administration of its educational policies,
admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-
administered programs.

LaGrange College Bulletin, Volume CLXIII, Number 1

President: Dr. F. Stuart Gulley Editor: Dr. Jay Simmons

LaGrange College Bulletin, the official publication of LaGrange College for
current and future students, is published monthly except February, August and
November. Correspondence should be directed to the Office of Academic Dean,
LaGrange College, 601 Broad Street, LaGrange, GA 30240-2999. E-mail
correspondence tojsimmons@lagrange.edu or fax to (706) 880-8358.

Challenging the mind.

Inspiring the soul.

William and Evelyn Banks Library

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Communications Directory 2

Calendar 5

About LaGrange College, Purpose and History 10

LaGrange College at Albany 13

The LaGrange College Campus 14

Admission and Enrollment 19

Financial Information 25

Financial Aid 30

Student Life 41

Academic Advising 53

Academic Support and Information Technology Services 66

Academic Programs 73

Academic Divisions, Departments and Courses 89

Faculty 245

Trustees 255

Administration 258

Index 262

CHANGE OF REGULATIONS

The College reserves the right to make modifications in the degree
requirements, courses, schedules, calendar, regulations, fees and other changes
deemed necessary or conducive to the efficient operation of the College. Such
changes become effective as announced by the proper college authorities.

Note: For information, regulations and procedures for graduate study, please
see the Graduate Bulletin. For information, regulations and procedures for
evening courses, please see the Evening College Bulletin. For information,
regulations and procedures of the Albany campus, please see the
AlbanyBulletin.

2004-2005
ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Day Program

Fall Semester (63 Class Days)

August

20

New faculty assemble

August 23

Opening Session

August

25-27

New student orientation

August

30

Returning students move in

August

31

Registration for new and returning Day students
not prepaid. Advisors for freshman, transfer and
readmitted students are available. Late
registration fee after this date.

September 1

All Classes Begin

Opening Convocation

September 6

Labor Day-College Closed

September 7

End drop/add period and late registration.
No refunds for individual courses dropped
after 5:00 p.m. "I" grades must be changed to
permanent grades.

September

17

Day of Record

September

23

Named Scholarship Luncheon

September

29

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

September

29-Oct-01

Interim Term Registration

October

7-8

Fall Break-No Classes

October

11

Shadow Day I

October

15-17

Homecoming

October

18

Midterm

October

22

Board of Trustees Meeting

October

23

Fall Visitation Day I

October 25-29 Advising period and pre-registration for Day

program students. Students completing degree
requirements by end of fall term should file
petitions for graduation. Students may declare
majors. Advisors available.

November

5

Last day to drop a class

November

8

Shadow Day II

November

13

Fall Visitation Day II

November

23

Last Day of Classes before Thanksgiving Break

November

25-26

Thanksgiving holidays. Administrative offices
open 22-24

November

29

Classes Resume after Thanksgiving Break

November

29-Dec-05

Celebrate the Servant Week

December

6

Last Day of Fall Semester Classes for
Day College

December

7

Reading Day

December

8-13

Final Exams

December

13

Begin term break, 5:00 p.m.

December 20

Grades due. Last day to pre-pay or confirm pre-
registration for Interim and Spring Terms 2005;
otherwise, pre-registered students must go
through registration, January 2, 2005.

December 23-27

Holidays for administration and staff

December 28-30

Administrative offices open

December 3 1

New Year's Holiday

Interim Term (20 Class Days)

January 1

Administrative offices closed

January 2

Residence halls open

January 3

Registration for new and returning Day students.
Advisors for freshman, transfer and readmitted
students are available.

January

Evening College, joint enrollment and graduate
registration. Night and graduate advisors are
available.

Late registration fee after this date

Mandatory First Meeting for all Interim Classes

January

5

End drop/add. No refund for individual classes
dropped after this date.

January

8

Winter Visitation Day

January

11

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

January

17

Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - College closed.
No Classes

January

31

Last day of class

February

4

Interim Term Grades due

Spring Semester

(63 days)

February

4

Day program registration for new and returning
students not prepaid. Advisors for freshman,
transfer and readmitted students are available.

February

7

Classes begin

February 10 End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for

individual classes dropped after this date. "I"
grades must be changed to permanent grades.
Last day for late registration.

February

11-12

Scholars' Weekend

February

18

Day Of Record

March

2

Home Schooled Visitation Day

March

4

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

March

11

Shadow Day III

March

18

Midterm.

March

19

Spring Visitation Day

March 25 Good Friday. Administration Offices close

at noon

March 28 - Advising period and pre-registration for upper

Apr 1 class Day program students. Students completing

degree requirements in summer or fall should file
petitions for graduation. Students may declare
majors. Advisors available

April

4-8

Spring break; Administrative offices open

April

14-15

Double Take I

April

15

Last day to drop a class

April

15

Board of Trustees Meeting

April

24-25

Double Take II

April

25-29

Pre-Registration for Interim Travel Projects

April

29

Honors Day

April

29-May-01

Family Weekend

April

30

May Day

May

11

Last day of class for Day Program

May

12

Reading Day

May

13-17

Final Exams

GRADES DUE FOR GRADUATES BY 12:00 P.M. ON THURSDAY, MAY 19

May 20 Graduation rehearsal, faculty marshals and

student marshals attend.

Senior brunch, faculty invited

Baccalaureate at First United Methodist
Church. All faculty should plan to attend.

Grades due at 5:00 p.m.

May

21

Graduation on Quadrangle. 8:30 a.m

May

30

Memorial Day - College closed

Summer I Term 2005

May

31

Residence halls open

Registration

June

1

All classes meet

June

2

End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for
Individual classes dropped after this date.

June

9

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

June

23

Last day to drop a course

June

30

Departmental Annual Reports due in
Dean's Office

July

1

12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during
class times

July

2

7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during
class times

July

4

July 4th College Holidayno classes

July

5

Grade reports due at noon

Summer II Term 2005

July

5

Residence halls open

July

Registration, Registrar's Office, Smith Hall

July

All classes meet

July

8

End drop/add, 5:00 p.m. No refund for
individual classes dropped after this date.
Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's office

July

14

Last day to drop a class with an automatic "W"

July

28

Last day to drop a class

August

5

12:00 and 2:00 classes have exams during
class times

August

6

7:30 and 9:30 classes have exams during
class times

August

8

Grade reports due by noon

ABOUT LAGRANGE COLLEGE

LaGrange College is called through the United Methodist Church
to challenge the minds and inspire the souls of students by improving
their creative, critical and communicative abilities in a caring and
ethical community.

MISSION

LaGrange College, established in 1 83 1 , is owned by the North Georgia
Conference of the United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is proud of this
relationship and believes that its mission is an extension of the work of The
United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is committed to the free,
uninhibited pursuit of truth. Academic freedom and free expression of faculty
and students are integral to the LaGrange College ethos. LaGrange College is
committed to challenging the minds and inspiring the souls of students by
improving their creative, critical and communicative abilities. Faculty
recognize the part they play in a student's development by serving as mentors
and role models. The total LaGrange College program curricular and co-
curricular is designed to challenge and support students as they deal with
fundamental issues of self, world, and God.

The principal curricular methods by which the College assists students in the
improving of their creative, critical, and communicative abilities are an
interdisciplinary, technologically sophisticated liberal arts program (A. A.,
B.A., B.S., B.M.), and professional programs in business, nursing (B.S.N.) and
education (B.A., M.Ed., M.A.T.) The principal co-curricular means is through
a comprehensive program of student life and athletics.

LaGrange College strives to be a caring and ethical community. The hallmark
of the LaGrange College community is the quest for civility, diversity, service,
and excellence.

Adopted by Faculty, Administration, and Board of Trustees, 1997; reaffirmed by Board of
Trustees on October 20, 2000.

HISTORY AND DESCRIPTION

The history of LaGrange College is closely associated with the history of the
City of LaGrange and Troup County. When the vast tract of land lying between
the Flint and Chattahoochee Rivers was secured by the Indian Springs Treaty
of 1825 and was opened for settlement in 1827, one of the five counties formed
on the western border of the state was named Troup in honor of Governor
George Michael Troup.

10

An act was passed by the Georgia Legislature on December 24, 1827,
providing for the selection of a county seat. It was named LaGrange after the
country estate of the Marquis de Lafayette, American Revolutionary War
hero who had visited the region in 1825 as the guest of Governor Troup.
The site for the town of LaGrange was purchased in 1828 and the town
was incorporated on December 18, 1828. On December 26, 1831, the
charter for the LaGrange Female Academy was granted at the state capitol,
then in Milledgeville.

In 1831 Andrew Jackson was president of the United States. Abraham Lincoln
was 22 years old. The Creek Indians had been moved out of this area of the
state only six years earlier. The only other college in the state was Franklin
College, now The University of Georgia.

In 1 847 the charter for the school was amended and the school became the
LaGrange Female Institute with power to confer degrees. The name was
changed to LaGrange Female College in 185 1 and in 1934 it was changed to
LaGrange College. The College became officially coeducational in 1953.

The first location of the school was in a large white building at what is now
406 Broad Street. The school moved to its present location "On the Hill," the
highest geographical point in LaGrange, after the construction of the building
now known as Smith Hall in 1842.

The College was sold to the Georgia Conference of the Methodist Episcopal
Church South in 1856. Today it is an institution of the North Georgia
Conference of the United Methodist Church.

Strong in the liberal arts, LaGrange College has an outstanding reputation in
pre -professional programs, including pre-medical and allied fields, pre-law,
pre-theology, and pre-engineering.

LaGrange College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with sixteen majors, the
Bachelor of Science degree in five areas, the Bachelor of Music and the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The Master of Business
Administration degree, the Master of Arts in Teaching, and the Master of
Education degree in Early Curriculum and Instruction are offered. The
Associate of Arts degree is offered in one area.

LaGrange College operates on the modified (4-1-4) semester system for day
classes. In addition there is an evening session during the regular year and in
the summer. During the regular school year, the night classes follow a
modified quarter system. The summer is divided into two sessions of day
classes and one seven-week session in the evening. For all day classes, credits
earned are semester hour credits.

The College draws more than half of its student body from Georgia. However,
students from at least one-third of the other states in the U.S. and from abroad
nourish a rich cosmopolitan and international community which includes
various religious and ethnic backgrounds.

11

Georgia's leader in granting academic credit through the College Level
Examination Program, the College also offers travel seminars, field study
programs and internships. Students in the college's nursing division receive
supervised learning experiences in many area medical facilities. Campus art
exhibitions, lectures, concerts, and varsity and intramural sports add to the
cultural enrichment and recreational opportunities offered by the College.
The College has a service learning program unlike any in the state.

The College is located in the town of LaGrange, Georgia, which has a
population of 26,000. Nearby are Callaway Gardens, the Warm Springs
Foundation and Franklin D. Roosevelt's Little White House. The West Point
Dam on the Chattahoochee River provides one of the largest lakes in the
region, with waterfronts and a marina within the city limits of LaGrange.

ACCREDITATION

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur,
Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to award the degrees
of Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in Nursing,
Master of Education, and Master of Arts in Teaching.

LaGrange College is also approved by the United Methodist University Senate.
It has membership in the National Association of Independent Colleges and
Universities and the Georgia Foundation for Independent Colleges.

The Georgia Professional Standards Commission, which confers professional
certificates upon college graduates meeting requirements in early childhood,
middle grades, or secondary education, has awarded highest approval to
LaGrange College's program of teacher education.

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program is accredited by the National
League for Nursing.

The undergraduate and graduate programs in business administration are
accredited by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs.

OTHER SESSIONS

The Evening College Program at LaGrange College provides the opportunity
for adult learners to earn an undergraduate degree without sacrificing their
professional and personal responsibilities. Students may enroll in full-time or
part-time programs leading to a B.A. in Business Administration, B.A. in
Human Development or an A. A. in Liberal Studies. Designed to be accessible
for the working adult, the degree programs may be completed through
attendance at night courses scheduled in four terms offered each year.

Additional information is contained in the Evening College Bulletin, or by
calling (706) 880-8298.

12

LAGRANGE COLLEGE AT ALBANY

The academic program at LaGrange College at Albany has been created in
direct response to community and area needs. An extensive needs assessment
in southwest Georgia was initiated prior to the planning and development
of the program for LaGrange College at Albany. The research results stressed
the need for a program for non-traditional students that would enable them to
complete a baccalaureate degree. The program offers a modular course
schedule with a predictable structure of course offerings, costs, and outcomes.
The program emphasizes leadership knowledge and skills in the workplace and
in the community.

Additional information is contained in the Albany Bulletin or by calling
229-420-8000.

13

THE LAGRANGE CAMPUS

William and Evelyn Banks Library

The librarians and staff take great pride in the high level of service that is
offered at the Banks Library. Each year the library staff receives high marks
from faculty and students on the annual library survey. Library instruction is
highly emphasized with both individual and group instruction offered.

The Banks Library provides up-to-date resources that support the curriculum
and general information needs of students and faculty. The Online Catalog
can be accessed from anywhere in the world on the WEB. Additionally, the
library makes available to students and faculty full-text databases on
GALILEO plus other databases to which it subscribes including JSTOR,
GALE 'S Business and Company Resource Center, ATLAS Religion Database,
CINAHL, ProjectMuse, Wilson Omnifile and more.

Separate Education and Music & Art areas in the library provide easy access
to library materials for those disciplines in a comfortable, user-friendly
environment. A Multi-Media Center provides access to the Internet, word
processing, presentation software, E-MAIL, and the library's electronic
resources. The library provides a scanner, computer projector, multi-media
and Finale music workstations for student use. Group study rooms, study
carrels, video viewing-rooms, and a conference room are also available.

The Banks Library seeks to fulfill the mission of the college through the
provision of information resources and services supporting the curriculum,
co-curricular, and research needs of students and faculty.

Candler and Vernon Residence Halls were completed in 2002. Each
apartment-style hall houses 124 students. Arranged in either two or four
bedroom floor plans with one bathroom per two students, the apartments are
fully furnished and also have a full kitchen. A community room is also
located at the end of one wing in each building. Candler Hall is named in
memory of Mrs. Lee Edwards Candler.

Cason J. Callaway Science Building

Built in 1972, this three-story brick building with the latest equipment for
instruction in general science, biology, chemistry, math, and physics. The
building is named in memory of a former member of the College's Board
of Trustees.

14

Fuller E. Callaway Academic Building

Completed in 1981 and renovated in 2000, the Fuller E. Callaway Academic
Building houses the Departments of Nursing, Psychology, History, Political
Science, and Human Services.

Warren A. Candler Cottage

Completed in 1929 as a home for the college president. The Candler Cottage
now houses the Vice President for Advancement, Donor Relations, and
Advancement Services.

Lamar Dodd Art Center

Completed in 1982, this building provides a physical environment and the
equipment needed for art instruction as well as gallery space for the College's
outstanding art collection. The building is named in honor of the late Lamar
Dodd, a Georgia artist who was reared in LaGrange and whose paintings won
international recognition.

Louise Anderson Manget Building

Built in 1959 and renovated in 2001, the Louise Anderson Manget Building
houses the Division of Humanities, including the Departments of English,
Latin American Studies and Modern Languages, and Religion and Philosophy.

Pitts Hall

Completed in 1 94 1 , this two-story brick women's dormitory was renovated in
1990. Pitts Hall was rededicated in memory of Mr. and Mrs. W. I. H. Pitts and
in honor of their daughter, the late Miss Margaret Adger Pitts, a former college
trustee. The Pitts were long-time supporters of the College.

Price Theatre

Completed in 1975, this dramatic arts building seats 280 and houses classrooms
for the Department of Theatre Arts, faculty offices, scenery workshop, dressing
rooms, costume room, actors' lounge, and a black box theatre.

Quillian Building

Built in 1949 and named in memory of a former president, Hubert T. Quillian,
who served from 1938-1948, this building provides offices for the President,
the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, the Executive Vice
President for Administration, the Business Office, and Institutional Research
and Planning.

Smith Hall

The oldest building on the campus, the main portion of the building was
constructed in 1842 of handmade brick formed from native clay. An addition
was built in 1887 and a major renovation was completed in 1989 at a cost of
over $2.5 million. Ready for the 21 st century, the building now houses offices,

15

classrooms and seminar rooms. Smith Hall was named in memory of Mrs.
Oreon Smith, wife of a former president of the College, Rums W. Smith, who
served from 1885 until his death in 1915. The building is on the National
Register of Historic Places.

Sunny Gables Alumni House

Built by Mary and Julia Nix in 1924, Sunny Gables Alumni House is an
outstanding example of early twentieth century Tudor Revival architecture
designed by P. Thornton Marye and is now part of the National Register of
Historic Places' Vernon Road Historic District. The Sunny Gables Alumni
House seeks to provide a real and symbolic home for LaGrange College
alumni for generations to come, capturing a part of LaGrange College's historic
past and stretching forward into the College's future. This multipurpose facility
serves as the permanent home for alumni, as well as the Office of Alumni and
Parent Relations and the Office of Development. The facility extends entertainment
space to the College's constituents for College programming purposes consistent
with Gateway to Excellence, our strategic plan.

The Mitchell Building is located on the grounds of Sunny Gables Alumni
House. It was named in memory of Evelyn Mitchell, a trustee of The Arthur
Vining Davis Foundations. The building formerly provided classroom space
for the Nursing Division and currently houses the College's Communications
and Marketing Department.

The Chapel

Built in 1965, the materials used in the construction of the Chapel link it with
Christian worship in LaGrange and other parts of the world. Included in the
structure are two stained glass windows made in Belgium more than 1 00
years ago; a stone from the temple of Apollo at Corinth, Greece; a stone from
the Benedictine Monastery, Iona, Scotland; and a stone from St. George's
Chapel, Windsor, England. Regular worship services are held when the
College is in session.

J. K. Boatwright Hall

Completed in 1962, this three-story brick building serves as a men's dormitory.
J. K. Boatwright Hall is named in memory of a long-time member of the
College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's executive committee
from 1956-1962. New designs were incorporated in the renovations to the
building in 2003.

Hawkes Hall

Completed in 1911, this four-story brick building is named in memory of Mrs.
Harriet Hawkes, mother of College benefactor, the late A.K. Hawkes. After a
major renovation costing $1.4 million, the building houses women students on
second, third, and fourth floors. Faculty offices and classrooms for the

16

Education Department occupy the ground floor. Also on the second floor is the
Nixon Parlor, named in honor of long-time supporter of the College, Winifred
Adams Nixon '33.

Waights G. Henry, Jr. Residence Hall

Completed in 1970, this five-story brick building provides student housing.
The building is named in honor of the late Dr. Waights G. Henry, Jr., who
served as president of the College from 1948-1978, and as chancellor from
1978 until his death in 1989. This building also houses a 24-hour computer lab
and tutoring center open to all students.

William H. Turner, Jr. Hall

Built in 1958, this three-story brick building was used for women's housing. It
is named in memory of William H. Turner, Jr., a textile executive of LaGrange
who was a benefactor of the College, a long-time member of the College's
Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's executive committee from 1929-
1950. In 2003, a renovated Turner Hall became a student center on the first two
floors and renovated rooms for women students on the third.

Alfred Mariotti Gymnasium

Built in 1959, the Mariotti Gym houses physical education classrooms and
facilities for indoor athletics. The facility is named in memory of Coach Alfred
Mariotti, the College's basketball coach from 1962-1974 and member of the
faculty until his retirement in 1979.

Margaret Adger Pitts Dining Hall

Completed in 1962 and renovated in 1998, this two-story brick building houses
the dining area, kitchen, Post Office, Copy/Mail Center and the College
Bookstore. The building is dedicated in honor of the late Margaret Adger Pitts,
a former College trustee.

Callaway Campus

Acquired by the College in 1992 as a gift from Callaway Foundation, Inc., the
campus includes three buildings of brick and concrete construction. Callaway
Foundation, Inc. donated funds to build a state-of-the-art lighted soccer field in
1995. The Callaway Campus also includes Softball fields.

Callaway Auditorium

Built in 1941, this building provides space for approximately 1,400 spectators.
It contains a 30 by 46-foot center elevated stage, concession area with full
kitchen, and meeting rooms.

Charles D. Hudson Natatorium

The swimming pool was constructed in 1947 as an oversized pool with
dimensions of 80 by 150 feet. The cabana and bathhouse were built in 1956.
The oversized pool has been divided into an outdoor pool and a natatorium. The

17

complex is now equipped for a year-round aquatics program. The Natatorium is
named in honor of Dr. Charles D. Hudson, long-time chair of the Board of
Trustees and recently retired chair of the Board's Executive Committee.

Callaway Educational Building

Built in 1965 and renovated in 1994, the building houses the Music
Department, Offices of Intercollegiate and Intramural Athletics, and Offices of
the Department of Health and Physical Education. The facility includes state-
of-the-art electronic music equipment, a recording studio, a fitness center, a
gymnasium, and faculty offices.

Cleaveland Field

Cleaveland Field opened in 2000 as LaGrange College's new $2.21 million
baseball facility. Callaway Foundation, Inc. gave a challenge grant as well as the
land to honor Philip Cleaveland, who served the College as a trustee for 19 years.

Other Resources

Information Systems

In 1991, LaGrange College became committed to creating a fiber-optic
network of mini-computers that would allow students and faculty to access the
network anywhere on campus, including residence hall rooms. Since 1994, the
number of computer laboratories has grown from seven to twelve. Students can
access World Wide Web from virtually any site on campus to find information
ranging from stock prices to Russian recipes. Specific details regarding the
technological environment at LaGrange College can be found in the Academic
Support and Information Technology Services section of this Bulletin. Future
technological direction on campus includes the addition of more interactive
multimedia learning environments.

Coleman Health Center

The location for Student Health Services provides a day clinic for the LaGrange
College Community. For details students should consult the student handbook.

ADMISSION AND ENROLLMENT

The application process at LaGrange College is selective and designed to
carefully consider each candidate's personal qualities and readiness for college.
We seek applicants who have the potential to be successful academically and
who will contribute to our community in meaningful ways. We will evaluate
the application, transcript(s), course selection, SAT or ACT scores (if
required), essay and recommendation when making our decision. An
admission counselor will assist each prospective student throughout the
application and enrollment process. Although not required, we encourage
prospective students to visit campus for a personal interview as part of the
application process.

Students interested in attending LaGrange College must submit an application
for admission. March 1 is the deadline for best consideration for admission,
financial aid, and housing for the fall semester. Students interested in
scholarship consideration should apply before January 1 or the published
deadline for the scholarship, whichever is earlier. Students applying for
admission to the January or Summer terms should submit the application and
supporting documents at least one month prior to the beginning of the term for
which admission is desired.

APPLYING FOR ADMISSION

Applicants for freshman admission must submit the following items: the
application form, application fee, official high school transcripts, official SAT
or ACT scores, essay and recommendation. The office of admission reserves
the right to request or waive documentation as appropriate.

Applicants who have attended a college or university following high school
graduation must submit the following items: application form, fee, college or
university transcripts, essay, and recommendation. If the applicant has
completed fewer than 30 semester hour or 40 quarter hours of college level
work, an ACT or SAT score and high school transcripts will also be required.

To be considered an official document, a transcript should be submitted
directly to LaGrange College in a sealed envelope from the student's host
institution. Institutional records personally delivered to LaGrange College by a
student must also be in a sealed envelope to be considered official. Photocopies,
faxed, or transcripts in unsealed envelopes are not considered official.

LaGrange College prefers SAT scores but will accept ACT scores. Beginning
with new first year students entering during the Fall 2006 semester, the College
will require a writing test for admission. This requirement may be met by

19

submitting the new SAT or an ACT writing score in addition to the regular
ACT. Test results should be sent directly to LaGrange College, preferably by
January of the student's senior year of high school.

The Admission Committee may request additional materials from an applicant
or require an interview to gain a better understanding of the student's potential
for success in a challenging academic environment. The Office of Admission
notifies applicants of their application status shortly after review by the
Admission Committee. Admission to the College is conditional, pending
satisfactory completion of academic work in progress.

LaGrange College values personal integrity in our community. Our students
sign an Honor Code statement pledging not to lie, cheat, steal, nor tolerate
these unethical behaviors in others. Recognizing the importance of adherence
to the Honor Code, the Office of Admission extends this principle to our
application process. Any student who omits or falsifies material details in the
application for admission will not be admitted or their offer of admission may
be revoked.

After an offer of admission is extended, candidates wishing to accept the offer
of admission are asked to submit a tuition deposit. The tuition deposit serves to
reserve space for the student in the incoming class. The amount of the tuition
deposit is $100 for commuting students and $200 for residential students. The
$100 deposit will be placed on the student's account for the first semester. The
additional $100 for residential students serves as a room reservation deposit
and will reserve a space in the residence halls for the student. The tuition
deposit is fully refundable provided the student submits a written request to the
Office of Admission by the following dates: May 1 for Fall Semester,
December 1 for the Interim (January) Term, and Spring Semester.

LaGrange College encourages interested students to visit the campus.
Individual appointments may be scheduled by contacting the Office of
Admission at 1-800-593-2885 or by e-mail at admission(g>lagrange.edu .
Please contact the Office of Admission at least one week prior to the day you
plan to visit.

Academic Requirements for Admission
Freshman Admission: Prior to enrollment, an applicant is expected to
complete graduation requirements from an approved high school. Students
graduating from Georgia high schools are normally expected to complete the
requirements for the College Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) diploma.

LaGrange College students come from a variety of public and private
secondary school backgrounds. Preference is given to applicants who have
strong academic preparation in high school. To qualify for regular admission to
the college, an applicant should complete at least the following number of
units, comparable to the Georgia College Preparatory Curriculum:

20

Subject Area

Units

English

4

Social Studies (including American and world studies)

3

College Preparatory Mathematics
(Algebra I, Algebra II, Geometry, etc.)

4

Science (including lab courses for life and
physical sciences)

3

Desirable electives include additional academic courses in languages,
mathematics, and the sciences. A basic understanding of computer science is
also encouraged.

LaGrange College invites home-educated students to apply for admission.
In addition to the items requested for freshman admission, home-schooled
students are asked to provide a bibliography of all high school literature
including instructional texts and two letters of recommendation. Please
note that at least one letter of recommendation must not be written by a
family member.

Students holding a General Education Development (GED), High School
Level may be considered for admission, although they will generally not be
accepted to the college prior to the year in which their class would have
normally been eligible for admission to the college. Students possessing a
GED must submit either SAT or ACT scores as a part of the application
process. The SAT or ACT requirement may be waived for students who are at
least 22 years of age.

Admission Status

A number of factors are considered in making an admission decision, including
a student's grade point average, difficulty of course work, standardized test
scores, extracurricular and co-curricular activities, recommendations and
admission essay. Students may be accepted to LaGrange College in one of
several categories.

Regular Admission: Most students offered admission to LaGrange College
are accepted with no stipulations, other than successful completion of their
current academic course work and proof of high school graduation.

Conditional Admission: In some cases a candidate who appears to meet the
standard requirements for admission may experience delays in obtaining
required documents. At the discretion of the Admission Committee, a student
may be granted Conditional Admission pending receipt of required documents.
Upon submission of the documents, the student will be granted regular status.
All documents must be submitted within 30 days of matriculation.

21

Probation: In some cases candidates for admission may meet most of the
criteria for admission but still not qualify for regular admission. At the
discretion of the admission committee, such students may be admitted on
probation. Students admitted on probation must meet the minimum stated
grade point average requirement based on their class level in order to be
removed from probationary status.

Early Admission: Early admission is possible for academically talented
students who have completed their junior year of high school. To qualify for
early admission, a student must meet specific academic criteria including a B+
or better high school average in a college preparatory program and completion
of 15 of the 16 prescribed units, with a minimum total of 16 units. Students
seeking early admission must also earn a minimum composite score of 1 100 on
the SAT or 25 on the ACT. A minimum of 550 on the verbal portion of the
SAT or a minimum of 24 on the English subject area of the ACT is highly
desirable. An interview is required for all early admission candidates.

Joint Enrollment: LaGrange College encourages qualified eleventh and
twelfth grade students to consider simultaneous enrollment in LaGrange
College and their high school. Georgia high school seniors may wish to
consider participating in the Georgia Post-Secondary Options Program.
Students wishing to apply for the joint enrollment program or Georgia Post-
Secondary Options Program must submit the following materials: an
application for admission, application fee, recommendation letter from the
student's principal or headmaster, SAT or ACT scores, and a high school
average that indicates that the student has the academic ability to be successful
in the program.

Students applying for the Georgia Post-Secondary Options Program must also
submit an official recommendation from the high school counseling office
as well as a notarized statement attesting to the fact that they live within a
25 mile radius of LaGrange College and do not live within 25 miles of a
public institution.

Transfer Admission: Students attending another institution may apply for
transfer to LaGrange College provided they are eligible to return to their
current institution at the time of entry to LaGrange College. A student may be
accepted on probation under the standard probation regulations. Prior to
admission to LaGrange College, the Office of Admission must receive all
necessary documents, including official transcripts of all college course work.
Applicants may enroll at the beginning of any semester.

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur,
Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to award degrees of
Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science,
Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master
of Education, and Master of Arts in Teaching. Accordingly, the college accepts

22

course work from similarly regionally accredited colleges and universities.
Academic credit is normally given to students for grades of "C" or above.
Acceptable credit from a junior college is limited to 54 semester hours.
Students enrolling from other senior colleges may be able to receive additional
semester credit but LaGrange College residency requirements, the core
curriculum, and appropriate major course work must be satisfied. Transfer
students who have attempted any developmental-level course work must
provide evidence that they have completed all requirements and successfully
exited the program prior to evaluation by the admission committee. Members
of Phi Theta Kappa may qualify for academic scholarships reserved for
members of this society.

Transient Admission: Students currently enrolled in good standing at another
college may enroll at LaGrange College as transient students. Approval of
course work must be authorized by the primary institution on the Transient
Application for Admission, which is available in the Admission Office. A
permission letter from the student's home institution certifying status and
granting permission for specific transient course work may also be sent.

Non-degree Undergraduate Admission: Students not working toward a
degree may register as non-degree undergraduate students in any course for
which they have the necessary prerequisites. An application for non-degree
undergraduate student status may be obtained through the Admission Office.
Students classified as non-degree undergraduate students may become regular,
degree-seeking, students by meeting requirements for regular admission. No
more that 6 credit hours earned under this classification may be applied toward
a degree.

Readmission to LaGrange College: Following an absence from LaGrange
College of 3 or more semesters, or any time a student was not in good standing
during the last term of attendance at LaGrange College, any student wishing to
return to attempt additional course work must submit an Application for
Readmission. This form is available in the Office of Admission. Students
absent from LaGrange College for 2 semesters or less, and who were in
good standing when he/she last attended LaGrange College may re-activate
his/her file in the Registrar's Office. These students do not need to apply
for readmission.

In the event that a student seeking readmission has attended another institution
as a transfer student (not transient) since he/she left LaGrange College, then
the student, if readmitted, is treated as a new transfer student. Students fitting
this description are subject to the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer back
to LaGrange College. Students who have not attended another institution are
generally governed by the catalog in force at the time of their initial admission.
However, students who have been out of school for four calendar years or
more re-enter LaGrange College under the Bulletin in force at the time of
readmission and resumption of study.

23

International Student Admission: Admission to LaGrange College requires
submission of the international student application, application fee, and
translated and certified documents attesting to the student's academic
performance in secondary and/or university studies. Students seeking
admission may submit one of the following to prove English proficiency:

Minimum TOEFL score of 500 (173 computer-based);

Certificate of completion of level 112 from the ELS Centers, Inc.;

Grades of "C" or better on G.C.E., G.S.C.E, or C.X.C. English
examinations or equivalent tests;

Minimum SAT verbal score of 450;

Minimum ACT English section score of 21

If the prospective student is in the United States, an interview at the college is
desirable. The Director of Admission should be contacted for an appointment
as well as for the current interpretation of regulations with regard to obtaining
an F-l student visa.

Academic Dean, Jay Simmons, visiting with
students and staff, on the Patio.

24

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

EXPENSES

Payment of Charges

All charges for the semester are due and payable at the beginning of the term,
and each student is expected to make satisfactory arrangements at that time.
Students who pre-register and pay in advance of the deadline each semester are
not required to attend final registration. Students completing registration after
the Registration Day will be assessed a Late Registration fee. Realizing that
some families prefer to pay on a monthly basis, the College has an arrangement
with Academic Management Services to offer families this option. The plan is
an agreement between the parent and the company; there is no involvement by
LaGrange College in the agreement. For additional information, contact the
Business Office. The College also offers a deferred payment option that allows
students to make monthly payments to cover educational costs. Interest will be
assessed to students utilizing this option.

Charges

1. Admission

Application for admission (non-refundable)

2. Tuition

A. Undergraduate

( 1 ) Part-time per semester hour

(2) ( 1 - 1 1 or greater than 1 5 )

(2) Full-time (12-15 semester hours)

(3) Nursing (NSG) courses - per semester hour

B. Summer Term charges are listed in the
summer brochure.

Students may request information regarding
offerings and charges from the Registrar's Office.

C. Audit (per semester hour)

3. Room and Board

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and Turner
(per semester)
Candler and Vernon Rd (per semester)

(Note: All students living in dormitories are required
to pay room and board.)

4. Private Rooms

Private rooms are available at an additional charge
(per semester)

$20.00

$627.00

$7,603.00
$627.00

$627.00

$3,159.00
$3,263.00

$648.00

25

After the beginning of the semester any student occupying a double room alone
will be charged the private rate. If a student occupying a double room alone
does not wish to pay the private room rate, it is that student's responsibility to
find a suitable roommate. Willingness to accept a roommate does not constitute
grounds for waiving the single room charge.

5. Fees Miscellaneous

Late registration (after Registration Day) $50.00

Personal checks failing to clear $25.00

Student Identification Card replacement fee $5.00

Document Fee (International Students) $175.00

Parking Permit $15.00

Testing Fee (All New Students) $60.00

Room deposit (Refundable) $100.00

Admission Deposit (New Students) $100.00

Summary of Standard Charges
Non-Dormitory Students:

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours)

Dormitory Students:

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and
Turner residents

Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours)

Room and Board

Dormitory Students:

Candler and Vernon Road residents
Tuition (full-time with 12-15 hours)
Room and Board

Per Semester Per Year

$7,603 $15,206

$7,603

$3,159

$10,762

$7,603

$3,263

$10,866

$15,206

$6,318
$21,524

$15,206
$6,526

$21,732

All LaGrange College undergraduate degree-seeking students taking twelve or
more hours who have been residents of the state of Georgia for twelve
consecutive months are eligible to receive a Tuition Equalization Grant
regardless of need. The State Legislature establishes the amount of this grant.

In addition, those Georgia students who are entering freshmen as Hope
Scholars (B or better high school grade point average) will receive a $3,000 per
year academic scholarship from the Georgia Hope Scholarship program as long
as they maintain a "B or better" average.
Fees relating to the LaGrange College's Evening and Graduate Programs are

26

included in a separate bulletin pertaining to those programs. You may contact
the College to receive a copy of those publications.

Federal Tax Credits

The Tax Reform Act of 1997 provided two tax credits for higher education.
The "Hope Scholarship Credit" provides up to a $1,500 tax credit for the first
two years of postsecondary education in a program that leads to a degree,
certificate, or other recognized educational credential. The student must be
enrolled at least halftime. Qualified expenses are for tuition and fees and do not
include room, board, books, insurance, and other similar expenses.

The second tax credit is the "Lifetime Learning Credit" which provides up to a
$2,000 per year tax credit per family. These tax credits are phased out as the
modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain limits. Please check with your
tax advisor regarding these limits. For additional information about these
credits, please consult the Business Office or your tax preparer.

Miscellaneous

Depending upon individual requirements, a student may expect to spend $750
to $1,000 per year on books and personal expenses.

The above charges are applicable to an academic year of two semesters
duration. Summer term and Interim Term costs and curriculum are available in
separate bulletins.

Nursing students should consult with the Nursing Division concerning required
nursing supplies and their projected costs.

All students must present proof of health insurance at the time of registration
and complete a waiver form including provider name and policy number. If the
student does not have insurance, the College will assess the student for limited
coverage group sickness and accident insurance coverage.

Official transcripts and diplomas are withheld for any student who has a
financial obligation owed to LaGrange College.

Credit Balances

Students who have a credit balance on their student accounts receivable may
obtain a credit balance refund within fourteen (14) calendar days whichever is
the latest of:

the date the balance occurs,

the first day of classes of a payment period or enrollment period, as
applicable, or

the date the student rescinds authorization given the school to hold
the funds.

27

Refund and Repayment Policies

No refund of any nature will be made to any student who is suspended or
dismissed for disciplinary reasons.

No refund will be made for individual courses dropped after dates established
by the school calendar.

Refunds will be processed within thirty (30) days of notification of an "official
withdrawal." An official withdrawal date is defined by:

the earlier of date student began school's withdrawal process or date
student otherwise provided "official" notice; or

if student did not notify school, the midpoint in the term; or the date of
student's last attendance at documented academically-related activity, or

if student did not notify due to circumstances beyond student's control,
date related to that circumstance.

Refund Policies - Tuition and Fees

A student withdrawing from the College must submit a Complete Withdrawal
Form, which is available in the Registrar's Office. The student should also
consult the Financial Aid Office and the Business Office to determine the
financial consequences of a complete withdrawal.

The Department of Education requires all unearned Title IV funds to be
returned to the program from which such aid was awarded. The College will
apply a credit to the student's account for all unearned institutional charges.
The Department of Education defines institutional charges as "all charges for
tuition, fees, and room and board, and expenses for required course materials,
if the student does not have a real and reasonable opportunity to purchase the
required course materials from any place but the school."

In the event of a complete withdrawal from the College, refunds of
institutional charges will be calculated as follows: The College calculates the
amount of Title IV (federal grant and loan) funds the student has earned during
the term by dividing the number of days a student actually completes by the
total number of days within the term (excluding breaks). The resulting
percentage is multiplied by the amount of federal funds that were applied to the
student's account. This is the amount the student actually earned. The
remainder is returned to the federal program. If the resulting percentage is 60
percent or greater, the student will have earned 1 00 percent of the federal
funds. Tuition credits will be applied to the student's account in the same
manner as the return of federal funds. After the student has completed 60
percent of the term, there will be no refund of institutional charges.

In certain cases, these refund requirements may leave an indebtedness on the
student's account. This may also require the student to reimburse the

28

Department of Education for some or all of the applicable Federal Pell and
SEOG funds. It is therefore imperative that the students fully discuss the
ramifications of a complete withdrawal with the Financial Aid Office prior to
making a final decision.

A student will not receive a refund until all financial aid programs have been
reimbursed. Refunds will be returned in the order indicated below:

1 . Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program

2. Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program

3. Federal Perkins Loan Program

Federal PLUS Program
Federal Pell Grant Program

5. Federal SEOG Program

6. Other Title IV Programs

7. Other state, private, or institutional assistance programs

8. To the student

Refund Policies - Room and Board

If a student does not enroll, the room deposit is refundable if the student
notifies the College of his/her cancellation by May 1st. There is no refund of
room deposits after this date. No refund of room or board will be made if a
student withdraws from the dormitory after registration. In the event of a
complete withdrawal, there is no refund of room charges. The board charges
will be prorated at $15 per day from the date of final registration.

Student Repayment Policy

Students who receive cash disbursements after registration for that
enrollment period will be assessed liability for repayment of the appropriate
percentage of the refund due the Title IV programs upon withdrawal,
expulsion, or suspension.

Students who receive cash disbursements that are attributable to Federal Pell or
SEOG programs may owe a repayment of these funds to LaGrange College to
prevent an overpayment. A student who owes a repayment will be deemed
ineligible for any financial assistance from any source until the student has
resolved the overpayment. Repayments will be allocated to the student aid
programs in the following order: Pell Grant, SEOG, other Title IV programs,
and then to the institution.

Students have 45 days from the date of their notification to make arrangements
for repayment of the aid received. If they fail to make satisfactory
arrangements within the 45-day time period, the account will be submitted to
the Department of Education and the student could lose future eligibility for
financial aid programs.

29

FINANCIAL AID

PHILOSOPHY

Recognizing the significant investment students and families make when
choosing a private college, LaGrange College offers a variety of assistance and
payment options. We expect students and families to use a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans and work to meet college costs. These resources
may come from family, college, community, and state or federal sources.
Payment plans are available to distribute required payments over the course of
an academic year or for longer terms using PLUS loans. We encourage
students to apply for financial aid and scholarships as early as possible to
maximize eligibility to all types of assistance.

Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements

In general, to be eligible for financial assistance, the applicant must:

Be a U.S. Citizen or permanent resident alien of the United States.

Be admitted or currently enrolled in an approved degree-seeking or
teacher certification program.

Have a high school diploma or a General Education Development (GED)
Certification, or pass an approved Ability-to-Benefit test.

Be making Satisfactory Academic Progress towards the completion of
their degree program.

Not be in default on any federal educational loan or have made
satisfactory arrangements to repay the loan.

Not owe a refund on a federal or state grant.

Not have borrowed in excess of federal loan limits.

Be registered with Selective Service, if required.

Financial Aid Application Procedures

Applicants for financial aid must:

Apply and be admitted as a degree-seeking student in an eligible program
at LaGrange College.

Complete and submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)
or a Renewal FAFSA annually.

Complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant Application, if applicable.

Submit all required documents for verification, if selected.

Determining Financial Need

Students seeking financial assistance must complete the federal need analysis
form, the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The FAFSA
collects parental and student income and asset information needed to determine

30

eligibility for financial aid. This information is used in a federal need analysis
formula to determine the Expected Family Contribution (EFC).

The Financial Aid Office establishes a Cost of Attendance Budget each year.
The Cost of Attendance Budget includes tuition, fees, room, board, books,
supplies, and living expenses. Other components of the Cost of Attendance,
which is applied on an individual basis, are childcare expenses, study abroad,
and the purchase of a computer. These items may require documentation from
the student. Below is the Cost of Attendance Budgets for the 2004-2005
academic year.

Dependent Undergraduate Day Program $24,499

Independent Undergraduate Day Program $25,606

Dependent Undergraduate Nursing Program $3 1 ,53 1

Independent Undergraduate Nursing Program $32,638

The Expected Family Contribution (EFC) is deducted from the Cost of
Attendance at LaGrange College to determine whether a need for financial
assistance exists. If the family's EFC is less than the Cost of Attendance, a
financial need is established. The Financial Aid Office attempts to meet the
demonstrated financial need of applicants with federal, state, and institutional
grants and scholarships, work programs, and student loans.

Satisfactory Academic Progress

The United States Department of Education requires institutions of higher
education to establish a satisfactory academic progress policy to be applied
to all recipients of federal financial aid. Satisfactory academic progress means
the student is progressing in a manner consistent with fulfilling their degree or
certification requirements. Satisfactory academic progress is evaluated
throughout the course of the degree program. A Satisfactory Academic
Progress policy must include two components: qualitative and quantitative.
Qualitative measures cumulative grade point average. Quantitative measures
the number or percentage of courses completed. The quantitative component
also establishes the maximum time frame for completing a degree
program. Financial aid recipients must meet both of these standards to receive
financial aid.

The standards established in the Satisfactory Academic Progress policy apply
to the following financial aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Federal Perkins Loan,
Federal Stafford Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized), Federal Parent Loan for
Undergraduate Students (PLUS), Federal Work Study, HOPE Scholarship,
Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant (GTEG), Georgia LEAP, State Service
Cancelable Loans, LaGrange College Grant, Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant,
Clark and Ruby Baker Grant, all LaGrange College Academic and Merit
scholarships, and LaGrange College Work Aid.

31

Note: HOPE scholarship guidelines require a cumulative grade point average
of 3.0 to maintain eligibility.

Qualitative Standard

Federal regulations require a student to have a grade point average that is
consistent with the institution's policy governing academic progress. LaGrange
College has set the following minimum grade point average requirements. The
Registrar and Academic Dean monitor this component of the policy each term.

Classification

Minimum Cumulative
Grade Point Average

Freshman

1.65

Sophomore

1.75

Junior

1.85

Senior

2

Quantitative Standard

Students receiving funds from any of the financial programs covered under this
policy must demonstrate measurable progress toward the completion of their
degree program. LaGrange College requires students to successfully complete
67% of the credit hours for which the student enrolls each academic term. The
credit hours considered under this policy will be those for which the student is
registered at the conclusion of late registration. Grades of A, B, C, or D are
considered as successful completion of a course. Grades of F, W, WF, NR,
or I are considered failing and do not count as successfully completed
courses. Audited courses are not considered in either the quantitative or
qualitative standards.

Maximum Time Frame

Federal regulations allow a student to receive financial assistance for no more
than 150% of the credit hours required to complete the degree program.
Therefore, students pursuing a bachelor's degree must complete their program
within 162 attempted semester credit hours. Most students will complete the
program within the time frame. However, frequent withdrawals from courses
or school, change of major, failed courses, repeated courses, or courses taken
that are not related to your degree program could jeopardize financial aid
eligibility. All attempted hours are considered when reviewing maximum
time frame.

Transfer students must complete their program within a maximum of 162
attempted semester credit hours. Hours transferred to and accepted by
LaGrange College from other institutions are considered in the maximum time
frame. For example, if a student has 75 credit hours acceptable towards their
degree program, the student may receive financial assistance for 87 additional
credit hours.

32

Students pursuing an additional bachelor's degree are allowed an additional 60
semester hours to complete the degree.

Evaluation

The cumulative academic history of all financial aid recipients is reviewed
each term to determine if the student is meeting the quantitative, qualitative
and time frame standards. This includes all courses attempted regardless of
whether financial aid was received or not. Transfer grade point averages are
not considered in either of these standards. However, accepted transfer credit
hours will be considered in the maximum time frame for completing a degree
program. Students who fail to meet both of these standards will be placed on
financial aid probation. Students placed on financial aid probation are eligible
for financial aid during the probationary term. If the student does not meet the
satisfactory academic progress standards at the end of the probationary term,
future financial aid will be terminated effective with the next term of
enrollment. Students whose financial aid is terminated may appeal to the
Financial Aid Appeals Committee for re-instatement of financial aid. The chart
below indicates the minimum credits a student must earn to meet the
quantitative standard.

Hours Total

Attempted

Hours

Minimum Earned

30

20

60

40

90

60

120 ^^

80

150

100

180 120

Appeal Process

Student financial aid recipients who lose their eligibility for financial aid may
appeal in writing to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee except for loss of
eligibility due to time frame. Appeals must be submitted in writing to the
Director of Financial Aid outlining any mitigating circumstance(s) that
influenced the student's academic performance, documentation of
circumstance(s), if applicable, and the manner by which the deficiency will be
resolved. The Director will convene the Financial Aid Appeals Committee to
evaluate the request for reinstatement of financial aid eligibility. The Director
of Financial Aid will notify the student in writing of the decision of the
Committee and any conditions associated with reinstatement. Students whose
appeals are approved will receive financial aid on probationary status for the
next term of enrollment and will have their academic performance reviewed at
the end of that term for continued eligibility.

33

Student Financial Aid Policies

Financial aid applications for the up coming academic year are available
beginning January 1 in the financial aid office or on the web at
www.lagrange.edu/flnaid.htm by clicking on "Apply for Financial Aid."

Due to the demand for financial assistance, the Financial Aid Office
awards aid to eligible students on a first-come, first-served basis. In
awarding, first priority is given to students pursuing their first
undergraduate degree. Transient, non-degree seeking, and unclassified
students are not eligible for financial assistance.

All financial aid applications and documentation for verification must be
submitted before an official financial aid award letter is mailed.

In constructing a financial aid award, funding is awarded in this order:
grants and scholarships, student loans, and student employment.

External sources of financial aid available to a financial aid recipient must
be considered in the awarding of Federal, State, and LaGrange College
need-based financial aid programs. LaGrange College reserves the right to
cancel or reduce financial aid awards in the event that these resources
result in financial aid in excess of financial need.

Financial aid awards are made assuming full-time enrollment. Most
LaGrange College and state financial aid programs require full-time
enrollment. However, financial assistance is available to students enrolled
on at least a half-time basis in the form of Federal student loans (Perkins,
Stafford, and PLUS) and Federal Pell Grant and Federal Supplemental
Educational Opportunity Grants, if eligible.

A student's enrollment status will be based on the credit hours for which
the student is registered at the conclusion of late registration. All financial
aid awards will be calculated using final registration information.

Financial aid awards will be disbursed on the first day of classes provided
all required documents and eligibility requirements are met.

Sources of Financial Aid

In an effort to recognize and reward academic excellence LaGrange College
provides academic scholarships to eligible freshmen and transfer students. All
admitted students are considered for academic scholarships. The most
prestigious are competitive and are awarded during the Scholar Weekend
Competition held in February. The availability and value of scholarships are
subject to change. The following scholarship programs were available to
students entering LaGrange College during the Fall 2004 semester.

34

Competitive Scholarships

Presidential Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high
school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with the Scholarship Selection
Committee. Recipients of this prestigious award receive full tuition, mandatory
fees, and room and board.

The Founders Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high
school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with the Scholarship Selection
Committee. Scholarships are awarded annually in the amount of $8,000.

The LaFayette Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of academic achievement in high
school, SAT or ACT test scores, and interviews with the Scholarship Selection
Committee. The annual scholarship amount is $6000.

LaGrange College Fine Arts Scholarships are scholarships awarded to
students who excel in the areas of Art and Design, Music, and Theatre Arts.
Scholarships are awarded based on academic promise, audition and portfolio.
The departments' Scholarship Committee determines scholarship recipients.
Auditions or portfolio reviews are required.

Sandra Kratina Nursing Scholarship is a renewable academic scholarship
awarded to students pursuing careers in Nursing. Scholarships are awarded
based on academic excellence, promise, character and interview. Annual
scholarship awards range from $3,000 to $5,000. The Division of Nursing
determines scholarship recipients.

Academic Achievement Scholarships

LaGrange College Academic Achievement Scholarship is a four-year,
renewable academic scholarship awarded to incoming freshmen on the basis of
academic record, ACT or SAT test scores, extracurricular activities, and
admission essays. The scholarship levels are: Quadrangle Scholarship, $4,500
per year, and the Hilltop Scholarship, which range from $3000 per year. These
scholarships are funded by the General Endowed Scholarship fund. The Office
of Admission determines the recipients of these scholarships.

LaGrange College Methodist Scholarships are available to active members
of the United Methodist Church. These scholarships are non-need based and
are awarded based on academic excellence, church activities, essay and
recommendation from the minister. The Office of Admission determines the
recipients of this scholarship.

Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship is a two-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to qualified transfer students who are U.S. citizens or permanent
resident aliens fully inducted into Phi Theta Kappa Honor Society. Recipients

35

must hold Associates of Arts or Associate of Science degree from an
accredited two-year college and have earned a minimum grade point average
of 3.5. This scholarship is $6,000 annually.

Transfer Scholarships are awarded to students transferring to LaGrange
College from a college or university with a minimum of 30 semester hours and
a minimum grade point average of 3.0 or higher. The number of scholarships
varies with awards ranging from $2,000 - $3,000 per year.

Troup County Scholarship is a four-year, renewable academic scholarship
awarded to incoming freshmen who reside in Troup County and have a 3.0
or better high school grade point average, a SAT score of 1000 or ACT
score of 22 or better. The Office of Admission determines the recipients of
this scholarship.

Federal Financial Aid Programs

Federal Pell Grant is awarded to undergraduate students pursuing a first
bachelor's degree. The student's Expected Family Contribution, Cost of
Attendance, and enrollment status determines the Pell award. Students
enrolling less than full-time qualify for a prorated amount of Pell Grant based
on their enrollment status.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant is awarded to
undergraduate students with exceptional financial need. Priority is given to
students eligible for Federal Pell Grant.

Federal Work-Study provides employment opportunities for undergraduate
and graduate students with financial need to defray educational expenses. Jobs
are available on campus and off-campus in community service activities.
Student wages are at least the federal minimum wages and are paid monthly.

Federal Perkins Loan is a low interest, repayable loan awarded to
undergraduate and graduate students with exceptional financial need. The
interest rate is 5% and no interest accrues on the loan while the borrower is
enrolled half-time and during the grace period. Repayment begins nine months
after graduating or withdrawal from school. This loan program has cancellation
provisions for critical fields of study. Contact the Financial Aid Office for
more information.

Federal Stafford Loan is a low interest, repayable loan available to
undergraduate and graduate students regardless of income. The interest rate is
variable on Stafford loans but will not exceed 8.25%. The interest rate is
adjusted each July 1 . Federal Stafford Loans allow for a six (6) month grace
period before the borrower begins repayment. Borrowers have a maximum of
ten (10) years to repay their student loan. Loans are available through banks,
credit unions, and other lending institutions. The only qualification for
receiving a Federal Stafford Loan is to meet the eligibility requirements for

36

financial assistance. The student is not subject to credit approval for this loan.
All eligible financial aid participants may borrow from the Federal Stafford
I Loan program.

1 The Stafford Loan Program is composed of two loan types, subsidized and
unsubsidized. A subsidized loan is awarded on the basis of financial need.
Subsidized loan borrowers will not pay interest on the loan while enrolled in
school, during the grace period or during authorized periods of deferment. The
federal government pays the interest. An unsubsidized loan is not awarded on
the basis of financial need. Any student regardless of income may participate
in this loan program. However, interest does accrue while the student is
enrolled in school, during the grace period, and during periods of deferment.
The borrower has the options of paying the accrued interest or having the
interest capitalized. Capitalization adds the interest to the principal amount of
your loan. This option will increase your loan indebtedness.

The annual maximum awards from the Federal Stafford Loan Program are
based on the borrower's classification and dependency status as indicated in the
chart below.

Classification Dependent Independent

Freshmen $2,625.00 $6,625.00*

Sophomores $3,500.00 $7,500.00*

Junior and Seniors $5,500.00 $10,500.00*

*Only the dependent student amounts may be subsidized. The additional
$4,000 for freshmen and sophomores and the additional $5,000 for juniors and
! seniors are unsubsidized funds.

Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) is available to
! the parents of a dependent student to defray remaining educational expenses
j after all other financial aid resources are exhausted. Eligible applicants may
borrower up to the cost of attendance less other financial aid. The interest
rate will not exceed 9%. Unlike the Federal Stafford Loan program, PLUS
i borrowers must be credit worthy to qualify for this loan and repayment
I begins within 60 days of the loan disbursement. If the parent borrower is
| denied a PLUS, the borrower may appeal to the lender if an extenuating
j circumstance exists.

State of Georgia Student Financial
Assistance Programs

! The State of Georgia provides several financial aid programs to assist residents
| of Georgia. Recipients of these programs must meet financial aid eligibility
! and Georgia residency requirements. For most state grants, a Georgia resident
| is one who has physically lived in the state for a minimum of 1 2 consecutive
months for some purpose other than to attend school and intends to remain in
the state indefinitely. An applicant for financial aid will be considered a
i

37

resident of Georgia if he/she can demonstrate that he or she has physically
resided in the state for twelve consecutive months prior to the first date of
enrollment and can provide documentation of intent to remain indefinitely.
Acceptable documentation of intent to remain indefinitely includes but is not
limited to a Georgia driver's license, voter registration card, automobile
registration or other definitive evidence. Residency is established twelve
months from the date the documentation was issued. The residency of the
supporting parent drives the residency of a dependent student. The Director of
Financial Aid makes final determination of residency.

Georgia LEAP Grant is a State of Georgia need-based grant awarded to
Georgia residents who qualify for Federal Pell Grant and have substantial
financial need. The annual amount is contingent upon appropriations by
Congress and the Georgia Legislature.

Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant is a non-need-based grant awarded
to Georgia residents attending a private college or university as a
full-time student. The annual amount is contingent upon funding by the
Georgia Legislature.

The HOPE Scholarship Program has provided scholarship assistance for
Georgia residents since 1993 as a result of the Georgia Lottery and the efforts
of former Governor Zell Miller. Georgia residents who graduated from high
school on or after June 1996 with a 'B' average are eligible for $3,000 per
year scholarship to attend a Georgia private college or university. HOPE
Scholars attending a private college or university must be full-time to qualify.
HOPE scholars must maintain a 3.0 grade point average for continued
eligibility. HOPE Scholars will be evaluated at increments of 30, 60, and 90
semester hours.

Students who did not graduate from high school as a HOPE Scholar may
become eligible for the HOPE Scholarship after completing 30, 60, or 90
semester hours. This is provided the student's cumulative grade point average
is a 3.0 or better; the student was a Georgia resident at the time of enrollment
at a Georgia college or university and at the time the student becomes eligible
for the HOPE Scholarship. The calculation of grade point averages for HOPE
purposes must include all courses attempted since graduating from high school.

HOPE Promise Scholarship provides forgivable loans to undergraduate
students who plan to teach in Georgia upon completing their education degree.
Applicants must be of junior standing with a 3.0 or better grade point average.
Georgia residency or full-time attendance is not a requirement.

Law Enforcement Personnel Dependents Grants provides non-repayable
grants of up to $2,000 per year to eligible Georgia residents who are dependent
children of Georgia law enforcement officers, prison guards, or firemen who
were permanently disabled or killed in the line of duty.

38

Service Cancelable Stafford Loans provide forgivable Stafford loans to
Georgia residents who are pursuing degrees in areas where there is a critical
shortage of qualified professionals. The terms and conditions of a service
cancelable loan are the same as for a Federal Stafford loan except the student
may cancel the loan in full by working one year at an approved Georgia
location for each academic year funding was received. The cancellation benefit
will be principal and accrued interest. The only approved critical field at
LaGrange College is nursing. Funding in this program is limited. Awards are
made on a first-come, first-serve basis.

LaGrange College Financial Assistance Programs

LaGrange College assists students in defraying the cost of attending our
institution by offering institutional grants, scholarships and student
employment to eligible students.

LaGrange College Grant is available to undergraduate degree seeking
students enrolled full-time. Eligibility is based on financial need and
academic promise. Recipients of this grant assistance must be in good
academic standing.

LaGrange College HOPEMatch is awarded to enrolling freshmen, beginning
with Fall 2002, who graduate from high school as a HOPE Scholar or from an
out of state high school with a 3.0 or better grade point average. The award is a
maximum of $3,000 per year. Students awarded academic scholarships will
receive the greater of the HOPEMatch or the academic award.

Lettie Pate Whitehead Grant is available to female students enrolled full-
time with financial need. Eligible recipients must reside in Georgia, Alabama,
South Carolina, Tennessee, Florida, Mississippi, or Louisiana. The funds are
made possible by an annual gift from the Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation.

LaGrange College Methodist Scholarships are available to active members
of the United Methodist Church. These scholarships are non-need based and

i are awarded based on academic excellence, church activities, essay, and

j recommendation from the minister.

: LaGrange College Work Aid Program provides students, regardless of

| financial need, with opportunities to earn additional money for school through

; employment in campus departments and community service activities.

Student Financial Aid and Federal Tax Implications

Students receiving scholarships and grants that exceed their tuition, fees,
books and supplies should be aware that these funds are taxable under federal
and state tax law. It is important that students maintain records of their
grants and scholarships and documentation of educational expenses for
i reporting purposes.

i Federal tax law allows for only qualified scholarships and grants to be
excluded from income. Qualified scholarships are any amount of grant and
scholarship received that is used for tuition, fees, books, supplies and

39

equipment required for course instruction. Scholarships and grants that are
specifically designated for educational expenses other than those described
under qualified scholarships (room, board, transportation, or living expenses)
are taxable.

For information, please read IRS Publication 520, "Scholarships and
Fellowships," for more details on reporting requirements or consult a
tax professional.

Suspected Fraud

Institutions are required to report cases of suspected fraud to the Office of the
Inspector General of the Department of Education, or, if more appropriate, to
the state or local law enforcement agency having jurisdiction to investigate
these allegations. Fraud may exist if the institution believes the applicant
misreported or altered information in order to increase their financial aid
eligibility or fraudulently obtained federal funds.

Visiting outside Waights G. Henry, Jr.
Residence Hall

40

STUDENT LIFE

The Student Life staff is concerned with providing those services which assist
individuals in their personal growth. Their purpose is to provide assistance
which facilitates the development of the total person. At LaGrange College, the
emphasis is upon the intellectual, social, physical and spiritual development of
each student.

Student Life involves a wide variety of programs and activities. The broad range
of available services is an outgrowth of complex student needs: orientation,
activities, student government, organizations, health services, wellness programs,
parking, food service, discipline, leadership development, personal counseling,
career development and placement, fraternities and sororities, and all residence
programming. The Student Life staff is committed to creating a positive climate
within which personal growth and development occur.

STUDENT CONDUCT

LaGrange College, as a church-related college, is committed to an honorable
and seemly standard of conduct. As an educational institution the college is
concerned not only with the formal in-class education of its students, but also
with their welfare and their growth into mature men and women who conduct
themselves responsibly as citizens.

Regulations of the college are formulated to meet changing student needs
within the framework of college policy. These regulations become effective
when the student enrolls. Some regulations may not be agreeable to everyone
because they have been formulated to meet the needs of the entire group. This
however, does not lessen the individual's obligation to uphold them.
Regulations do not have as their primary purpose the punishment of the
individual. The regulations are formulated to insure the right of all community
members to have the best possible living and learning conditions.

The College reserves the right to dismiss at any time a student who, in its
'judgment, is undesirable and whose continuation in the school is detrimental to
! himself or his fellow student.

Furthermore, students are subject to federal, state and local laws as well as
1 college rules and regulations.

A student is not entitled to greater immunities before the law than those
enjoyed by other citizens generally. Students are subject to such disciplinary
action as the administration of the college may consider appropriate, including
possible suspension and expulsion for breach of federal, state or local laws, or
i college regulations. This principle extends to conduct off campus which is

41

likely to have adverse effect on the college or on the educational process or
which stamps the offender as an unfit associate for the other students. A
complete description of student conduct policies, rules and regulations can be
found in the student handbook.

Statement of Policy on Harassment

All members of the College community have the right to be free from
discrimination in the form of harassment. Harassment may take two forms:
(1) creating a hostile environment, and (2) quid pro quo .

A hostile, demeaning, or intimidating environment created by harassment
interferes with an individual's full and free participation in the life of
the College.

Quid pro quo occurs when a position of authority is used to threaten to impose
a penalty or to withhold a benefit in return for sexual favors, whether or not the
attempt is successful. Sexual harassment may involve behavior by a person of
either gender against a person of the same or opposite gender. It should be
noted that the potential of sexual harassment exists in any of the following
relationships: student/student, faculty/student, student/faculty, and
faculty/faculty. Here and subsequently "faculty" refers to faculty, staff, and
administration. Because of the inherent differential in power between faculty
and students, sexual relationships between faculty and students are prohibited.

Sexual harassment may result from many kinds of behavior. These behaviors
may range from the most egregious forms, such as sexual assault, to more
subtle forms. Explicit behaviors include but are not limited to requests for
sexual favors, physical assaults of a sexual nature, sexually offensive remarks,
and rubbing, touching or brushing against another's body. More subtle
behaviors may be experienced as intimidating or offensive, particularly when
they recur or one person has authority over another. Such behaviors may
include but are not limited to unwelcome hugs or touching, inappropriate
staring, veiled suggestions of sexual activity, requests for meetings in non-
academic settings, and risque jokes, stories, or images.

Accusations of harassment which are made without good cause shall not be
condoned. Such accusations are indeed grievous and can have damaging and
far-reaching effects upon the careers and lives of individuals.

Any member of the College community having a complaint of harassment may
raise the matter informally and/or file a formal complaint. The informal
process is an attempt to mediate between the parties in order to effect a
mutually agreeable solution without entering into the formal hearing process.

A. Informal Procedures

The following informal procedures may be followed:
Clearly say "no" to the person whose behavior is unwelcome.

42

Communicate either orally or in writing with the person whose behavior is
unwelcome. The most effective communication will have three elements:

1. A factual description of the incident(s) including the time, place, date,
and specific behavior.

2. A description of the complainant's feelings, including any
consequences of the incident

3. A request that the conduct cease

Speak with a department chair, dean, director, counselor, or chaplain who
may speak to the person whose behavior is unwelcome. The name of the
complainant need not be disclosed. The purpose of such conversation is
the cessation of the unwelcome behavior.

In the case of harassment of a student, it may be appropriate first to seek
the advice of his or her advisor.

B. Formal Procedures

To initiate a formal grievance procedure the complainant shall submit a written
statement to the President of the College. The President, after such consultation
as is deemed appropriate, will appoint a three-member Review Committee
from among the membership of the Institutional Planning Council, the
Academic Council, or other College committees as the President deems
appropriate. Members of the Review Committee will then meet to discuss the
complaint. Unless the Committee concludes that the complaint is without
merit, the parties to the dispute will be invited to appear before the Committee
and to confront any adverse witnesses. The Committee may conduct its own
inquiry, call witnesses, and gather whatever information it deems necessary to
assist in reaching a determination as to the merits of the accusation. Once a
determination has been reached, the Committee shall report its findings to the
President of the College.

Possible outcomes of the investigation are (1) that the allegation is not
warranted and cannot be substantiated, (2) a negotiated settlement of the
complaint, or (3) that the allegation is substantiated requiring a
! recommendation to the President that disciplinary action be taken.

C. Faculty

In the case of a faculty member subject to the provisions of the Parts A or B of
the 1977 tenure settlement, the Tenure Committee will be involved. Discipline
or dismissal of a faculty member will follow the procedure outlined in the
LaGrange College Tenure Regulations.

For those faculty members subject to the provisions of the 1999 tenure policy,
the Promotion and Tenure Committee will be involved according to the
procedures defined in the 1999 tenure policy.

43

D. Appeals

Faculty, staff, administration, and students can appeal a final decision
regarding a complaint to the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees.

E. Special Circumstances

If the President of the College is the accused, the case is referred to the
Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees.

If the chairperson of the Review Committee is the accused, the complaint shall
be submitted to the President of the College. If any member of the Review
Committee is the accused or for reason of prejudice must be recused, the
President of the College shall appoint another member.

F. Confidentiality

The right to confidentiality of all members of the College community will be
respected in both formal and informal procedures insofar as possible.

LaGrange College is committed to preventing harassment. To that end, this
policy and these procedures will be printed in appropriate College publications.
In addition, educational programs will be conducted annually by the College to
(1) inform students, faculty, staff, and administration about identifying
harassment and the problems it causes; (2) advise members of the College
community about their rights and responsibilities under this policy; (3) train
personnel in the administration of this policy. The Harassment Policy and
Procedures will be issued to all incoming students and personnel.

AIMS OF STUDENT DEVELOPMENT SERVICES

To facilitate the transition from high school to college.

To develop and sustain through student-involvement activities,
organizations and services a campus life encouraging the cultural,
intellectual social, physical and religious development of all students.

To assist students in discovering life goals and exploring career
opportunities.

To create an environment which stimulates qualities of self-discipline and
personal responsibility.

To provide a suitable context whereby the student can explore new ideas,
skills and life styles, thus gaining the insight and experience necessary to
make intelligent choices.

To provide opportunity for the student to develop the understanding and
skills required for responsible participation in a democratic community
through involvement in self-government.

To serve a supervisory role in campus disciplinary concerns; to develop,
with campus community involvement, and to distribute the necessary rules
and regulations for a harmonious and productive college community.

44

To mediate, where necessary, conflicts between individuals and campus
community standards.

To provide a comfortable, clean, safe environment that enhances the
personal growth as well as the academic pursuits of resident students.

To collect retention data and to suggest/plan programs and strategies to
increase retention based on data collected.

RESIDENCE PROGRAMS

Resident Classification

All traditional, day students taking eight or more hours are required to live in
college housing, so long as appropriate campus housing is available. The Dean
of Students may exempt a student for one of the following reasons:

1 . The student is married.

2. The student is residing exclusively with parents or legal guardian in the
parent's primary residence within a thirty-mile radius of the college.

Students are assigned rooms of their choice in so far as facilities permit.
Generally, freshmen are assigned to double rooms in Boatwright (men) and
Pitts or Hawkes Hall (women). Roommates are assigned by mutual preference
whenever possible. The college reserves the right of approval of all room and
residence hall assignments. Also, the college reserves the right to move a
student from one room or residence hall to another room or residence hall
during the year. Resident students are required to subscribe to the board plan.

Room Deposit

A room and tuition deposit of $200 is required of all resident students. The
room deposit ($100) is not a prepayment to be applied to residence hall charges
but will remain on deposit with the College to be refunded, provided the
student's account with the College is cleared, upon one of the following: (1)
change of status from resident student to commuter student, (2) formal
withdrawal, or (3) graduation. The room reservation/damage deposit serves as
a room reservation while the student is not occupying college housing and is
refundable if a student cancels his/her reservation by the following dates: May
1 for fall semester, December 1 for spring semester. It serves as a damage
deposit while the student is occupying college housing and is refundable when
the student leaves the college housing minus any unpaid assessments and/or
any debt owed to the College. Complete residence information and regulations
can be found in the student handbook.

Residence Hall Activities

Each housing unit has a hall council which functions as a governing body and
also a coordinating committee to plan activities within the residence halls such
open houses, movie nights, decorating contests and other special events. The
Hall council representatives are elected by their respective residence hall floors.

45

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AND
OTHER ORGANIZATIONS

The Student Government Association exists to serve as a medium for student
expressions, to coordinate campus activities, to promote good citizenship and to
govern within the parameters granted by the President of the College. The SGA
is an important part of student life. Upon acceptance into the College, a student
automatically becomes a member of the association. All students are encouraged
to become active members, so that the association is a truly representative
body of student thought and opinion, voicing the needs and concerns of the
student body.

The SGA is charged with responsibility of planning and presenting student
programs. They sponsor concerts, dances, movies, and many other
special events.

Student publications are supported by the LaGrange College; these include the
newspaper , and a magazine.

Traditional Activities

Homecoming and Parents Day Fall weekend featuring concert, and

culminating with crowning of Queen.

May Day Step sing and concert

Greek Week Week of activities centering around

campus Greek life

Quadrangle Dance Spring Formal scheduled around

Valentine's Day

There are a number of activities planned by the SGA in both terms. Please
consult the Student Handbook for specific dates.

All clubs and organizations are sanctioned by LaGrange College. These include:

Social Sororities

Alpha Omicron Pi
Kappa Delta
PhiMu

Social Fraternities

Delta Tau Delta
Kappa Sigma
Pi Kappa Phi

46

Service Clubs

Alpha Phi Omega

Hilltoppers

The Environmental Club

Habitat for Humanity

Religious Organizations

Baptist Student Union
Interfaith Council
Wesley Fellowship
Fellowship for Christian Athletes

Honorary Organizations

Alpha Psi Omega (drama)

Delta Mu Delta (business administration)

Lambda Alpha Epsilon (social work)

Phi Alpha Theta (history)

Omicron Delta Kappa (leadership)

Omicron Delta Epsilon (economics)

Psi Chi (psychology)

Sigma Tau Delta (English)

Phi Eta Omega (pre-health professions)

Kappa Delta Pi (Education Honor Society)

CRIS- Campus Recreation Interest Groups and Intramural Sports

Student Nurses Association

Art Student League

Business and Economics Society

Student Education Association

Association of Computer Machinery

Student Publications

The Hilltop News (paper)
The Scroll (magazine)

The student handbook is published by the Student Development
Office and contains guidelines and regulations for successful
campus life.

PROGRAMS, EXHIBITIONS AND
FORUM LECTURES

A balanced and comprehensive program of lectures, music performances,
dramatic presentations, workshops and other activities contribute to student
enrichment. Tuesdays and Thursdays from 11:15 a.m. until 12:20 p.m. are
reserved for programs, exhibitions, and forum lectures.

47

Athletic Program

LaGrange College is a member of the NCAA Division III and the Great South
Athletic Conference.College colors are red and black. Intercollegiate teams
compete in women's soccer, basketball, cross country, volleyball, softball,
swimming and tennis and men's baseball, basketball, cross country, golf,
soccer, swimming and tennis. It is the philosophy of LaGrange College that the
team participants are attending college primarily for a quality education, and
no athletic scholarships are offered. The coaching staff is a group of highly
qualified teachers who stress the educational aims of the College.

LaGrange College is committed to a full program of non-scholarship athletics
that encourages the student-athlete to reap the benefits of educationally sound
activity that encourages and promotes a strong academic regime. Students are
given the opportunity to participate fully in their given sport and to compete
with other teams locally, statewide, and regionally.

Philosophy Statement for Intercollegiate Athletics

Intercollegiate athletics at LaGrange College provide students with an integral
complement to their total educational experience. Recognizing the importance
of athletics to the individual student while seeking to strike an appropriate
balance between the life of the mind and participation in co- curricular
offerings, the college is committed to providing a program of intercollegiate
athletics that is student-centered for both participants and spectators. The
college believes that the primary function of intercollegiate athletics at a small
church-related, liberal arts college is one of a high quality co-curricular
complement to its overall mission. As such, academics have priority over
athletic or other co-curricular pursuits.

LaGrange College seeks to recruit and retain student athletes who understand
the balance of priorities between academics and co-curricular programs,
whether the latter are athletics, the performing arts, or other student activities.
The college employs coaches who understand that balance of priorities, and its
coaches seek to recruit students who will be successful student-athletes.
Because the college awards no financial aid based upon athletic ability, the aim
of student-athlete recruitment by coaches is not solely for athletic success but
rather for student contribution to the college's enrollment goals, although by no
means do those have to be mutually exclusive.

The college embraces a commitment to instill and develop the values of
superlative ethical conduct and fair play among its athletes, coaches,
spectators, and other constituents. Further, LaGrange College recognizes that
student-athletes are role models to their peers as well as representatives of the
college, and the college actively encourages student-athletes to conduct
themselves in a manner which befits those roles.

LaGrange College is committed to gender equity and values cultural diversity.
The College will invest sufficient resources to ensure that medical and athletic

48

training services are available to all athletes at appropriate times. It shall strive
to ensure that all individuals an all teams are treated with the same level of
fairness, resources, and respect so that all athletes are afforded and an equal
opportunity to develop their potential as a student-athlete.

Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports (CRIS)

The Campus Recreation and Intramural Sports program provides opportunities
for wholesome recreation and competition among members of the campus
community. Teams representing campus organizations and independents
compete in organized tournaments and events throughout the year. Competitive
events include flag football, volleyball, basketball (regulation, 3 on 3,
H*0*R*S*E), domino's dash, softball, badminton, tennis, water volleyball and
pickle ball. Winners of the campus tournaments in some of these events are
eligible to represent LaGrange College in state or regional tournaments.
Special awards are presented to the men's and women's groups with the highest
participation rates and best record for the entire year. In addition, male and
female " Athletes of the Year" are selected.

Many opportunities are available for recreational use of the facilities in the
LaGrange College Aquatics Complex: recreational swimming and lap
swimming all year round in the indoor pool; the aquarius water work-out
stations, water aerobics or aqua exercise or aqua exercise class (non-credit);
diving on the one-meter and three-meter diving boards.

The facilities and equipment of the Physical Education Department also are
available for student recreational use when these are not scheduled for
instructional, athletic, or intramural sports use. The use of outdoor equipment
(canoes, sailboats, backpacks, tents, stoves, lanterns) requires the payment of a
small deposit which is refunded upon the safe return of the equipment. The
fitness center, gymnasium, and pools are available for student/faculty/staff use
during posted hours. A valid LaGrange College ID is necessary for admittance
to all facilities.

RELIGIOUS LIFE

College is a point of transition. Regardless of the student's age or reason for
being on campus, college is a turning point. It is a time of exciting intellectual
and social growth. During their collegiate experiences, students will wrestle
with new ideas, discover new interests, and explore issues of intimacy and
identity. In contrast, the struggle to define identity and personal values is an
opportunity for spiritual growth and faith development. Therefore, Religious
Life programs at LaGrange College offer students a chance to examine their
faith, to assess what is important, and to forge a system of values that will
sustain them through their adult years.

Growing out of its history of service and its affiliation with The United
Methodist Church, LaGrange College is committed to creating a caring and
ethical community that challenges student's minds and inspires their souls. As
a result, the College offers a number of opportunities for students, faculty and

49

staff members to celebrate life and explore God's intention for human living.
Included in these opportunities are occasions for worship, fellowship, and
service. Chapel services are scheduled every Sunday at 10:00 p.m., and there
are special worship services throughout the year. Book discussion groups and
student forums are scheduled throughout the year. The Alternative Spring
Break Initiative during the College's Spring Break allows interested students,
faculty and staff members to experience life and service in another culture.

Office of the Chaplain

The College employs a full-time chaplain who is available for counseling and
informal conversation. The Chaplain engages with many different people
throughout the campus community. In all the Chaplain does, the goal is to
enable a clearer understanding of what one believes, of how one relates to
one's own faith and to those of other faiths. As such, much of the Chaplain's
work is done in conversation with individuals and small groups for questions
on matters of faith on campus; offering liturgical/sacramental services;
assisting students with vocation discernment, and addressing pressing moral,
ethical and theological questions.

Mission of the Chaplains Office

The mission of the Office of the Chaplain is to lead the members of the
college community in fostering a sustaining vision for a caring and ethical
community through faith development, worship, and vocational
discernment. This vision is manifested by:

Efforts within college community to discern the ways in which one is
called to respond to his/her individual dreams from God.

Efforts that help students grow as a k 'sign and instrument" of the Peaceable
Realm for common good.

Efforts to enrich humanity and the world through the articulation of ethical
and religious values and their implications.

STUDENT SERVICES

Health Services

All students must have proof of medical insurance. For those not having
coverage through individual or group plans, LaGrange College makes available
accident and sickness coverage through a private carrier at reasonable rates.
Application forms are available at registration or through the Business Office.

For a description of health services available to LaGrange College students,
refer to the student handbook.

Career Planning and Placement Center

The LaGrange College Career center provides services to students, alumni and
staff. The counselor assists students with the total career development process.

50

From their first year at LaGrange College, students are encouraged to use
Center's resources to identify and prioritize their values, interests, and skills
and to recognize the impact they have on career decisions.

The Career Center provides resources to support students in locating
part-time employment, internships, fellowships and graduate assistantships,
summer jobs, and full-time, career employment. Additional resources and
training provide students with job search skills (resume preparation, interview
skills, etc.) as well as graduate school application skills (e.g., test preparation,
online resources).

LaGrange College is a member of the Georgia Consortium of College which
each year provides a Career Fair in Atlanta that enables our seniors and
recent graduates to meet with employers from over one hundred industries
and agencies.

Personal and Academic Counseling

An important part of the philosophy of LaGrange College is that each student should
have advice and counseling throughout his/her academic career. The counseling
office, located at the end of Smith Hall directly behind the patio, offers a variety of
counseling services to assist students in reaching their academic and personal goals.
The counseling office does this by providing short-term personal counseling in the
following areas: resolving conflicts, adjustment to college life away from home,
relationships with friends and family members, reducing stress, feelings of
depression, eating disorders, and alcohol or substance abuse. The counseling office
also provides study skills workshops, maintains the campus-tutoring center, and
offers one on one academic coaching. In addition, the counseling office works with
students who have documentation of a learning disability to ensure that the students
receive the accommodations they need to help reach their academic goals. The
counseling office also strives to help students make the most of themselves as
developing persons, to be more effective in their relationships with others, to
understand feelings and behavior, and to enhance positive traits. Discussions are
confidential in keeping with professional standards.

Vehicle Registration

To insure efficient control of traffic and parking on campus and the safety of
all persons and vehicles, every vehicle must be registered and must have an
affixed current decal. These decals are issued to students, along with a copy of
existing parking regulations. There is a fee. Failure to adhere to published
policies may result in vehicles being towed.

Student Appeal of Decisions

Recognizing that decisions must be made and that some students may
feel aggrieved by some decisions, LaGrange College provides the
following procedures:

A student must first attempt to resolve an issue with the college staff member
first rendering a decision. If this does not resolve the issue, a decision rendered
by a college staff member may be appealed by a student as follows:

51

I. Student Life:

(a) A disciplinary decision rendered either by a duly constituted student

judicial board or to the Dean of Students. Disciplinary decisions
rendered originally by the Dean of Students may be appealed in
writing to the Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention
who shall seek, in an informal conference, to settle the grievance to
the satisfaction of the two parties involved. If no resolution can be
found, the Vice President will deliver the appeal to the Student Affairs
Committee of the faculty for its determination.

(b) Other grievances in the area of student life may be appealed to the

Dean of Students. If the grievance involves an original decision
rendered by the Dean of Students, the decision may be appealed as
above.

II. Financial Aid. See the Financial Aid Section.

III. Academic Matters. See the Academic Regulations and Procedures Section.

Statue of John Wesley
located at the Chapel

52

ACADEMIC ADVISING

Honor Code

Students at LaGrange College sign the Honor Code, which states,

As a member of the student body of LaGrange College, I confirm
my commitment to the ideals of civility, diversity, service, and
excellence. Recognizing the significance of personal integrity in
establishing these ideals within our community, I pledge that I will
not lie, cheat, steal, nor tolerate these unethical behaviors in others.

The Honor Council, composed of eight students, deals with students accused of
violating the Honor Code. The Honor Council is selected each spring by the
outgoing Chair of the Honor Council, The Dean of Students, and the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean. A member of the faculty serves as
advisor. In endorsing the Honor Code, the faculty agreed to report any
suspected violation of the Honor Code to the Honor Council, either through the
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean or the Chair of the Honor
Council. Members of the faculty are therefore expected to report all suspected
violations of the Honor Code. The Honor Code assumes that any student
witnessing or otherwise having knowledge of an Honor Code violation will
report the violation to the course instructor, the Chair of the Honor Council, or
the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. (For a complete description
of the Honor Code, please see the Student Handbook.)
The following are violations of the Honor Code:

1 . Lying in any academic matter.

2. Cheating by either giving aid to or receiving aid from a student or other
source without the consent of the faculty member or plagiarizing (using
another person's words or ideas without documenting them properly).

3. Failure to report a violation of the Honor Code.

4. Failure to appear before the Honor Council as requested by written notice.

5. Failure to maintain confidentiality regarding an Honor Council case.
Sanctions include:

assigning a grade of zero to the related academic work (assignments, tests,
case study, etc.);

lowering the final grade in the course by one letter or

a grade of "F" in the course;

suspension for one academic term; or

dismissal from the College.

53

An investigation and hearing shall be confidential and those within the bounds
of confidentiality shall not divulge anything that is said or done with regard to
these proceedings to anyone outside the bounds of confidentiality. Should
anyone outside the bounds of confidentiality receive information which is
considered to be confidential, he or she will automatically be bound by
confidentiality. Those within the bounds of confidentiality include Council
members, the faculty advisor to the Council, the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean, the President, accusers, the accused, witnesses, persons
interviewed during the investigation, victims, and the College's attorney. In
addition, the accused may include within the bounds of confidentiality his or
her parents, faculty, staff, minister, personal or legal counsel.

All tests at the College are conducted under the Honor Code. Accordingly,
instructors may leave the room during the examination and students are on
their honor to do their own work. The Honor Code should be abbreviated on
the outside of the test and signed by the student before handing in the
examination. The student should leave all books and materials not pertaining to
the test either in the hall outside the classroom, or next to the wall in front of
the classroom. Students should take the test in the designated classroom,
except under extenuating circumstances or by prior arrangement.

Work prepared out of class should be that of the individual. Any assistance
from fellow students, books, periodicals, or other materials should be carefully
acknowledged. Instructors should give specific guidance regarding what
constitutes a violation of the Honor Code. If any doubts about plagiarism arise,
a question should be raised by the instructor.

A student should never copy a section of an old term paper and submit it as his
or her own, and the student should be guided in the use of these materials by
the wishes of the instructor. The instructor should provide specific written
and/or verbal guidelines regarding the use of these materials.

As early as possible in the term, the instructor should make clear to his or her
classes how the specifications of the Honor Code apply to class requirements.
For example, what constitutes a legitimate use of source material, especially
material on the Internet, should be made clear. With all their devotion to
declared ideals, students are still subject to the pressures of academic
competition. They deserve the protection and encouragement of the faculty.

Orientation and Counseling

All new students are introduced to LaGrange College through an orientation
program which takes place at the beginning of each semester. The orientation
program is designed to acquaint the new students with various phases of the
life of the College including traditions, procedures, and regulations. Students
profit from a proper introduction to the opportunities and responsibilities of
college life.

One course in particular serves to further the College's orientation and
counseling efforts. Freshman Cornerstone, a course designed to focus on the

54

valuing and decision-making processes with a particular emphasis on Christian
influences on ethical behavior, facilitates students' use of skills of comparison,
contrast, analysis, and synthesis of multiple perspectives as they examine an
issue of common concern. The course emphasizes active learning, small group
problem solving, and service learning, including reflection on these
experiences. A laboratory experience associated with the course is designed to
identify and enhance students' abilities. Assessment of abilities as well as
sessions on study skills, career counseling, computer skill, and library skills,
among others, are offered to maximize students' success.

Registration and Advising

All students should register on the dates specified. All registration procedures
for all terms are under the direction of the Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean. Students have not completed registration until they have cleared the
Registrar, Office of Student Life and the Business Office. Students enrolled for
twelve or more hours must obtain a campus post office box. Communications
to the student will be through campus email or campus mail.

Each student is assigned to a faculty adviser who assists the student in planning
an academic program. However, the ultimate responsibility for meeting all
requirements rests with the individual student.

A student interested in a particular major should inform his/her general adviser
in order that special prerequisite courses for the major may be scheduled. A
major may be formally declared anytime after the student has earned 18 hours
of credit. The student must declare his/her major in writing to the
Department by the time the student has earned 45 semester hours of credit.
The student will then be assigned to an adviser in the department in which the
student will major.

A student's major program requirements are those described in the College
Bulletin at the time of declaration of the major.

Withdrawal

To withdraw from an individual course, a student must confer in the office of
the Registrar. Failure of a student to withdraw officially through this office
may result in the assignment of a "WF." A student who wishes to withdraw
completely from the college must confer with the Director of Counseling.
Except in cases of medical or medical necessity, withdrawals are not permitted
the last week of class.

Medical Withdrawal

Medical withdrawal is defined as complete withdrawal without academic
penalty for reasons of health. Except in circumstances of emergency, a
physician licensed health care provider, or a qualified counselor must provide a
written recommendation for medical withdrawal to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. This written recommendation must be on file
prior to approval for withdrawal. Anytime medical withdrawal is initiated, the

55

student's instructors, the Office of Financial Aid, and the Business Office will
be notified by the Registrar. The re-entry of the student following medical
withdrawal for medical reasons requires a clearance from the attending
physician, licensed health care provider, or a qualified counselor with an
evaluation of the student's potential to resume study successfully at LaGrange
College. The Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean will review this
evaluation and make the decision concerning the student's re-entry.

Class Attendance Regulations

A student is expected to attend all classes, including labs, for all courses for
which he/she is registered. The student is solely responsible for accounting to
the instructor for any absence. An instructor may recommend that the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean drop from class, with a grade of "W"
or "WF", any student whose absences are interfering with satisfactory
performance in the course.

Course Repetition

A student is prohibited from repeating a course in which he has made a "C" or
better (while enrolled at LaGrange College or any institution) without the
approval of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, and the
Academic Council. All courses in which a student receives an unsatisfactory
grade must be repeated at LaGrange College. A student may not remove from
the transcript an unsatisfactory grade earned at LaGrange College or elsewhere even
if he repeats the course.

Acceleration

Students desiring to accelerate their college program may complete
requirements in less than four academic years. This may be accomplished by
attending summer schools and/or taking an academic overload. Permission to
take an overload in any semester is granted only to those students who have
earned at least a cumulative average of "B" (3.0), except that a student may
take an overload during one semester of his or her senior year without respect
to grade -point average.

Students may be eligible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas through
the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and other recognized testing
procedures. Advanced placement credit is accepted for those students who
present evidence from their high schools that advanced placement programs
have been completed and appropriate scores earned on the advanced placement
test of the College Entrance Examination Board administered by Educational
Testing Service. The Registrar and department chairs keep up-to-date standards
for AP credit.

56

Transient work

(1) Students who have failed a course at LC are not allowed to take the course
elsewhere

(2) Students must take ENGL 1 101 and 1 102 here.

(3) Students must take all CORE courses here.

(Credit through United States Armed Forces Institute and Service Schools)

Courses taken through The United States Armed Forces Institute and other
recognized military educational programs are accepted in accordance with
the policy governing transfer work when presented on official transcripts from
accredited institutions. Nine semester hours of elective credit will be allowed
for military service credit, including USAFI correspondence courses and
military service school courses as recommended by the American Council on
Education. Academic credit for one activity course in physical education, up to a
maximum of four, will be awarded for each two months served in the
Armed Forces.

International Students

Students who are on a student visa in the United States are subject to special
regulations mandated by the Bureau of Citizenship and Immigration Services
(BCIS) of the United States Government. As the institution which issues
documents certifying student status, LaGrange College is subject to BCIS
regulations as a matter of law. BCIS regulations change from time to time, so
students are encouraged to contact the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean or the Registrar when questions about BCIS regulations arise. Under
current guidelines, persons with student visas must be enrolled for a full
academic load (at least 12 semester hours) at all times. Federal regulations
concerning "status" for all international students on an F-l visa state that any
student who falls below 12 semester hours at any time will be considered
out-of-status and must be reinstated by the Bureau of Citizenship and
Immigration Services.

English proficiency is fundamental to a successful academic course at
LaGrange College. Therefore, in addition to the minimum TOEFL score
required for admission, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean may
require that a student attend a special, intensive English language course if it is
apparent that a student's English continues to jeopardize a successful academic
career. If such a requirement is placed on a student, failure to attend the
English language course can result in withdrawal of the student visa.

International students must enroll in an English course each semester they
are in school until they satisfactorily complete their English studies.

57

International Studies

Increasing international understanding is valued at LaGrange College. In
promoting that understanding, LaGrange College seeks to enroll an
internationally diverse student body. The College serves as a host or home base
institution for short-term international visitors and has executed cooperative
agreements with Nippon Bunri in Oita City, Japan, Instituto Laurens in
Monterrey, Mexico, and Oxford-Brookes University in Oxford, England.

Grades and Credits

The definitions of grades given at LaGrange College are as follows:

A superior

B above average

C average

D below average

F failing

I incomplete. This grade is assigned in case a student is doing

satisfactory work but for some reason beyond the student's control has
been unable to complete the work during that term.

P pass

NC no credit or non-credit

W withdrawn. During the first three weeks a student may withdraw from
a class with an "automatic" "W." After this trial period the student
may withdraw, but the grade assigned, "W" or "WF," will be at the
discretion of the professor.

WF withdrawn failing. The grade of "WF" is included in computing the
grade-point average.

AW audit withdrawn

AU audit complete

NR grade not reported by instructor at the time the report issued.

A student may register for a course on a non-credit basis, for which he or she
pays full tuition. To have a grade of "NC" recorded, he or she must fulfill all
course requirements.

A student may audit a course by paying the audit fee. All requests for audit
courses must be approved in writing by the instructor and Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. Only lecture courses may be audited. No new
freshman student may audit any course during the first semester of residence at
LaGrange College.

58

An "I" is a temporary grade, assigned by an instructor within the last three
weeks of the term to students who are doing satisfactory work and who cannot
complete the course due to circumstances beyond their control. Should
conditions prohibiting completion of a course arise within the first eight weeks,
students should withdraw.

An "I" is to be removed by the date indicated in the academic calendar. Failure
to remove an "I" by the date set initiates the following action: The Registrar
will write a letter to the student using the address on file. The letter indicates
that the student has two weeks to respond. Otherwise the "I" grade will be
converted to an "F".

Grades are assigned and recorded for each course at the end of each term.
Grades are available to students on the web. Transcripts are withheld for any
student who is under financial obligation to the College.

Academic Standing Probation Regulations

Students are placed on academic probation when the quality of work is such
that progress toward graduation is in jeopardy. The purpose of probation is to
warn. It is not a penalty. Students on probation will be notified, and the
regulations governing probation will be called to their attention.

Freshmen (fewer than 27 hours) must maintain a cumulative grade point
average (GPA) of at least 1.65 to avoid being placed on probation.
Sophomores (27-53 hours), a 1.75 GPA; Juniors (54-80 hours), a 1.85 GPA;
and Seniors (81 or more hours), a 2.00 GPA. In most cases, students have
two semesters to remove their probationary status. Failure to do so could result
in suspension.

Students are also subject to suspension for failure to earn at least three
semester hours of academic credit in any semester, or for other valid academic
reasons (such as violating cheating and plagiarism standards). In the case of
part-time students, the extent of application of these regulations will be at the
discretion of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Normally, all
applications of the regulations will be based upon a full academic load.

A letter from the Vide President for Academic Affairs and Dean is sent to the
student providing information on standing. "Probation One" means that the
student's next term will be the first term on probation, etc. "Dean's Decision"
means that the student's academic records have been given to the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean for action.

Student Grade Appeals

The initial determination of a student's grade is entirely the prerogative of the
instructor. However, a student who wishes to contest a course grade or other
academic decision may initiate an appeal by the procedures outlined below.
Grade appeals must be initiated no later than mid-term of the academic term
following that in which the grade was assigned. The date of the academic term
is defined in the College calendar in the front of this Bulletin.

59

The following procedures govern all student requests for grade changes:

The student should first attempt to resolve the matter by discussing the
question with the course instructor.

If the student and the instructor are unable to reach a resolution, the
student must then submit a written appeal to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. The appeal must state the manner in which
the course syllabus was violated.

The Dean shall then seek an informal conference between the student and
the instructor to settle the grievance to the satisfaction of the two parties
involved. If no resolution can be found, the Dean will deliver the student's
appeal together with any other pertinent documents provided by the
student and/or the instructor to the Review Subcommittee of the Academic
Standards Committee for its determination.

The Review Subcommittee shall then convene to conduct a preliminary
review of the appeal, after which the Chair of the Review Subcommittee
will set times convenient to the student and the instructor for hearing both
sides of the dispute.

Upon completion of its hearings, the Review Subcommittee will report its
findings to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. The Dean
will in turn inform the principal parties involved of whether the student's
request for a change of grade or other decision was denied or approved.

It is the responsibility of the Review Subcommittee to make every
reasonable effort to complete its deliberations prior to the end of the term
in which an appeal was initiated.

Academic Forgiveness

Academic forgiveness is a process which allows a student to have his or her
prior academic record adjusted if:

1 . four or more calendar years have elapsed since the period of last
enrollment at LaGrange College;

2. the student applying for forgiveness has successfully completed since
readmission to LaGrange College a minimum of 12 semester hours and has
no course grade lower than "C" since the time of readmission.

The student may petition for forgiveness through the Academic Advisory
Council and, if approved, the College will:

1 . apply toward the student's common core, general education curriculum, and
electives requirements but not necessarily toward the student's academic
major or minor, all those courses in which the student earned a grade of "C"
or better;

2. set the student's cumulative grade point average to 0.0;

60

3. require the student to successfully complete a minimum of 30 semester
hours after bankruptcy declaration in order to graduate; and allow all
graduation requirements (see LaGrange College Bulletin) to remain the
same and apply equally, except that students who have

4. petitioned for and received academic forgiveness will not be eligible to
receive honors at graduation.

LaGrange College will maintain the student's complete record, including those
courses excluded from the GPA by the granting of forgiveness. No course
work will be expunged from the student's academic record. The student's
official transcript will clearly indicate that the student has been granted
academic forgiveness. Ordinarily, no transfer or transient credits will be
accepted after academic forgiveness. A student may be granted academic
forgiveness only once during his or her academic career at LaGrange College.

Requirements for Bachelor Degrees: A Summary

LaGrange College's Undergraduate Day Program offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, the Bachelor of Music degree, and the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. To obtain a second bachelor's degree,
at least 27 additional semester hours must be earned beyond the first degree,
in a minimum of two semesters. Baccalaureate degrees require a minimum of
108 semester hours of credit including required course work in the core
curriculum and the major. There is often an opportunity to select course
work electives.

The minimum work required for graduation is 108 semester hours and a 2.0*
quality-point average in all course work taken at LaGrange College. To
be eligible for the degree, a student must meet all requirements for the degree
(core curriculum, major program, all necessary assessments, 108 semester
hours and 2.0 cumulative grade point average) and make application for
the degree before the beginning of his or her final term. A student who does
not earn a degree in ten full semesters or the equivalent may be denied
further registration.

In order to graduate in four academic years a student, at a minimum, should
enroll for 12-semester hours credit in each regular term and one interim term
each year. A student who takes at least 12 semester hours credit is classified as
full-time. The maximum full load is 15 semester hours; anything beyond is
considered an overload. No student whose average is below 3.0 is permitted to
enroll for more than 15 (16 if lab is involved) hours in any one term without
the written permission of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean.

Quality points are earned as follows: A, 4; B, 3; C, 2; D, 1; F, 0. The quality-
point average is computed by multiplying the grade point by the course credit,
summing, and then dividing the total quality points earned by the total GPA
hours. If a student has received credit for a course and repeats that course, he

61

or she receives no additional credit toward the degree. In computing the
student's average, GPA hours and quality points are counted on all attempts.

Not more than 54 semester hours of credit earned at a junior college are
counted toward the degree. No credit is granted toward the degree for course
work taken at a junior college after a student has attained junior standing
except that up to 9 hours of transient credit from a junior college may be
granted for courses that are below the LaGrange College 3000-level. (The 54
credit-hour limit still applies.) A transfer student is not given credit toward
graduation for any Ds earned elsewhere. Transient work with a grade of "C" or
better is acceptable. Academic averages are computed on work done only at
LaGrange College.

There are two ways by which a student must meet residency requirements for
graduation:

( 1 ) The student must be in residence the last 36 credit hours;
or

(2) 45 credit hours of the last 54 credit hours must be earned at
LaGrange College.

With prior approval of the adviser and the Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean up to nine hours of transient study may be earned at another
accredited institution. Transient credit is awarded only for courses in which the
grade is "C" or better.

Grades earned for transient work are not included in the cumulative grade
average. Normally, after receiving an unsatisfactory grade in a course at
LaGrange College, a student will not be given permission to repeat that course
at another institution. Credits totaling six hours or more earned as a transient
student during the last 54 hours or final four semesters precludes that student
being granted credit for any course work taken by extension or by
correspondence during the period.

Transient credit for courses within a student's major will only be accepted
from a four- year baccalaureate degree conferring, regionally accredited
institution that offers a major in the specific discipline of the course being
requested for credit. The department chair retains the right to deny the request.

Any regularly enrolled LaGrange College student who desires to take course
work for credit by extension, correspondence, or through on-line vendors must
obtain prior approval in writing from his academic adviser and from the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Such extension, correspondence,
and on-line credit may in no case exceed six hours (grades of "C" or better);
however, no credits earned in this manner may be applied toward the
fulfillment of the core curriculum requirements of LaGrange College.

62

No core course requirements may be met at institutions other than
LaGrange College. Any course or courses so taken must be completed and all
grades recorded before the end of the student's final term, in order to be
graduated that term.

A student is classified as a freshman if he or she has earned fewer than 27
hours of credit. A student is classified as a sophomore if he or she has earned
27-53 hours of credit. To be classified as a junior, a student must have
completed 54 earned hours of credit. A student is classified as a senior upon
having earned 81 hours of credit. A student should be alert to the fact that a
minimum of 108 hours are required for graduation and that some majors may
require more than 108 hours. Attaining these minimum progression
requirements may not be sufficient to insure graduation within the two
semesters of the senior year.

No grade below "C" in any course above 1000-level may be applied
toward a major

*2.5 for Education, Nursing, Business Management, and Accounting.

Academic Honors

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrangeCollege for
at least their last 54 hours (90 quarter hours for Evening College students) and

1 . have attained a quality point average of 3.50 to 3.74 may be granted the
bachelor degree cum laude or

2. have attained a quality point average of 3.75 to 3.89 may be granted the
bachelor degree magna cum laude or

3. have attained a quality point average of 3.90 to 4.0 may be granted the
bachelor degree summa cum laude.

At the end of each academic semester, students who have maintained a 3.60
cumulative grade point average on a minimum of 12 GPA hours of work will
be placed on the Dean's List.

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange College
(as transfer students in the day program, in the Evening College, or in the
Albany program) for at least 42 semester hours (70 quarter hours) and have
attained a grade point average of 3.50 or higher may be granted the bachelor
degree with distinction.

Cultural Enrichment Requirement
at LaGrange College

Because the intellectual and cultural opportunities during one's college years
are exceptionally rich, and because exposure to a variety of cultural
experiences, and participation in a lively collegial atmosphere, during one's
intellectually formative years, are vital to the concept of a liberal education,
LaGrange College is dedicated to assisting in this enrichment by requiring all
students to accumulate a prescribed number of Cultural Enrichment credits

63

over the course of their careers. Each semester a list of approved Cultural
Enrichment programs lectures, presentations, events, performances, recitals,
etc. will be published in a brochure and on the college web page. Attendance
at a maximum of six designated athletic events will count toward the total
required for graduation. Many of these events will occur during the Contact
Hour on Tuesdays and Thursdays, and some will double as required programs
in the Core classes. Students will meet their obligation according to the
following schedule.

EARNED

CULTURAL

HOURS UPON

EVENTS NEEDED

CLASSIFICATION

ENTRY TO LC

TO GRADUATE

New/Transfer Freshman

0- 1 1 Sem. Hrs.

40

Transfer Freshman

12- 26 Sem. Hrs.

35

Transfer Sophomore

27- 39 Sem. Hrs.

30

Transfer Sophomore

40- 53 Sem. Hrs.

25

Transfer Junior

54- 66 Sem. Hrs.

20

Transfer Junior

67- 80 Sem. Hrs.

15

Transfer Senior

81-108 Sem. Hrs.

10

Graduation Requirements

A student who enters LaGrange College under a given Bulletin generally will
be graduated under the core curriculum, hours requirement, and grade point
average requirements of that Bulletin. Major requirements are those in force at
the time a student formally declares a major. If a student suspends his or her
study and re-enters more than four years later, he or she will graduate under the
requirements of the Bulletin in effect at the time of re-entry.

Students in their last year of college work must have an audit of their course
credits and planned courses examined prior to registration for their final
semester in residence. This is called a "graduation petition." The major
adviser and the Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
assist the student in completing this petition. No student may participate
in Commencement exercises if he or she has not completed a graduation
petition. Also, no student may participate in Commencement unless all
graduation requirements have been certified as completed by the
Registrar and the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean.

Students at LaGrange College will participate in the evaluation of the extent to
which institutional education goals are being achieved. This evaluation will be
in both the core curriculum and the major. Students who graduated in June of
1990 were the first to participate in these comprehensive evaluations. Consult
the specific majors for the details.

64

Transcripts

Students are entitled to transcripts of their record free of charge. No transcripts
will be issued for any student under financial obligation to the College.
Transcript requests must be made in writing to the Registrar well in advance of
the time the transcript is needed. Transcripts will be issued promptly; however,
at the beginning and end of terms some delay may be unavoidable. Unofficial
transcripts may be obtained from the online student module of the web.

Student Appeal of Academic Policy

Students may petition for exception to published academic policy.
The Academic Advisory Council reviews the petition.

Outside Pitts Dining Hall during lunch time

65

ACADEMIC SUPPORT AND
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

LAGRANGE COLLEGE POLICY

FOR THE RESPONSIBLE USE OF

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

The purpose of this policy is to ensure a computing environment that will
support the academic, research, and service mission of LaGrange College.
Simply stated, continued and efficient accessibility of campus computing and
network facilities depends on the responsible behavior of the entire user
community. The College seeks to provide students, faculty, and staff with the
greatest possible access to campus information technology resources within the
limits of institutional priorities and financial capabilities and consistent with
generally accepted principles of ethics that govern the College community. To
that end, this policy addresses the many issues involved in responsible use of
the College's information technology, including systems, software, and data.
Each authorized user of information technology assumes responsibility for his
or her own behavior while utilizing these resources. Users of information
technology at LaGrange College accept that the same moral and ethical
behavior that guides our non-computing environments also guides our
computing and networking environment. Any infraction of this policy may
result minimally in loss of computer and network access privileges, or may
result in criminal prosecution.

USE

All users of the College information technology resources agree to abide by the
terms of this policy. Information technology resources include, but are not
limited to, College owned computers and information technology hardware,
the College campus network, information sources accessible through the
campus network, and Internet access. When accessing any remote resources
utilizing LaGrange College information technology, users are required to
comply with both the policies set forth in this document and all applicable
policies governing the use and access of the remote resource. The College,
through a review and amendment process directed by the Instructional and
Information Technology Round Table (IITR), reserves the right to amend this
policy. As far as possible, changes will be made only after consulting with the
user community. LaGrange College computing resources and associated user
accounts are to be used only for the College activities for which they are
assigned or intended. The computing systems are not to be used for any non-
college related commercial purpose, public or private, either for profit or non-
profit. Unless placed in public domain by its owners, software programs are

66

protected by Section 1 1 7 of the 1976 Copyright Act. It is illegal to duplicate,
copy, or distribute software or its documentation without the permission of the
copyright owner. Copyright protection of text, images, video and audio must
also be respected in all uses of College technology resources. The LaGrange
College Campus Network must not be used to serve information outside of
LaGrange College without written permission approved by the IITR.

USER ACCOUNTS

Many technology resources at LaGrange College are accessed through user
accounts. No user accounts should be used to execute computer software or
programs or attempt to gain access to resources other than software, programs
or resources specifically granted and offered for use by LaGrange College. All
users are responsible for both the protection of their account passwords and the
data stored in their user accounts. Sharing a password is prohibited. Users must
change their password periodically to help prevent unauthorized access of their
user account. When working on computers that are in general access areas
(laboratories and public access), users must log off or lock the computer before
leaving to protect the security of their data and the network. Leaving the web-
based email page (Outlook Web-Client) open on an accessible computer,
especially outside of campus, leaves the account available to anyone who
passes by, and allows the changing of the users password giving the passerby
access to the LaGrange College Network. Users must close the browser or log
off the web-based email, before leaving a computer. If a student becomes
locked out of their account or for other reasons needs to have their password
reset, they must make the request in person to an Information Technology staff
member and present a valid LaGrange College ID. Any suspected unauthorized
access of a user account should be reported immediately to the Executive
Director of Instructional & Information Technology or another College
authority. User accounts will be deactivated when the user's affiliation with
the College is terminated and all files and other data will be removed from
those accounts.

COLLEGE EMAIL ACCOUNTS

The College provides email accounts for students, faculty and staff. All course
and advising related email and other official College electronic communication
with students must be sent to the student's campus email address or via
WebCT. Official College email communications with staff and faculty will use
their College email address. Email must not be used for purposes inconsistent
with the mission of the College. Users may not conceal, mask or misrepresent
their identity when sending email or other electronic messages. Transmission
of abusive, harassing or libelous electronic messages is forbidden. Deliberate
transmission or propagation of malicious programs such as viruses, worms,
Trojan Horses or participation in denial of service attacks are subject to
disciplinary and possible criminal action.

67

LaGrange College maintains faculty and staff mail groups (distribution lists or
aliases) for the purposes of communications concerning the operation of the
College. The College maintains a Community mail-list for communications of
a less formal nature. Users must make appropriate use of the subject line in
postings to all College related mail groups (distribution lists or aliases) and
mail-lists (list servers). Announcements to faculty and staff about campus
events should be made through FYI. These announcements should be sent to
the Communications and Marketing staff for inclusion in FYI. A single
reminder close to the date of the event may be made to the faculty and staff
mail groups. Exceptions to this policy may be made by approval of the
Instructional and Information Technology Round Table. Daily reminders of an
upcoming event are inappropriate. Examples of messages appropriate for the
FYI/email reminder procedure are Cultural Enrichment Events, Faculty
Meetings, Staff Council Meetings, Faculty-Staff Coffees, and Sports Events.
Messages not directly related to the operation of the College should be posted
to the Community mail-list. For example, items for sale, contests, fund-raisers,
sports scores, humorous items and commentaries belong on the Community
mail-list rather than being sent to the faculty and staff mail groups. Users can
unsubscribe from and re-subscribe to the Community mail list as they desire.
Instructions for subscribing and unsubscribing are available on the helpdesk
(helpdesk.lagrange.edu).

Posting of messages to the email group containing all students must be cleared
through the appropriate Vice President's Office or their delegates. Use of the
electronic signs on the Patio and in the Dining Hall, posters and flyers are
suggested alternative means of reaching all students. Messages to the student
body should not be made through the faculty mail group. Messages to faculty
containing variations on "Please announce to your class," are ineffective in
reaching all students.

CAMPUS COMPUTING FACILITIES

Microcomputer labs on the LaGrange College campus are available for general
use by students, faculty and staff except during the periods when the rooms
have been reserved for teaching purposes. Additional computers are placed
in public access areas for student, faculty and staff use. It is the responsibility
of every user to use lab and public access facilities in a responsible manner.
Accidental damage or damage caused by other parties should be reported
as soon as possible so that corrective action can be taken. Use of laboratory
or public access facilities to view material that may be considered offensive
to others which includes, but is not limited to, racially hateful and sexually
explicit material, is considered a form of harassment. The viewing of
harassing material is inconsistent with the Mission of LaGrange College.
Viewing such harassing material in a lab or public access areas can result in
disciplinary action.

68

PERSONAL WEB PAGES

Any authorized user or group at the College may have a personal home page
on a LaGrange College World Wide Web server, provided that the graphical
images, multimedia information, text, or the intent of the home page do not
refute the mission of LaGrange College. Users must sign a Registered
Information Provider Agreement before web pages are placed on the server.
Groups must designate an individual as their Registered Information Provider,
who is responsible for the content of their web pages. Registered Information
Provider Agreements must be renewed annually. Failure to renew will result in
removal of content from the web server. No individual user is authorized to
create and serve a web site on the World Wide Web utilizing College computer
resources. Applications for personal web pages should be made to the Director
of Information Technology.

STUDENT COMPUTER CONFIGURATIONS

Access to the LaGrange College Campus Network is available in dormitory
rooms for students who bring to campus personal computers meeting the
minimum specifications defined by Information Technology. These
specifications are revised annually and will be made available to all new
students. The Campus Network will allow students to access the World Wide
Web (WWW) and email. By accessing the College Network, students agree to
abide by this usage policy. Students must not change network configurations
specified by Information Technology. The Information Technology staff will
only support software installed by Information Technology personnel, and
does not provide support for personally owned computer equipment other than
verifying that the network link is functional.

Students are responsible for all network traffic originating from their network
access. Students should employ appropriate and up-to-date anti-virus software.

CAMPUS NETWORK

The College provides network access in classrooms, laboratories, the library,
offices, public access locations and student dormitory rooms. While the
College is committed to free speech and open access to information and
communication, these must be tempered by the need to respect others' rights to
speech, access and communication. Each user is expected to balance their
needs with the needs and expectations of the College community as a whole.
The College reserves the rights to limit bandwidth to users and access to non-
academic, resource intensive applications if they threaten to interfere with
academic uses of the campus network.

Users on the network must not attempt to conceal, mask or misrepresent their
identity or the identity of computers when using the network. Users shall not

69

employ software or hardware that interferes with the operation or security of
the network. Users shall not interfere with the administration of the campus
network nor shall they attempt to breach any network or resource security
system. In administering the network, network activities of users may be
monitored as to type and quantity.

Users are responsible for all network activities originating from resources
provided to them by the College.

WIRELESS NETWORK

Wireless networking provides many benefits to the College, but with these
benefits comes unique security threats. In order to make a reasonable effort to
prevent access to network resources from unauthorized users via the Wireless
Local Area Network (WLAN), the following policy and associated best
practices exist.

An unsecured Wireless Access Point (WAP) has the potential to open a
backdoor into an otherwise secure network. All WAP's located in academic
and administrative buildings must be managed by IT. Faculty and staff are
prohibited from installing a WAP without explicit permission from the
Director of Information Technology. Requests for expansion of the wireless
network should be made to the Network Manager via the IT Helpdesk. In order
to allow flexibility for students to utilize wireless networking in the residence
halls, secured personal WAP's are allowed. IT must be notified of intent to
install a WAP via the IT Helpdesk. WAP's must be physically located in the
vicinity of the owner's conventional wired jack and they must be secured in at
least one of two ways. At least 40-bit Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) must
be enabled on the WAP and client. Ideally the WAP's internal MAC address
table should be set to only allow access from authorized clients. IT reserves the
right to scan for and disable any unauthorized or unsecured WAP's.

WAP Best Practices:

Activate WEP on the WAP and client

Change the default administrator password to a more secure password

Don't use the default Service Set Identifier (SSID)

Don't broadcast the SSID if possible

Use the lowest power radio output possible to minimize propagation outside
the building

Disable the WAP in non-usage periods

REMOTE ACCESS

Two options are available for authorized faculty and staff to remotely access
campus network resources. Direct dialup and VPN access are available
depending on the user's location and access to outside networks. Requests for
remote access should be made to the Director of Information Technology via
the IT Helpdesk. Remote access is available to employees that travel on

70

official business or wish to work from home. Requests for personal use of the
remote access system will be handled on a case-by-case basis by the
Instructional and Information Technology Roundtable.

DATA SECURITY

Within institutional priorities and financial capabilities, LaGrange College
provides reasonable security against unauthorized intrusion and damage to
data, files and messages stored on its computer systems. The College
maintains facilities for archiving and retrieving data stored in user accounts.
If a user needs to recover data after an accidental loss, Information
Technology staff should be contacted and every reasonable attempt will be
made to recover the lost or corrupted data. Neither the College nor any
Information Technology staff can be held accountable for unauthorized
access by other users, nor can they guarantee data protection in the event of
media failure, fire, criminal acts or natural disaster.

INFORMATION RESOURCE USE BY
GUESTS AND ALUMNI

Use of physical facilities for information technology by guests (individuals
not currently enrolled as students or currently employed as faculty or staff
members of LaGrange College) and alumni is allowed only within William
and Evelyn Banks Library and under the supervision of library staff.
Additionally, such access is allowed only when existing resources are not
being fully utilized by LaGrange College students, faculty, or staff The use
of technological resources may be extended to alumni and friends of
LaGrange College without the imposition of a "user fee." A "per printed
page" user fee established by Banks Library will be assessed for use of
College printing resources.

USER AWARENESS:

Because information technologies change at so rapid a rate, updates to the
Responsible Use Policy may be made between printings of College
publications. It is the responsibility of the user to keep informed of the
guidelines in this policy, which will be available on a LaGrange College web
site (http : //panther . lagrange . edu) .

LAGRANGE COLLEGE CELL PHONE AND
PAGER POLICY

The carrying and use of cell phones, pagers and other electronic
communications devices are allowed on the LaGrange College campus. Users
of these devices, however, must be attentive to needs and sensibilities of
other members of the College community. Furthermore, the use of these
devices must not disrupt the functions of the College.

71

Devices must be off or ringers silenced in classes, laboratories, the library,
study spaces and other academic settings and during events such as plays,
concerts, speakers and College ceremonies. The term 'laboratories' explicitly
includes computer laboratory spaces. Answering or operating the device during
classes, laboratories, meetings or events is only appropriate in case of
emergency. If the device must be answered, the user must move to a location
where the class, laboratory, library patrons, etc. will not be disrupted before
making use of the device.

The fountain on the Patio in front of
Pitts Residence Hall

72

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

INTRODUCTION

Faculty members and the staff of LaGrange College implement academic and
non-academic programs toward the fulfillment of the mission of the College.
Undergirding all of the academic programs at LaGrange is the fundamental
commitment to the liberal arts. Therefore, LaGrange College is first and
foremost a liberal arts college. The underlying philosophy of liberal learning is
found in all parts of the curriculum of the College but is most obvious in the
structure of the Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, that part of the curriculum
that serves as foundation and complement to the major. All baccalaureate
majors share the same Liberal Studies Core Curriculum, which represents just
under fifty percent of a student's formal study at the College.

The curriculum is designed to provide the components of a liberal arts
education that historically have proved to be of lasting value. Those
components include skills such as strategies for college success, writing,
computation, speaking, problem solving, computer utilization, and analytical
thinking. Additionally, there are knowledge components including history,
social studies, science, literature, religious heritage, modern foreign languages,
and health.

These skills and knowledge areas, while being taught and learned in specific
courses, are integrated into the total college experience, and the desired result
is that students will be better able to function within social institutions, to use
science and technology, and to use and understand the role of the arts in
culture. They, likewise, will be better able to communicate, to solve problems,
and to analyze and clarify their own value system.

CORE PROGRAM IN THE LIBERAL ARTS

As a Methodist related institution, LaGrange College offers an educational
experience which emphasizes the inter-relatedness of knowledge and the
importance of understanding and evaluating human experience. The Core
Program in the Liberal Arts (also known as the Common Core Program) uses
an interdisciplinary approach to develop the students' creative, critical and
communicative abilities. The specific objectives of the Core Program are
noted elsewhere in this Bulletin (see "Core Program Curriculum).

The Core Program is designed to be integrated with other courses during the
first three years of the student's experience at LaGrange College. The forty-
eight semester hours included in the Core Program are arranged in three
divisions: foundation studies, integrative studies, and exploratory studies. The
twelve hours of integrative studies, which bring an interdisciplinary focus to
the humanities, the social sciences, and quantitative reasoning, are central to

73

the entire Core Program. Other interdisciplinary courses required in the Core
Program are Freshman Cornerstone I and Dimensions of Well Being. No
transient credit will be allowed for any Rhetoric and Composition course
(ENGL 0100, 1 101 or 1 102) or for the Integrative Studies courses
(Quantitative Reasoning, Humanities I and II, The American Experience).

Foundation Studies

Course Taken

Freshman Cornerstone

(CORE 1101)*

Freshman Cornerstone Laboratory

(CORE 1102)*

Rhetoric and Composition

(ENGL 1101, 1102)

Mathematics (MATH 1 101, 2105,

2221, or 2222)

(Entry level by placement)

World Languages and Culture

(2 sequential courses in languages: FREN, GERM,

SPAN)

Laboratory Science I and II

(BIOL 1101-1102, 1148-1149*;

CHEM 1101-1102;

PHYS 1101-1 102; PHYS 1121-

1122)

Dimensions of Well Being (CORE

2000)

30 hours

lin. Credit

Year

3

Freshman

1

Freshman

6

Freshman

3

Freshman

6
m, GERM,

as best scheduled

8

as best scheduled

: Mandatory for BSN students

3
30

as best scheduled
Hours

Integrative Studies

Quantitative Reasoning
(CORE 1110)

(either MA TH 1114 or a second
MA TH course of those listed above
may be substituted for some ma-
jors)

Humanities I and Humanities II
(CORE 2001, 2002)
The American Experience
(CORE 3001)

3
12

as best scheduled

Sophomore

Junior
Hours

74

Exploratory Studies

Fine Arts 3 as best scheduled

(any beginning level classes in the

Fine Arts Division Courses that

satisfy this requirement are

marked

with an asterisk (*) in the Art,

Music, and Theatre Sections of the

Bulletin)

Religion (RLGN 1101, 1102,

1 103, 1 104, or 1 105) 3 as best scheduled

6 hours

TOTAL CORE PROGRAM 48 Hours

* Transfer students with 27 or more hours may be waived from the CORE
1 101/1 102 requirement.

** Although not considered a part of the Core Program, each student is
required to pass 3 interim term courses (one three semester hour course per
term) as part of the graduation requirements. Students may elect to complete
4 interim terms, and are encouraged to do so. Most interim term courses
offer a Pass/No Credit grade option. The total hours needed for graduation
is 108 semester hours.

***/ order to meet graduation requirements, students are required to
attend a designated number of Cultural Enrichment activities. Please see the
section entitled, "Requirements for Bachelor Degrees: A Summary" (pp. 83)
in this Bulletin for details.

Please read carefully the next section titled Placement.

Placement

Appropriate placement in certain courses is essential.

During the first few days on campus all students will participate in placement
evaluation inventories. These inventories are necessary for (1) planning for
majors and careers, (2) providing the comparison levels for subsequent
assessment of the Core Program curriculum, and (3) determining current skill
levels for placement purposes. Placement in mathematics and English is
based on skills assessment. Students who are not predicted to be successful
in Mathematics 1101 are required to enroll in Mathematics 0100. This is a
pre-Core Program mathematics course, and credit in this course does not
count toward the fulfillment of the 48 hours of core requirements, but does
count toward hours required for graduation.

English placement is based on scores obtained on the Scholastic Aptitude
Test (SAT). Based on scores obtained, students are placed either in English

75

1 00, a pre-Core Program course in grammar and composition, or in English
1 101. Like Mathematics 0100, English 0100 does not count toward the
fulfillment of any of 48 hours in the Core Program, but does count toward
graduation requirements.

Students entering LaGrange College with two (2) years of high school level
foreign language are placed in an intermediate level course of that language;
or if the students choose, they may start the study of another language at the
beginning level. Any student for whom English is not the native language
may have the language requirement waived by submitting a written request
to the Registrar from the student's advisor, the Director of International
Student Services, or the Chair of the Humanities Division. The waiving of
the language requirement does not diminish the need to complete the
minimum 108 hours required for graduation.

Core Program, Time Restrictions

There is no time limit on the credit or validity of coursework in the Core
Program. It should be noted, however, that students who have not been
enrolled at LaGrange College for four years, or who transferred from
LaGrange College and subsequently return, enter the college under the
Bulletin in force at the time of re-entry.

Credit-by Examination and Exemption

Students may be eligible for credit and/or exemption in certain areas through
Advanced Placement (AP) Tests or the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) and other recognized testing procedures. To determine the test
scores that qualify for college credit and/or exemption, students should
contact the Registrar. This information is also available in the individual
department sections of the Bulletin. Credit by examination (AP or CLEP)
may reduce the 48 semester hour requirement of the Core Program by the
number of credit hours earned by this process.

Assessment of the Core Program

Prior to graduation, students take an inventory, The Academic Profile,
designed to determine the extent to which they have achieved the objectives
of the curriculum of the Core Program. The optimal time to take The
Academic Profile is during the semester following the completion of CORE
3001, the American Experience (usually either second semester of the junior
year or first semester of the senior year). Meaningful participation in this
testing program is a requirement for graduation with a baccalaureate degree.

76

THE MAJOR PROGRAMS

A major is defined as a primary program of study in which the student
completes a designated number and sequence of courses within a specific
discipline, department or subject area. A major may or may not offer
concentrations for focused course work within the major.

A student may choose to pursue one of four baccalaureate degrees: the
bachelor of arts, the bachelor of science, the bachelor of music, or the bachelor
of science in nursing. Most students pursue one of these baccalaureate degrees.

Students enrolled in the Evening College may pursue the bachelor of business
administration or an associate of arts in Liberal Studies. Please refer to the
Evening College Bulletin for more details about this program.

LaGrange College also offers graduate programs. In these programs, students
may complete the Master of Arts in Teaching, the Master of Education in
Curriculum and Instruction, or the Master of Business Administration. Please
refer to the Graduate Bulletin for more information about these programs.

Bachelor of Arts

Art and Design

Biochemistry

Biology

Chemistry

Computer Science

Education
Early Childhood
Middle Grades

English

History

Human Services

Mathematics

Music

Political Science

Psychology

Religion

Sociology
Spanish
Theatre Arts

Bachelor of Science

Accountancy
Business Management
Chemistry
Computer Science
Mathematics

Bachelor of Science in Nursing

Nursing

Bachelor of Music

Creative Music Technologies

Performance (voice, piano,
organ, guitar, percussion)

Church Music

77

Interdisciplinary Major

The Interdisciplinary Major at LaGrange College allows highly motivated
students to pursue a self-designed, individualized program leading to a
Bachelor of Arts degree in Interdisciplinary Studies.

To be eligible to pursue the interdisciplinary major, a student must exhibit a
high-level of maturity and self-direction. A grade point average of 3.3 or
permission of the Academic Dean is required at the time of submission of the
proposal The major may be declared upon completion of 27 semester hours,
but no later than 66 semester hours.

Policies and Procedures:

The proposed major must stem from at least two separate disciplines, but no
more than three, and be supportable by the existing resources of the college.

1 . The student must select an advisor in each discipline with one agreeing
to serve as the principal advisor.

2. The student must research and select classes totaling at least 36 semester
hours that relate to the proposed major and justify the inclusion of each
course. At least 30 semester hours must be from courses at the 3000 level
or above.

3. The proposal must include a clear sense of where the interdisciplinary
major would lead the student (graduate school or career possibilities).
The proposal should also state why the Interdisciplinary Studies Major
better suits the student's needs than existing majors/minors offered at
LaGrange College.

4. The final major curriculum will be determined by the student in
consultation with all advisors. All general education requirements must
be met for graduation. The major must culminate in a capstone paper or
project approved by all advisors and supervised by the principal advisor.
The student must register for INDV 4499 during his or her senior year.

5. The student must complete the Interdisciplinary Studies Proposal Form,
which may be acquired from the registrar's office. The proposed
major must be approved by all advisors, the curriculum committee

and the Academic Dean. It must also be filed with the registrar's office.
Any changes to the approved curriculum must have the approval of all
advisors, the curriculum committee and the Academic Dean. An
amendment form with these approvals must be submitted to the
registrar's office.

78

Major Requirements, Time Restrictions

Course work requirements in major programs necessarily change in response to
evolving curriculum concerns and changing student needs. Students' major
requirements are governed by the Bulletin in force at the time of the
declaration of the major. The declaration of major is initiated with the head of
the respective department.

At the discretion of the department chair, students may be required to
demonstrate proficiency and/or currency in the subject matter if the major
course work is older than five (5) academic years. Normally credit hours
earned in the major may not be applied to the completion of the major, if the
hours earned are older than eight years, dated from the student's initial
matriculation.

Students who have been out of school longer than two years must again declare
their majors.

Independent Study in the Major

In certain majors, independent study courses are offered. These courses are
limited to upper-class major and minor students who have completed at least
two-thirds of their particular major or minor program, and who wish to pursue
a special problem or course of reading beyond that taken up in any formal
course and lying within the capabilities of the library and laboratories. In order
to be eligible for independent study, the student must have at least a 3.0
average in major courses. Total credit which can be earned through
independent study normally will not be more than six semester hours. Written
permission to enroll in such a course must be obtained from the instructor, the
chair of the department concerned, and the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean. A descriptive syllabus including the method of evaluation
must be submitted with the petition.

Assessment in the Major

The faculty members who are responsible for instruction in the major programs
have identified specific objectives for a major in that discipline. There is an
assessment, devised by the faculty in the discipline, that determines the extent
to which the objectives have been met by the student. That assessment is a
requirement for students who graduated in June 1990, or who will graduate
thereafter. The assessment styles are varied. Students should carefully explore
with their adviser in their intended major the nature of the assessment. A
satisfactory assessment in the major is a requirement for the degree. The chair
of the department offering the major must certify satisfactory completion of the
assessment component.

Students who fail to complete satisfactorily the assessment in the major and
exhaust reassessment opportunities at the departmental level may appeal the
decision of the department as described in the Academic Procedures and
Regulations section.

79

Advice and Counseling in the Major

All students are assigned an academic adviser. Prior to the declaration of a
major a student is advised by his or her Freshman Cornerstone instructor.
Subsequent to declaring a major, the student and the department chair work
together in planning a program. The ultimate responsibility for selecting the
proper courses in order to complete the desired degree is the responsibility of
the student.

MINORS

Academic minors may be earned in most departments. A minor must include
at least 12 semester hours, 6 of which must be in 3000-level or above courses.
Some departments do not designate the courses required for the minor, but the
courses selected must be approved by the chair of that department.

Pre-professional Programs of Study

LaGrange College has a curriculum and environment that is well suited to
preparation for further study in fields such as law and medicine. These
programs include, but are not necessarily limited to, preparation for the
following areas.

Dentistry

Dr. William McCoy is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other
than Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition
to their primary advisors for their majors. The pre-dental student should select
a major as early as possible and work toward the B.A. degree. Some dental
schools accept students with fewer than four years of college training, but most
of them prefer a student with the baccalaureate degree.

The pre-dental student should be familiar with the specific requirements set by
the dental schools to which he or she plans to apply. There is some variation in
the requirements of the various schools, but the minimum requirements set by
most schools of dentistry are:

Inorganic Chemistry with lab 8 Sem. Hrs.

Organic Chemistry with lab 8 Sem. Hrs.

Biology with lab 8 Sem. Hrs.

Physics with lab 8 Sem. Hrs.

English 9 Sem. Hrs.

All applicants must complete the Dental Admission Test not later than the
October 3 1 testing preceding the year of desired entry.

80

Engineering

LaGrange College has an engineering-oriented program designed to provide a
broad liberal arts background while preparing the student for a professional
engineering program. Dual-degree programs in engineering have been
established with Georgia Institute of Technology and Auburn University.
Students accepted in the dual-degree program will attend LaGrange College for
approximately three years (81 semester hours if entering under this Bulletin)
while they complete the Core Curriculum and the pre-engineering courses
listed at the end of this section. The student will then attend the engineering
institution and complete a major in engineering, a process that generally takes
two to three additional years. After completion of the degree requirements for
both institutions, the student will receive an engineering degree from the
engineering institution and a Bachelor of Arts degree from LaGrange College.

All students considering either the dual degree option should contact the pre-
engineering adviser, Dr. Lynn Deibler, prior to registration. Both Georgia Tech
and Auburn are undergoing considerable modification of their academic
programs as a result of the change of calendar systems. Students must consult
the pre-engineering advisor about how this will affect their choice of elective
courses.

In addition to the Core Curriculum, pre-engineering students must complete all
of the following courses before attending the engineering institution:

Calculus I, II, and III
Differential Equations
Linear Algebra (Ga. Tech)
General Chemistry I and II
General Physics I and II

Please note that calculus based physics (General Physics PHYS 1 121-1 122) is
required. Students must begin the study of calculus as early as possible in
order to be prepared for the physics sequence.

Journalism

The student who plans a career in journalism needs a wide range of courses in
many areas. A recommended basic program would include: ENGL 2260
Journalistic Writing I (3), ENGL 2262 Journalistic Writing II (3), ARTD 2201
Graphic Design I: Fundamentals (3), ARTD 2223 Basic Photography (3), plus
experience working on one of the student publications:

The Hilltop News (paper)

The Scroll (magazine)

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be
selected in consultation with the student's advisor.

81

Law

The pre-law advising committee is chaired by Dr. Tracy Lightcap and is
composed of Dr. Lightcap, Dr. Frederick Mills, and Dr. Brenda Thomas.
Students considering law school should consult with one of these faculty
members beginning in their freshman year and should meet regularly with
other students interested in pre-law. Law school bulletins and LSAT study
guides are located in the William and Evelyn Banks Library.

Students entering law school come from varied undergraduate programs. It is
not really possible to say which major serves as the best preparatory
background for law school. Almost every law school bulletin, however,
suggests that entering students must have a strong background in history,
political science and English as well as some preparation in economics,
business, sociology, psychology and mathematics.

Medicine (M.D.)

Dr. William McCoy is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other
than Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition
to their primary advisers for their majors. The pre-medicine student should
select a major as soon as possible and seek the B.A. or B.S. degree. Medical
schools rarely accept candidates with less than the baccalaureate degree.

The student should be familiar with the requirements of the several medical
schools to which he or she plans to apply. Requirements vary somewhat in the
various medical schools, but the minimum requirements of most medical
schools are:

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

General Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 8 semester hours

Physics 8 semester hours

Every applicant must take the Medical College Admission Test, preferably in
the spring preceding the submission of his or her application to medical school,
but no later than the fall of that year.

Optometry

The pre-optometry general adviser is Dr. William McCoy. Students selecting a
major other than biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. McCoy
in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. Though selected students
may be admitted to optometry school after three years of preparation, most are
admitted after receiving Bachelors or Masters degrees. Optometry involves
fours years of study after admission to the program and in some areas also
includes a brief internship. Majors in any academic area are acceptable though
the student should include emphasis on the sciences. The pre-optometry
requirements are the same as pre-med plus a course each in statistics and

82

calculus. Preparation for admission to a specific school can be planned with the
assistance of the advisor. Prospective optometry students must take the
Optometry Admission Test (OAT) in October or February.

Pharmacy

The pre-pharmacy general adviser is Dr. William McCoy. Students selecting a
major other than Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. McCoy
in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. While the admission
requirements vary, the following is standard course work as a minimum:
CHEM 1101-1 102, 2201-2202, BIOL 1101-1 102, MATH 2221 and 1 1 14,
PHYS 1 101, ECON 2201-2202, ENGL 1 101-1 102, and 6 semester hours each
of Humanities and Social/Behavioral Science. POLS 1101 and HIST 1111 or
1112 may be required as well as electives to reach 60 semester hours.

Physical Therapy

The pre -physical therapy general adviser is Dr. William McCoy. A few schools
which offer training in physical therapy award a Bachelor's degree after
successful completion of classroom and clinical work. Students are admitted to
such programs after completion of 60 semester hours of work including
approximately 12 hours in Humanities, 12 hours in math and science, 12 hours
in social science plus 24 hours in a major field such as biology.

, Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be
selected in consultation with the adviser. Many schools now offer only a
master's degree in physical therapy. These schools require a bachelor's degree
as well as completion of the pre-physical therapy core.

Veterinary Medicine

I Dr. William McCoy is the general adviser. Students selecting a major other
than Biology should consult early and frequently with Dr. McCoy in addition

i to their primary advisers for their majors. The pre-veterinary student should be
familiar with the specific requirements of the school to which he/she plans to
apply. The minimum requirements set by most schools of veterinary medicine
are as follows:

A candidate must have completed at least 54 semester hours of college credit
by the end of the spring semester before fall matriculation at the veterinary
school. The baccalaureate degree is preferred. The following courses should
be completed prior to entry into veterinary school.

English 6 semester hours

Biology with lab 8 semester hours

Advanced Biological Science 8 semester hours

Physics 8 semester hours

Biochemistry 3 semester hours

Inorganic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with lab 8 semester hours

83

The candidate must have worked with a veterinarian, and must have had
hands-on experience working with large and small animals.

Each applicant will be required to take the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) and the GRE biology subject test. These tests should be taken in Octo-
ber or December of the year prior to probable admission to veterinary school.
The results should be received by VMCAS by February 1 of the year following
the application.

Summary List of Majors and Minors Offered at LaGrange College

Department/Program

Accounting

Art and Design

Biochemistry

Biology

Business Management

Chemistry

Coaching

Computer Science

Education

English

French

History

Human Services

Interdisciplinary Studies

Latin American Studies

Mathematics

Music (B.A.)

Music (B.M.)

Nursing

Philosophy

Political Science

Psychology

84

ajor

Minor

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Department/Program

Major

Minor

Religion

X

X

Religion-Church Leadership

X

X

Sociology

X

X

Spanish

X

X

Theatre Arts

X

X

Women's Studies

X

Evening College degrees:

Associate of Arts in Liberal Studies

Bachelor of Arts in Business

Bachelor of Arts in Human Development

Graduate degrees:

Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction
Master of Arts in Teaching

Rehearsal in Price Theatre

85

Endowed Lectureship

The Jennie Lee Epps Memorial Lecture was re-established in 1997 by a gift
from Dr. Grace Hadaway Boswell '49 and her husband, Dr. R. Dean Boswell.
Dr. Epps was a faculty member from 1931 until her death in 1961.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr. Endowed Lectureship was established by a gift
from the Neighbors Fund, Inc. in memory of Dr. Henry, president and
chancellor of LaGrange College over a period of 42 years. Income from the
endowment is to be used in funding the Waights G. Henry Lecture for the
benefit of our students and as approved by the trustees of the College.

The Arthur H. Thompson Lectureship brings to the campus a noted scholar
to address the faculty and student body on the interrelationship of a field
knowledge and the Christian religion. The endowment was established by
Mrs. Mary Will Thompson, class of 1898, in memory of her husband, who
served as chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. He expressed his
philosophy in the statement: " The greatest thing in life is the simple faith of an
honest man."

The Lorenzo Valla Visiting Scholar Program was established in 1996 by
Mr. and Mrs. Tom Bushar (Linda Doolittle Bushar '96) The program
was named for the 1 5 th century Italian humanist and brings to campus a
recognized scholar.

Awards and Recognitions

The Nancy Alford Award is awarded each year to the sorority accumulating
the greatest number of points in the areas of scholarship, leadership,
sportsmanship, and community service.

The Irene E. Arnett Drama Award is presented annually to the member of
the senior class who shows that greatest potential for contribution to the field
of theatre, devotion to the tasks in the theatre, and dedication to the principles
of good theatre- to amuse the heart and lift the spirit to a better understanding
of man and his struggle in this world and towards his God.

The Needham Avery Art Award is a purchase award granted annually in
visual arts, provided by Dr. and Mrs. R.M. Avery in memory of their son.

The Josephine A. Case Scholarship is awarded to a junior for excellence in
art and promise of achievement in that field. This award carries a stipend and is
associated with the Josephine A. Case Collection of American Indian Art
which Mrs. Case and her husband, the late Dr. Leland D. Case of Tucson,
donated to LaGrange College. Both hold honorary doctorates from this school.

The Austin P. Cook Award is presented annually by the Student Government
Association to the organization that made the most positive impact on campus
life during the year.

86

The Roger Guptill Award is presented annually in memory of the late Dr.
Roger Guptill, minister, teacher, and Christian gentleman, to a senior class
student of the Department of Religion preparing for full-time church service.

The Mamie Lark Henry Drama Scholarship is presented annually to a
student in recognition of superior contribution to the Theatre Arts Department.

The Mamie Lark Henry Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to a
sorority with the highest grade-point average the previous semester.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr. Leadership Award is given annually by the
Student Government Association to a student who has actively demonstrated
effective leadership skills. Selection of the recipient is made by a committee
composed of students, faculty, and administrators.

The Evelyn Powell Hoffman Drama Scholarship is provided by her family
in memory of their wife, mother and sister, a graduate of the class of 1930. It
is to be awarded annually to a freshman student through audition. The
selection of the recipient is to be made by the Theatre Arts Department faculty.

The Karen Sue Kafrouni Award is presented annually by the History
Department for a member of Phi Alpha Theta and a graduating senior with the
highest academic achievement.

The Mary Hunter Lindsey Award is provided by the late Rev. William
Oliver Lindsey, Sr., in memory of his wife, Mary Hunter Lindsey, class of
1914. It is awarded annually to United Methodist students entering the senior
class in college and preparing for a full-time church ministry. The selection of
the awardees is made by the faculty of the Religion Department.

The John Love Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to the fraternity
with the highest grade point average the previous semester.

The Weston L. Murray Award is presented to the senior class member of the
Georgia Delta Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu who has the highest record of
achievement and contribution in the field of Social Science.

The Meri Meriwether Norris Award was established in 1998 in memory of
this 1980 alumna by her husband, Dr. Tommy Norris. This award is presented
annually to a nursing student who demonstrates extraordinary compassion.

The Outstanding Achievement in Psychology Award is presented annually
by the psychology department to the senior psychology major who, through
academic excellence and service, has made an outstanding contribution to the
field of psychology.

87

The Pike Award is provided by Mrs. William C. Key (Ruth Pike) and the late
Mrs. William Franklin Daugherty (Ethel Pike) in memory of Adelia Hunter
and Christian Nathaniel Pike. It is awarded annually to Methodist or Baptist
students entering the senior class in college and preparing for a full-time
church vocation or majoring in Religion or Religious Education.

The Walter Malcolm Shackelford Award is presented annually to a graduat-
ing senior who has majored in Education and has demonstrated outstanding
academic performance, leadership, and service to the College

The Annie Moore Smith Award is a purchase award given annually in visual
arts, provided by Mrs. Rebecca Moore Butler, class of 1924, in memory of her
sister, Annie Moore Smith, class of 1915.

The W. Lee Wilson, Jr. Art Award is presented annually by the Art Depart-
ment to a graduating senior who has excelled in the art of photography. Mr.
William L. Wilson established the award in 1998 in memory of his son.

The Jean Young Award in Photography granted annually, was established in
memory of Jean Young who was the first curator of the Lamar Dodd Art Center.
The award is a book on contemporary photography and is presented to the stu-
dent who has demonstrated an exceptional commitment to photographic art.

Departmental Awards are presented annually at Honors Day in the spring.
Numerous departmental awards are made at that time.

Parents visiting on May Day

-

DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES

i

Table of Contents 4

Academic Divisions 91

Abbreviations and Numbers 92

Art and Design 93

Professor Dorothy Joiner

Biology 102

Dr. William McCoy

Business 105

Dr. Jon Birkeli

Chemistry 120

Dr. William McCoy

Computer Science 129

Dr. Fay Riddle

Core Curriculum 138

Dr. Sandie Johnson

Education 140

Dr. Don Livingston

English 147

Dr. Laine Scott

General Science 154

Health and Physical Education 155

Professor Nancy Alford

History 162

Dr. Fred Mills

Human Services 167

Professor Anton Flores

Latin American Studies and Modern Languages 172

Dr. Amanda Plumlee

Library Science 181

Professor Loren Pinkerman

Mathematics 182

Dr. Greg McClanahan

Music 190

Dr. Toni Anderson

89

Nursing 203

Professor Celia Hay

Physics 212

Dr. William McCoy

Political Science 213

Dr. Tracy Lightcap

Psychology 219

Dr. Chuck Kraemer

Religion and Philosophy 224

Dr. David Ahe am

Sociology 232

Dr. Susan Cody

Speech 237

Professor Kim Barber

Theatre Arts 238

Professor Kim Barber

Women's Studies 244

Dr. Amanda Plumlee

90

ACADEMIC DIVISIONS,
DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES

Arts Kim Barber, Chair

Professors: Anderson, Lawrence, Taunton

Associate Professors: Barber, M. Brown, Edwards, L. Johnson

Assistant Professors: Mitchell, Reneke, Tomschek

This division includes the Departments of Art and Design, Music, and Theatre
Arts. The B.A. and B.M. degrees are offered.

Core Program and Interim Term Sandie Johnson, Chair

Humanities and Social Sciences David Ahearn, Chair

Professors: Cafaro, Dulin-Mallory, Hornsby, Mills, Slay, Thomas

Associate Professors: Ahearn, Cook, O'Connor, Plumlee, Scott, Williams,

Lightcap, Simmons

Assistant Professors: Cody, Flores, Gulley, Haas, Lee, Lingenfelter, Sankara,

Shirley, Tures, Wilson

This division offering the B. A. Degree includes the following departments:

English Language and Literature, History, Human Services, Latin American
Studies and Modern Languages, Political Science, Religion and Philosophy

Professional Programs Maranah Sauter, Chair
Professors: Birkeli, Cousins, S. Johnson, Sauter
Associate Professors: Harrison, Hillyer, Williamson
' Assistant Professors: Alford, Barrett, Bearden, Blair, Frederick, Geeter,
Hampton, Hay, Livingston, Massenzio, Messer, Redmond, Rosencrants

This division includes the following departments:

Department of Business offering The B. S. in Business Management, B. S.
in Accountancy, minor in Business Management, minor in Accountancy,
Department of Education offering: The B.A. M.A.T. and M.Ed, degrees
Department of Health and Physical Education, Department of Nursing
offering the B.S.N.

Science and Mathematics Greg McClanahan, Chair

Professors: Evans, Hurd, Kraemer, McClanahan, Riddle, Shelhorse,

Associate Professors: Hearn, Mallory, McCoy, Paschal, Searcy, C. Yin,

W.Yin

Assistant Professors: Deibler, Hall, Haas,

The Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division includes the Departments of
Biology, Chemistry and Physics, Computer Science, Mathematics and
Psychology. The B.A. and B.S. degrees are offered.

91

COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM
AND ABBREVIATIONS

The projected schedule of classes will be followed insofar as possible, but is
subject to change.

Courses numbered 1 1 00 through 1 1 99 are intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores. Courses numbered 2200 to 2299 are intended primarily for
sophomores; the number may, alternately, mean credit of less than three
semester hours.

Courses numbered 3300 through 3399 and above are intended primarily for
juniors and seniors.

Courses numbered 4400 through 4499 are intended primarily for seniors.
The number in parentheses following the course title indicates the number of
semester hours credit for the course.

ABBREVIATIONS

Accounting

ACCT

Art and Design

ARTD

Biology

BIOL

Chemistry

CHEM

Computer Science

CSCI

Core

CORE

Economics

ECON

Education

EDUC

Early Childhood

EDUC

Middle Grades

EDUC

English

ENGL

Finance

FNCE

French

FREN

German

GERM

Health and Physical
Education

HPED

Physical Education

PEDU

History

HIST

Human Services

HUSV

Language

LANG

Latin American
Studies

LAST

Library Science

LIBR

Management

MGMT

Marketing

MRKT

Mathematics

MATH

Music

MUSI

Nursing

NURS

Philosophy

PHIL

Physics

PHYS

Political Science

POLS

Psychology

PSYC

Religion

RLGN

Spanish

SPAN

Theatre Arts

THEA

Women's Studies

WMST

92

ART AND DESIGN

Introduction

The Department of Art and Design offers major concentrations in painting/
drawing, graphic/surface design, printmaking, ceramics/sculpture,
photography, and in art history/museum studies. The courses required of the
studio concentration are specific and scheduling should be determined in
consultation with an art faculty advisor. A student may choose a studio
concentration in more than one area.

Objectives

The following objectives are established as a basis for the Art and Design
Studio Program at LaGrange College:

to develop technical knowledge pertaining primarily to the student's
chosen area of concentration, but not limited to it.

to assist students in finding and focusing their creative ideas into a
consistent body of work.

to instruct students in the correct means of presenting their work in a
portfolio and culminating a required senior exhibition.

to encourage students to exhibit their work and acquaint them with the
gallery system.

to encourage students to pursue graduate study.

to provide students with a basic understanding of the history of
Western art.

to provide the students with a creative environment by using all available
resources. This would include field trips to galleries and museums,
course work in locations of artistic interest, guest lectures and workshops
related to the exhibitions in the College's galleries.

Requirements for a Studio Concentration major
in Art and Design:

9 hrs. Art History - ARTD 1 1 09, 1 1 1 0, 1 1 1 1 or an

Art History elective
9 hrs. Basic Core - These should be taken during the freshman/

sophomore year as these courses are generally considered to

be prerequisites for all other studio courses - ARTD 1151,

1152, 1153

93

12 hrs. Introductory Studio Courses: One course from each of the
following studio disciplines:

Painting or Drawing
Design or Printmaking
Photography
Ceramics or Sculpture

9 hrs. Major Concentration - three additional courses in one of the
above disciplines including Senior Seminar.

3 hrs. Senior Seminar - A course in which senior art majors bring
into focus their artistic objectives in a body of work to be pre-
sented in an exhibition. The student will also create an artist
statement, resume, and a slide portfolio.

42 hrs. total hours required

Assessment

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art and Design major will be
measured in the following ways:

Completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

Exemplary completion of assignments and independent study, and the
presentation of work in scheduled critiques.

An Exit or Senior Exhibition of work done in the student's major
studio discipline.

Requirements for Art History/Museum Studies
Concentration

The Art History/Museum Studies Concentration offers two options. A student
may focus on art history or may choose a combination of art history and
museology. Courses include art history, graphic design, studio courses, and an
internship. The program also offers hands-on experience in the exhibition
program and the regular collection of the Lamar Dodd Art Center.

94

Requirements for a Concentration in Art History:

6 hrs. Art History Survey I and II - ARTD 1 109, 1 1 10

Art History courses - Modern Art, The Art of Greece and
Rome, Art of the Renaissance, Art of the Seventeenth and Eight-
eenth Centuries in Europe and America, Art of the Nineteenth
Century in Europe and America. - ARTD 1 1 1 1, 3103, 3105,
3106,3107
12 hrs. Studio Courses

^ . Internship or Independent Study in Art History

3 hrs. Senior Seminar - A course in which students of art history and
museum studies work on research and writing skills. They also
prepare a resume and focus on applying for graduate school.

39 hrs. total hours required

Requirements for a major in Art History/Museum
Studies Concentration:

6 hrs. Art History Survey I and II - ARTD 1 109, 1 1 10

12 hrs.

Art History electives - Modern Art, The Art of Greece and
Rome, Art of the Renaissance, Art of the Seventeenth and Eight-
eenth Centuries in Europe and America, Art of the Nineteenth
Century in Europe and America. - ARTD 1 1 1 1, 3103, 3105,
3106

12 hrs. Studio Coursework - Three courses in elective studio

3 hrs. Graphic Design -ARTD 2201

6 hrs. Museum Studies I and II - ARTD 3 1 1 , 3 1 02

3 hrs. Internship

42 hrs. total hours required

Assessment

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art History/Museum Studies
Concentration will be measured in the following ways:

Sophomore review

Completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

Participation in the Art History Forum or other public presentation
of research

95

Awards

The Art and Design Department presents four awards annually during Honor's
Day Convocation. These are purchase awards that allow the college to acquire
works of art by the award recipients. The faculty of the Art and Design
Department presents these awards to students for superior performance and a
proven commitment to their craft.

Minor

A minor in Art and Design, Art History/Museum Studies consists of 1 8
semester hours: at least one course in art history, at least one course at
the 1000 level, and 4 other courses selected in consultation with your
minor advisor.

Course Descriptions (ARTD)

ARTD 1109 Art History Survey I. (3) * Fall

A course in the visual arts of western civilization from the Paleolithic

period through the 16 th century. Cultures surveyed will include Egyptian,

Mesopotamian, Greek, Roman, Early Christian, Byzantine, Medieval,

Gothic and the Early Renaissance.

ARTD 1110 Art History Survey II. (3) * Spring - alternate years
This course will survey the history of Western art and architecture from the
High Renaissance to the beginning of the 20 th century, including the stylistic
movements of the Baroque, Rococo, Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism,
Impressionism, Expressionism, and Cubism.

ARTD 1111 Modern and Contemporary Art History. (3)*

Spring- alternate years
This course traces the development of 20 th century painting and sculpture
beginning with Picasso and cubism and includes the movements of surrealism,
futurism, abstract - expressionism, pop, op, minimalism, conceptual art,
super realism, and neo-expressionism. While emphasis is given to painting
and sculpture, developments in architecture, photography, and crafts are
also included.

ARTD 1151 Basic Drawing. (3) * Fall

A course in drawing fundamentals, including line, value, composition,

perspective, and chiaroscuro. A variety of drawing media will be explored.

ARTD 1152 2-D Design. (3) * Spring

A study of the basic design elements and principles. Emphasis will be on
creative problem solving and development of unified designs. A study of color
theory and relationships will be included.

96

ARTD 1 153 3-D Design. (3) * Fall

This course will explore the fundamentals of three-dimensional form using
various materials such as wood, clay, plaster, paper, etc. Craftsmanship,
creative thought, and transformation of ideas into form while becoming
familiar with proper use of tools and equipment is also emphasized.

ARTD 2201 Graphic Design I: Fundamentals. (3) Fall
An introduction to the fundamentals of graphic design, including typography,
and layout. Basic Macintosh computer skills will be covered, including
working with fonts, system basics, printers and service bureaus, and
understanding file formats.

ARTD 221 1 Life Drawing. (3) Spring, alternate years
A course in the study of human anatomy and the expressive potential of the
human form. Drawing from the model, both nude and clothed, and from the
skeleton using a variety of drawing media.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

ARTD 2222 Graphic Design II: Logos and concepts. (3) Spring
A course exploring the development of graphic ideas through projects in
advertising, layout, corporate identity, magazine and poster design. Students
will be exposed to basic concepts of logo design.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2201

ARTD 2223 Basic Photography. (3) * Fall

An introductory course in black and white photography. The course includes

the mechanics of the camera, film exposure for zone placement, film

processing, and printing from the negative as well as a survey of the history of

photography.

ARTD 2224 Photography II . (3) Spring

A course in studio and large format photography using both black / white and
color materials. Projects are assigned in lighting, exposure controls using sheet
film with the 4 x 5 and 8x10 view camera, film processing, printing, and
advanced techniques of photographing the still life, portraits, architecture,
landscape, and in commercial applications of photography.

ARTD 2227 Ceramics-Methods and Materials. (3) * Fall
This course is an introduction to ceramic methods and techniques. It will
explore both wheelthrowing and hand building used in forming vessels and
sculpture. This will include using the potter's wheel, slabs, coils, textures to
create form. Glazing, decoration, and firing methods such as raku, pitfire, and
standard reduction will also be emphasized.

97

ARTD 2229 Ceramics-Wheelthrowing. (3) * Spring
This course is an introduction to basic wheelthrowing techniques, beginning
with centering and opening then progressing to pulling basic cylindrical forms,
teapots, and bottles. Glazing, decoration, and firing methods such as raku,
pitllre, and standard reduction are also included.
Prerequisites: none

ARTD 2271 Acrylic Painting. (3) Fall

An introduction to painting with acrylics. Projects will explore the
fundamentals of composition and modeling with color and light, as well as
abstraction and mixed media.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

ARTD 2272 Sculpture I. (3) * Spring

The projects in this class will address both traditional and contemporary issues
in sculpture such as figure modeling, carving, found object sculpture, narrative
imagery, environmental sculpture, and metal working.

ARTD 2273 Printmaking I. (3) * Fall

A course in the basics of intaglio and relief printmaking techniques, selected

print and book arts media, and the development of creative imagery.

ARTD 2275 Oil Painting. (3) Spring

An introductory course in painting with oils, including color mixing, glazing,

modeling, and composition.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

ARTD 3101 Museum Studies I. (3) Fall

In addition to textbook study, students are actively engaged in the activities of
the Lamar Dodd Art Center: cataloguing the collection, organizing and
hanging exhibitions, and overseeing the gallery's daily activities. Students
visit area museums not only to view their collections and special exhibitions,
but also to learn from museum personnel about the functioning of a museum.

ARTD 3102 Museum Studies II. (3) Spring

This course traces the history of museums, discusses contemporary practice
in museums, and examines current issues in the Museology. It explores
the museum's mission and its role in society through case studies and
exhibitions in a variety of museums: art, living history, history, children's,
and ethnographic.

Prerequisites: ARTD 3101 (Museum Studies I)

ARTD 3103 The Art of Greece and Rome. (3) Spring

This course focuses on the art of Greece and Rome, emphasizing the historical

and cultural context of the works studied.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1 109 (Art History Survey I) or permission of instructor

98

ARTD 3105 Art of the Renaissance. (3) Fall
This course focuses on the painting, sculpture, and architecture of the
Renaissance, considering the works in their historical and cultural context.
Prerequisites: ARTD 1110 (Art History Survey II) or permission of instructor

ARTD 3106 Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries in

Europe and America. (3) Spring
This course examines works of painting, sculpture, and architecture created
in Western Europe and in the United States during the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries and explores the cultural and historical circumstances of
their creation.

Prerequisites: ARTD 1110 (Art History Survey II) or permission of instructor

ARTD 3107 Art of the Nineteenth Century in Europe

and America. (3) Fall
This course focuses on the painting, sculpture, photography, and graphics of
the nineteenth century in Europe and America.

Prerequisites: ARTD 1110 (Art History Survey II) or permission of instructor

ARTD 3222 Digital Imaging. (3) Spring

A course dealing with the art of computer technology, with emphasis on
photographic image manipulation. Emphasis will be placed on developing
creative personal imagery.

Prerequisite: ARTD 220 1 or permission of instructor

ARTD 3301 Applied Surface Design. (3) Fall

An overview of the basics of surface design for commercial and large scale
use. Areas of exploration include historical influences and the development of
jpattern, abstraction, modular units, and color relationships.
Prerequisite: ARTD 1152

ARTD 3311 Advanced Life Drawing. (3) Spring

Advanced work with the figure in projects exploring composition and

subjective expression.

' Prerequisite: ARTD 22 11

ARTD 3323 Photography III. (3) Fall

Advanced work in black and white photography to illustrate social and
narrative issues relevant to the photographer's concerns. Emphasis will be
placed on documentary photography, its history, and the stylistic techniques of
contemporary photojournalism. Projects dealing with reportage, illustration,
documentation and the photographic essay will be assigned.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2223 or consent of instructor

99

ARTD 3324 Photography IV. (3) Spring

Independent studio experience in advanced large format photography. Each
student will create a series of projects based on the concepts presented in
ARTD 2224.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2224

ARTD 3327 Intermediate Ceramics. (3) Fall
This course will emphasize ceramic design using hand building and/or
wheelthrowing techniques. Projects are flexible in their construction method
in order to accommodate different ability levels and interests. Projects with
commercial potential such as lamp bases, teapots, covered jars, and tile, etc.
will be explored. Glazing, decoration, and firing methods such as raku, pitfire,
and standard reduction are also emphasized.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, 2229 or consent of instructor

ARTD 3329 Advanced Ceramics. (3) Spring

This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore methods
and techniques covered in previous ceramic classes.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2227, ARTD 2229, 3327

ARTD 3341 Internship. (3-9) Fall, January, Spring
A supervised experience in an off campus professional environment such as a
photography studio, a surface or graphic design studio, or a museum or gallery
administrative office.

ARTD 3351 - 3352 Senior Seminar. (3-6) Fall and Spring

An independent studio or Art History/Museum Studies experience where the
advanced and senior status art major brings into focus and produces a body
of work in one or two disciplines. The student may take from 3 to 6 hours of
credit in this course depending on the student's interest. The course includes
discussion and readings in contemporary theory and criticism, research
papers, field trips to museums and galleries, the creation of a personal artist
statement, group critiques, writing a vitae, and business and graduate
school opportunities.

ARTD 3355 Advanced Drawing. (3) Spring, alternate years
An exploration of advanced problems in drawing. Topics may include color,
concepts of space, and experimental approaches to various drawing media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing)

ARTD 3371 Intermediate Painting. (3) Fall
Advanced work in either acrylics or oils. Projects will allow for the
development of personal imagery, experimental approaches to the media, and
other advanced concepts.

Prerequisite: ARTD 2271 or 2275

100

ARTD 3372 Sculpture Methods II. (3) Spring

This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore ideas,
methods, and techniques covered in previous sculpture classes.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2272

ARTD 3373 Printmaking II. (3) Fall

A continuation of Art 2273 including advanced exploration of color prints and
other selected print and book arts media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2273

ARTD 3375 Advanced Painting. (3) Spring

A further exploration of either oils or acrylics. Students develop a series of
paintings that explore specific imagery, materials, or techniques.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor

* Denotes courses in Art and Design that may satisfy Fine
Arts requirements in Core Curriculum

One of the beautiful stained
glass windows in the Chapel

101

BIOLOGY

Specific Objectives for the Major

The biology faculty works with their majors to help them develop an
understanding and working knowledge of the life phenomenon from the
subcellular through the organismic level. All majors will have the opportunity
to learn about the diversity of living organisms and the significance of these
organisms to the natural ecosystem and to man's economy. All majors will
learn about the human as a model for anatomy, physiology, histology and
embryonic development, as a host of parasites and as a product of organic
evolution. Biology students will also gain an understanding of life on a
smaller scale as they encounter patterns of inheritance, gene action,
microbiology, life at the cellular level and the impact of microorganisms.

Method of Accomplishing Objectives

The student is presumed to have accomplished the general and specific
objectives by satisfactorily completing the courses which constitute the major.
A major in biology consists of the following courses: Biology 1 101-1 102,
2201-2202, 3301-3302, 4401-4402 and Chemistry 1 101-1 102. The student
may choose from Math 2105 (precalculus). Math 2221 (calculus I), Math 1 1 14
(statistics), and Core 1110 (quantitative reasoning) to satisfy the math
requirement for the Biology Major. Typically a student who starts in Biology
1101 and 1 102 as a freshman will take the Organismic Biology block as a
sophomore, the Human Biology block as a junior and the Cell and Molecular
Biology block as a senior. It is recommended that the student take Biology
1101 and 1 102 as a freshman or sophomore. Students who are preparing for
entrance into graduate school or professional schools may need to take
additional chemistry, math and physics courses as indicated in the Pre-
Professional and Co-operative Programs section of this catalog.

Demonstration of Accomplishment of Objectives

The student will demonstrate that he has accomplished the objectives of the
major by passing the departmental exit exam at the 70% level or higher. The
Biology department continues to use the success of its graduates in the job
market and in advanced study as a gauge of the applicability of its goals and
the success of its students in attaining these goals.

Career Options

Graduates of the College who have majored in biology typically pursue careers
in teaching, pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine or physical
therapy. In addition, many graduates find employment in industry-some in
laboratories, some in management and others in research and development.
Most careers require further formal study in graduate or professional schools.

102

Course Descriptions (BIOL)

BIOL 1101 General Biology I. (4) Fall, Spring

This is the beginning Biology course for majors and non-majors. It is a pre-
requisite to all other biology courses except for Human Anatomy and
Physiology. General Biology deals with the phenomenon of life as is
manifested in all types of living organisms. The origin of life, chemistry of
life, cellular and tissue organization, metabolism, cell division, genetics, gene
action and functioning of the organ systems are among topics covered in
General Biology. There are no pre -requisites to General Biology I.

BIOL 1102 General Biology II. (4) Spring
This course is a continuation of General Biology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 1101

BIOL 1148 Human Anatomy and Physiology I. (4) Fall
A study of the structure and function of the human body. Designed for nursing
majors. May be taken as core science requirement and may be substituted for
BIOL 1 101 as a prerequisite to BIOL 2320.
Prerequisite: none

BIOL 1149 Human Anatomy and Physiology II. (4) Spring
A continuation of Human Anatomy and Physiology I.
Prerequisite: none

BIOL 2201 Organismic Biology I. (4) Fall

Organismic Biology deals with the organisms, populations and ecosystems as
the targeted level or organization. Organic evolution as a source of diversity of
organisms, schemes of classification of organisms and the biology of the
organisms themselves are the chief targets of this course. Population dynamics
and ecological interactions are also included.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102

BIOL 2202 Organismic Biology II. (4) Spring
This course is a continuation of Organismic Biology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 2201

BIOL 2320 Medical Microbiology. (4) Spring

A study of human disease caused by pathogenic microbes and helminthes.

Laboratory activities focus on bacteria as model organisms.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101 and 1 102, or BIOL 1 148 and 1 149

103

BIOL 3301 Human Biology I. (4) Fall

An examination of the human body emphasizing embryology, anatomy,
physiology, histology, neurobiology and evolution. Designed for upper-level
Biology majors.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1101 and 1102

BIOL 3302 Human Biology II. (4) Spring
A continuation of Human Biology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 3301

BIOL 4401 Cell and Molecular Biology I. (4) Fall
A study of morphology, physiology, heredity, classification, ecology,
pathology and host defense at the cellular level, with laboratory activities
involving prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Senior status required.
Prerequisite: BIOL 1102

BIOL 4402 Cell and Molecular Biology II. (4) Spring
A continuation of BIOL 4401 .
Prerequisite: BIOL 4401

BIOL 4495 Independent Study/Internship. (1-4) On demand
Although not required as part of the biology major nor available as a substitute
for any of the biology major courses, this course provides an opportunity for
students, on an individual basis, to pursue in-depth study of a particular
biology topic or to gain added experience and insight through internship in off-
campus settings.

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor and the Academic Dean

104

BUSINESS

Introduction

The Business Department of LaGrange College is committed to academic
excellence through degree programs designed to prepare students for a wide
variety of careers in business. The liberal arts education that students receive
at LaGrange College provides the foundation for critical thinking,
communication, and the leadership skills needed for a successful professional
career. The department seeks to enhance the College's liberal arts curriculum
by offering coursework and internship opportunities that give students a
fundamental understanding of business and provide them with the knowledge
and skills needed for effective decision making in a dynamic, global, and
technologically oriented environment.

Mission Statement

We are dedicated to the development of our students' abilities to
think critically and creatively and to the enhancement of their
communication skills.

We seek to integrate and extend liberal arts-based values through
discussion, discovery, and reflection based on contemporary
business content.

We seek to provide a safe, caring and ethical place for all our students to
grow and mature.

Learning Outcomes of Our Programs

Upon completion of a degree from the Business Department, a student should
be able to:

Demonstrate general knowledge and comprehension of business
concepts and the ability to integrate this knowledge.

Synthesize and make connections among different ideas, as well as
demonstrate the ability to think creatively and critically, and to
formulate logical arguments.

Show an intrinsic desire to learn and a curiosity about the world and
about business by actively participating in class, group work, and
individual research.

Formulate and defend ethical judgments and develop an understanding
of individual moral responsibility, particularly in a group or
corporate setting.

Communicate in a professional manner, both orally and in writing, using
technology appropriately.

105

Work in teams and demonstrate an understanding of interpersonal
relations, and the leadership and followership processes.

Accept and embrace risk and uncertainty in the business environment
Programs

The following programs are available:

Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Accountancy

Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Business

Minor in Accountancy

Minor in Business

Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Business (See separate LC Evening
College Bulletin)

The Bachelors programs are accredited nationally by the Association of
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP).

Accountancy and Business Majors

Business majors (B.S. in Accountancy and B.S. in Business) should note that
the applicable requirements for the major, including required courses, are those
in effect when they declare their major, not those in effect at the time of their
matriculation.

In addition to the course requirements, students pursuing a Bachelor's degree
offered by the Business Department must participate in a comprehensive
Departmental Assessment Program (DAP).

Program Requirements for the B.S. in Accountancy
The B.S. in Accountancy gives students the accounting foundation needed for
effective decision making in an organization. Today's accountants must be
able to communicate, synthesize and innovate; they not only provide the
information upon which the business world depends, but also make crucial
decisions and act as trusted advisors. The Accountancy major builds upon
the liberal arts skill base to give students the business and accounting
knowledge they will need. The student planning to work in the accounting
function will receive the necessary skills and knowledge to pursue the CMA
and CFM professional designations and be prepared for the fifth year of study
for the CPA.

To declare a major in Accountancy the student must meet the
following criteria:

l.Have a GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete ACCT 2200 and ECON 2200 with a grade of 'B' or better.

106

To remain a major in Accountancy in good standing, the student must meet the
following criteria:

1. Completion of all other major requirements with a grade of 'C or better.

2. Maintain an overall and major GPA of at least 2.50/4.00.

Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the discretion of the Business
faculty. Any accountancy major whose overall GPA or major GPA falls below
a 2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to
remove the probationary status. Failure to do so will result in being dismissed
from the Accountancy program.

ACCT 2200
ACCT 3302
ACCT 4410
ACCT 4488
MGMT3312
MGMT 4440

ACCT 3300
ACCT 3354
ACCT 4430
ECON 2200
MGMT 3351
MRKT 3380

ACCT 3301
ACCT 4401
ACCT 4440
FNCE 3353
MGMT 3370
Major Elective

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy must complete
54 semester credit hours of accountancy and business coursework (above the
general education requirements) for a total of 1 1 7 semester hours. The
required courses for the B.S. in Accountancy include the following:

Accountancy majors must complete all of the general requirements except
CORE 1110, Quantitative Reasoning. MATH 1114 must substitute for this
requirement.

Students will complete the 117 hours with two general electives.

Students planning to pursue licensure as a Certified Public Accountant (CPA)
are required by Georgia law to complete 150 semester credit hours. Although a
total of 1 17 hours are required for a B.S. degree in Accountancy, it is
recommended that students pursuing CPA licensure complete 120 semester
hours during their first four years of study. The Accountancy Program
Director will assist students in determining how they should acquire the final
30 semester hours needed. Students are now eligible to sit for the uniform CPA
examination upon graduation with the B.S. in Accountancy degree.

107

Recommended Progression Grid for Accountancy
Majors, business and accounting classes only

Sophomore Year
Fall Semester

- Course -

Sophomore Year
Spring Semester

- Course -

3 ACCT2200

Acct. for Decision Makers I

3 MGMT3312

Business Communication

3 ECON2200

Economic Principles

3 MGMT 3370

Mgmt. and Org. Behavior

6 Hours

6 Hours

Junior Year

Junior Year

Fall Semester

Spring Semester

- Course -

- Course -

3 ACCT 4410

3 ACCT 3301

Tax

Intermediate Financial Acct. I

3 ACCT 4440

3 FNCE 3353

AIS

Corporate Finance

3 ACCT 3300

3 MGMT 3351 or MRKT 3380

Fin. Acct. and Reporting

3 MRKT 3380 or MGMT 3351

12 Hours

9 Hours

Senior Year

Senior Year

Fall Semester

Spring Semester

- Course -

- Course -

3 Business Elective

3 MGMT 4440

Management Simulation

3 ACCT 3302

3 ACCT 3354

Intermediate Financial Acct. II

Fin. Stmt. Analysis

3 ACCT 4430

3 ACCT 4401

Advanced Accounting

Auditing

3 ACCT 4488

Research

9 Hours

12 Hours

Reminder: Students are required to take at least
three (3) Interim courses.

*A total of 117 hours are required for a B.S. degree in Accountancy.

108

Program Requirements for the B.S. in Business

The B.S. in Business degree program is designed to help students develop
ideals that are ethically sound and socially desirable, cultivate an awareness
of the social, political, and economic developments to which businesses must
adapt, develop sound judgment and effective communication skills, and de-
velop individual interests and talents. Coursework provides both the theo-
retical and practical foundation needed for those entering businesses, as well
as government and not-for-profit organizations.

To declare a major in Business the student must meet the following criteria:

1 . Have a GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete ACCT 2200 and ECON 2200 with a grade of C or better.

To remain a major in Business in good standing, the student must meet the
following criteria:

1. Completion of all other major requirements with a grade of C or better.

2. Maintain an overall and major GPA of at least 2.50/4.00.

Exceptions to the above criteria may be made at the discretion of the Busi-
ness faculty. Any Business major whose overall GPA falls below a
2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to re-
move the probationary status. Failure to do so will result in being dismissed
from the Business program.

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Business must complete
48 semester credit hours of major coursework (above the general education
requirements). A total of 108 semester hours is required for graduation. The
required courses for the B.S. in Business include the following:

ACCT 2200 ACCT 220 1 ECON 2200

FNCE3354 MGMT3312 MGMT3351

MGMT 3370 MGMT 3372 MGMT 3377

MGMT 3385 MGMT 3388 MGMT 4440

MRKT 3380 Major Elective Major Elective

Major Elective

Business majors must complete all of the general requirements except
CORE 1110, Quantitative Reasoning. MATH 1 1 14 must substitute for
this requirement.

Students will complete the 108 hours with one general elective.

109

Recommended Progression Grid
for Business Majors*

Sophomore Year

Sophomore Year

Fall Semester

Spring Semester

- Course -

- Course -

3 ACCT 2200

3 MGMT3312

Acct. for Decision Makers
I
3 ECON 2200

Business Communication

Principles of Economics

6 Hours

3 Hours

Junior Year

Junior Year

Fall Semester

Spring Semester

- Course -

- Course -

3 ACCT 2201

3 FNCE3354

Acct. for Decision Makers II

Business Performance

Analysis

3 MRKT 3380 or

3 MRKT 3380 or

MGMT 3370

MGMT 3370

3 MGMT 3351

3 MGMT 3377

Legal and Ethical

Careers

Environment of Business

3 MGMT 3385 MIS

9 Hours

12 Hours

Senior Year

Senior Year

Fall Semester

Spring Semester

- Course -

- Course -

3 Major Elective

3 MGMT 3388

Research Methods

3 MGMT 3372

3 MGMT 4440

Operations Management

Management Simulation

3 Major Elective

3 Major Elective

9 Hours

9 Hours

Reminder: Students are required to take at least three (3) Interim courses.
*A total of 108 hours are required for a B.S. degree in Business.

110

Accountancy and Business Minors

Program Requirements for the Minor in Accountancy

ij The department offers a Minor in Accountancy. With the accountancy minor,
business majors will develop a deeper understanding of financial reporting and
the use of financial information.

A minor in Accountancy consists of the following 18 hours of coursework:

ACCT2200 ACCT4410

ACCT 3300 ACCT 4440

ACCT3301 FNCE3353

To declare a minor in Accountancy the student must meet the following
criteria:

1 . Have a GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete ACCT 2200 and ECON 2200 with a grade of 'B' or better.

The remaining courses in the minor must be completed with a grade of 'C or
better.

Students must take at least five of the minor courses at LaGrange College.

Program Requirements for the Minor in Business

A Minor in Business is available to any LaGrange College student, regardless
of major. Courses cover the basic functional areas of business. The minor is
designed to help students develop the ability to recognize and solve business
and organizational problems and understand the role of business in the
community, nation, and the world. Such exposure should enhance the
student's employment opportunities.

A Minor in Business consists of the following 15 hours of coursework:

ACCT 2200 MGMT 3370

ECON 2200 MGMT 4440

MRKT 3380

To declare a minor in business, the student must have a GPA of at
least 2.75/4.0.

Courses in the minor must be completed with a grade of 'C or better.

Students must take at least four of the minor courses at LaGrange College.

Ill

Course Descriptions

Note that most courses have prerequisites and, generally, 2200-level
courses are introductory. Prerequisites are shown after the course
description.

All major and minor courses must be completed with a grade of 'C or
better. (Note: All B.S. in Accountancy students and Accountancy minors
must complete ACCT 2200 and ECON 2200 with a grade of 'B' or better.)

To take any course other than ACCT 2200 or ECON 2200, students must
have a GPA of at least 2.5/4.0.

Accountancy (ACCT)

ACCT 2200 Accounting for Decision Makers I. (3)

Fall and Spring
This course focuses on business events and examines these events from
both an external financial reporting perspective and an internal management
decision-making perspective. It provides an introduction to the use of
accounting information in the operation of a business utilizing management
simulation software. Projects facilitate self-discovery of knowledge and
development of a variety of professional skills and attitudes.

Prerequisites: MATH 1101, ENGL 1101

ACCT 2201 Accounting for Decision Makers II. (3) Fall
This course provides an introduction to accounting as a device for reporting
business activity. The underlying principles of accounting are studied, in
addition to the preparation and use of financial statements.
Prerequisite: ACCT 2200

ACCT 3300 Financial Accounting and Reporting. (3) Fall

This course provides an in-depth introductory view of financial accounting,
focusing on the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
Students will engage in professional research and work with a variety of
computer applications.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200 and ECON 2200

ACCT 3301 Intermediate Financial Accounting I. (3) Spring

This course focuses on the decision-making implications of information
provided to external stakeholders including investors, creditors, customers,
and regulators, and regulation theory and practice as applied to accountancy.
Topics include regulation of accountancy procedures for external reporting,
current problems in reporting financial position, income determination, and an
integration of current professional pronouncements.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3300

112

4CCT 3302 Intermediate Financial Accounting II. (3) Fall
Continuation of Intermediate Financial Accounting I.
Prerequisites: ACCT 3301, FNCE 3353

\CCT 3354 Financial Statement Analysis. (3) Spring
This course focuses on the structure and analysis of financial statements
prepared in accordance with US GAAP, providing students with a framework
r or using financial statement data in a variety of valuation and business
inalysis contexts.

Prerequisite: ACCT 4430

\CCT 4401 Auditing and Accounting Ethics and Liability. (3)

Spring
This course focuses on the legal and ethical environment in which the
iccounting professional practices and in which financial statements are
prepared and presented. Students will consider the conflict between profit
notive and accurate and complete financial reporting, examining the
)articipation in the financial reporting process by internal accountants, internal
luditors, other business managers, and the independent auditors engaged
o attest to the accuracy and completeness of management's financial
itatements. These conflicts will be discussed in relation to the business's
esponsibility to employees, investors, and other stakeholders. Traditional
tuditing practices will also be studied to determine the efficiency and the
;ffectiveness of such methods.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

VCCT 4410 Federal Income Tax Concepts and Practice. (3) Fall
This course introduces students to U.S. Federal income tax concepts and
principles and the application of such concepts to business operating,
nvesting, and financing activities. Ethical and legal issues confronting
ax practitioners are discussed throughout the course. Students engage
n tax research utilizing professional databases and gain expertise in
echnical writing.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200

ACCT 4415 Accounting for Internal Decision Makers. (3) On demand
'his course focuses on the decision making implications of information
provided to organization managers. Concepts from economics, statistics, and
'sychology emphasize the use of quantitative techniques to manage
ncertainty and risk. Topics include planning and control techniques,
onstruction of static and flexible budgeting, and product costing mechanisms.
Prerequisite: ACCT 2200

113

ACCT 4430 Advanced Accounting. (3) Fall
This is an intensive course that integrates the disciplines of accounting,
finance, and taxation with respect to selected complex business transactions.
Topics will include: business combinations, goodwill, inventory costing,
property exchanges and advanced stockholders' equity transactions.

Prerequisites: ACCT 3301

ACCT 4440 Accounting Information Systems. (3) Fall
This course is an introduction to the systems, procedures, and processes
management employs to control operating activities and information
reporting systems.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2200

ACCT 4460 Internship in Accounting. (1-3) On demand
This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to expand
his/her understanding of the practical applications of accounting concepts by
entering into a specific "help rendered learning accomplishment" contract with
a cooperating area enterprise. The contract will specifically identify the
student's obligations and duties, the nature and extent of the host enterprise's
commitment to assist the student in further extending his/her knowledge of
enterprise operations, and the basis on which the student's learning
accomplishments will be measured. No more than 6 credit hours may be
applied toward the student's graduation requirements.

Prerequisites: Accountancy major with demonstrated superior
capabilities and prior approval of the contract by the department faculty

ACCT 4480 Special Topics in Accounting. (3) On demand
A series of special topic courses will provide students with exposure to issues
and concepts not covered in their regular course work. Most topics will
include work with "real-world" organizations.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2201 and consent of instructor

ACCT 4488 Research and Current Topics in Accounting. (3) Spring
This course provides a conceptual understanding of the accounting process and
the background skills to do research in the authoritative accounting literature.
Students will gain proficiency using FARS. Current topics in accounting will
be researched and discussed. Technical writing abilities will be stressed.

Prerequisite: ACCT 4430

114

Economics (ECON)

ECON 2200 Principles of Economics. (3) Fall
An introduction to the science of economics and its analytical tools. This
course is devoted to providing the student with a thorough understanding of the
basic principles of a) microeconomics: the study of the economic behavior of
individual households and firms and the determination of factor prices, and b)
macroeconomics: the study of the determination of the aggregate levels of
income, output, employment and prices and the examination of fiscal and
monetary policy.

Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, MATH 1101

ECON 2201 Principles of Microeconomics. (3) On demand
An introduction to the science of economics and its analytical tools. This
course is devoted to providing the student with a thorough understanding of
the basic principles of microeconomics: the study of the economic behavior of
individual households and firms and the determination of factor prices.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, MATH 1101

ECON 2202 Principles of Macroeconomics. (3) On demand
A general introduction to determination of the aggregate levels of
income, output, employment and prices and the examination of fiscal and
monetary policy.

Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, MATH 1101

ECON 3310 Managerial Economics. (3) On demand

Focuses on the use of microeconomic principles using mathematical and

statistical tools to make/analyze business decisions.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200 and MATH 1114

Finance (FNCE)

FNCE 3353 Corporate Finance. (3) Spring

The first half of this course focuses on various methods used by corporate
managers to evaluate alternative investment opportunities, including
discounted payback, internal rate of return, discounted cash flow and
"economic value added" analyses. The second half of the course focuses on
the methods used to finance corporate investments in assets, including capital
structure, cost of capital, bankruptcy risk, informal workout and Chapter 1 1
reorganization issues. Relevant legal, accounting and tax issues are integrated
throughout the course content.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2201 or ACCT 3300

115

FNCE 3354 Business Performance Analysis. (3) Spring

A comprehensive survey of the basic tools and models used in contemporary

financial statement analysis.

Prerequisite: ACCT 2201 or ACCT 3300

FNCE 3357 Investments. (3) On demand

This course provides students with an introduction to the tools for analyzing
the potential returns and risks of individual securities and how to combine
them efficiently into portfolios. The subject matter will be presented primarily
from the viewpoint of the individual investor. The course will also examine
the market equilibrium pricing of capital assets, risk-adjusted evaluations of
portfolio performance, the efficiency of the capital allocation process in
security markets, the formulation of investment policies and strategies, and
other investment-related topics.

Prerequisites: ECON 2200, FNCE 3353

Management (MGMT)

MGMT 3312 Business Communication. (3) Fall and Spring
This course provides an opportunity for students to practice all forms of
business communication including: written documents and reports, oral
presentations, phone, e-mail, meetings, etc. Particular consideration will be
given to audience analysis, appropriate medium, cultural and gender issues,
feedback, and biases affecting communication.
Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200

MGMT 3322 Business Ethics. (3) On demand

A study of current social problems faced by business with particular attention
paid to the background factors giving rise to those problems, various proposed
solutions, and the approach that is currently being followed.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, ACCT 2200, ECON 2200, MGMT 3370,
or consent of instructor

MGMT 3351 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business. (3)

Fall and Spring
This course addresses the legal and ethical implications of business decisions.
Topics may include legal organization, employment, discrimination, contracts,
workplace, safety, product liability, and antitrust issues. Cost-benefit analysis
will be used as a tool to evaluate business decisions in light of existing legal
rules and social responsibility.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200

116

MGMT 3370 Management and Organizational Behavior. (3)

Fall and Spring
A study of the science and art of management with special emphasis on
motivating and leading individuals in an organization.
Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200

MGMT 3372 Operations Management. (3) On demand
A study of the application of the science of management in the operations
management environment. Primary emphasis placed on the theories,
principles, and tools that improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the
operations manager.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200 and ECON 2200, or consent of instructor

MGMT 3374 Interpersonal Relations in Organizations. (3)

On demand
A study of human interaction in the organization context. Topics to be covered
include self-concept, frames of reference, values and attitudes, barriers and
breakdowns in communications.

Prerequisites: MGMT 3370 or consent of instructor

MGMT 3376 Managing Human Resources. (3) On demand
The study of the basic principles and functions of effective personnel
administration and human resource management. Extensive use is made of the
case method of study. Students gain experience looking at personnel
problems, individually and as members of groups.

Prerequisites: MGMT 3370 or consent of instructor

MGMT 3377 Career Management. (3) Fall and Spring
This course is designed to help guide students through the process of preparing
for a career. Topics to be covered include experiences and activities that
enhance employability, resume preparation, cover, and thank you letter
development, identifying skills needed for a job, question and answer
preparation, and effective interviewing techniques.

Prerequisites: declared business or accountancy major

117

MGMT 3385 Management Information Systems. (3) Spring
This course is designed for future managers who need to understand and
critically evaluate the role and potential contribution of information technology
for their organizations, and understand and effectively apply various
computerized support systems to make better decisions.
Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200

MGMT 3388 Research Methods. (3) Spring
Focuses on the survey research process and the analysis of data. Covers
topics such as problem definition, research design, sampling techniques,
questionnaire development, data collection methods and data analysis.
Prerequisites: ACCT 2201, ECON 2200, MATH 1114

MGMT 3392 International Business. (3) On demand
A study of the major opportunities, challenges, and approaches to increased
effectiveness in the international business area.
Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200

MGMT 4401 Entrepreneurship. (3) On demand

A study of the application of the science of management to the development
and management of the small business enterprise. Opportunities,
characteristics, and problems with the small business will be evaluated.
Students will be required to develop a business plan for a small business and
when possible students will be given an opportunity to work on special
projects with small businesses in the community. The class requires active
participation by students in and out of the classroom.

Prerequisites: ACCT or FNCE 3354, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380

MGMT 4440 Management Simulation. (3) Spring
This is the capstone course for majors in business. It incorporates the use of a
computer-based simulation in an effort to integrate all of the functional areas of
business into one comprehensive course. Students are required to work in
groups as managers of a simulated company and make the necessary
marketing, finance, economic, accounting, and management decisions to run
their company effectively. The student's grades are a function of individual
and group performance.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, completion of all course requirements in

major, or consent of instructor

118

MGMT 4460 Internship in Business. (1-3) On demand
This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to expand
his/her understanding of the practical applications of enterprise operations by
entering into a specific "help rendered learning accomplishment" contract with
a cooperating area enterprise. The contract will specifically identify the
student's obligations and duties, the nature and extent of the host enterprise's
commitment to assist the student in further extending his/her knowledge of
enterprise operations, and the basis on which the student's learning
accomplishments will be measured. No more than 6 credit hours may be
applied toward the student's graduation requirements.

Prerequisites: Business major with demonstrated superior capabilities
and prior approval of the internship contract by department faculty

MGMT 4483 Special Topics in Management. (3) On demand

A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues and

concepts not covered in their regular course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor

Marketing (MRKT)

MRKT 3380 Principles of Marketing. (3) Fall and Spring
An introduction to the important principles of marketing management and the
role of marketing in a contemporary society, in business enterprises and in the
nonprofit organization. Considers the planning, operation and evaluation of
marketing and promotional efforts necessary to the effective marketing of
consumer and industrial offerings.

Prerequisites: ACCT 2200, ECON 2200

MRKT 3381 Advanced Marketing. (3) On demand
Provides training in marketing decision making. Uses case studies simulating
actual business settings to help students develop analytical abilities and
sharpen their communication skills. Covers topics that range from techniques
used to analyze a market to the development of a total marketing strategy.
Prerequisite: MRKT 3380

MRKT 4484 Special Topics in Marketing. (3) On demand

A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues and

concepts not covered in their regular course work.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, MRKT 3380, and consent of Instructor

119

CHEMISTRY

Introduction

Chemistry is often referred to as the central science, because chemical concepts
are used throughout the other sciences. Therefore, in addition to being a major
in its own right, the study of chemistry is a part of many curricula. The
Chemistry Department focuses its introductory chemistry course as an element
in a liberal education, a service to other departments, and the beginning of a
comprehensive study of chemistry. The department offers B.A. and B.S.
majors as well as a minor which can lead to a variety of future occupations.
Students with a major in chemistry have gone on to traditional pursuits such as
graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, pharmacy, medical school and
law school (patent law and corporate law), as well as becoming laboratory
technicians and salespersons for chemistry and related industries.

The B.A. degree offers a broad background in chemistry while allowing ample
time for extensive coursework in other fields. The B.A. is appropriate for
those interested in one of the medical or law-related professions, teaching, or
for students desiring the broadest possible education with an emphasis in
natural science. The B.S. program is designed for those going on to graduate
school in a chemically related field (chemistry, biochemistry, molecular
biology, chemical physics, environmental science, or forensics) or those
seeking employment as chemists after graduation. The B.S. degree is generally
more highly valued at professional schools because entrance standards are
high. While the B.S. degree is more demanding of a student's time, there is
sufficient time for electives outside the sciences.

Objectives

The specific objectives for the respective degrees are as follows:

The Bachelor of Science Degree

Students who earn the B.S. degree with a major in chemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

Equilibria and stoichiometry

Periodic Relationships

Thermochemistry

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

120

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic
functional groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by
physical and instrumental methods

Volumetric and gravimetric analytical theory and practice

Analytical instrumentation theory and practice

Thermodynamics

Chemical dynamics

Quantum mechanics and spectroscopy

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry,
or biochemistry

Knowledge of the research process in chemistry

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following Bachelor of
Science curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 1 1 1 , 1 1 02 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 220 1 , 2202 8 semester hours

Analytical Chemistry 225 1 4 semester hours

Physical Chemistry 3301, 3302, 3303L 8 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 2 semester hours

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 447 1 2 semester hours

Instrumental Analysis 445 1 4 semester hours

Chemistry Elective (3000 or 4000 level) 4 semester hours

Additionally, a research experience is required. This should be taken between
the junior and senior years or during the first semester of the senior year.
This may be done on campus, in industry, or in a research university summer
program. Students may elect to earn 4900 credit for this required activity.

Mathematics 222 1 , 2222 8 semester hours

Physics 1121,1122 8 semester hours

A Computer Science programming course * semester hours

The scheduling of the B.S. curriculum is important. To be prepared to take the
physical chemistry sequence, students should take calculus during the freshman
year and physics during the sophomore year. It is highly recommended that
students take general chemistry during their freshman year.

121

The following would be a typical sequence of courses for the B.S. chemistry
degree:

Fall Spring

First Year CHEM 1101 CHEM 1 1 02

MATH 2221 MATH 2222

Second Year

CHEM 2201
PHYS 1121

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1122

Third Year

CHEM 3301

CHEM 3302
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

Computer Programming
Chemistry Elective or

CHEM 4451
Chemistry Elective
CHEM 4471

Students who earn the B.S. degree will have demonstrated their attainment of
the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American Chemical
Society (ACS) Examinations on the following three topics: General, Organic,
and Physical. The students will additionally attain an appropriate score from
one of the following examinations: Analytical, Instrumental, Inorganic, or
Biochemistry. The passing score will be at or above the 40 th percentile of the
national norms for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the
Chemistry Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of
LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which are in the best
interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at the end of
the appropriate courses and will be offered to students up to three additional
times prior to the time of the student's scheduled graduation. The student must
attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of the
exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third,
or final time, evidence of preparation must be presented. Reexamination
cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks following a previous examination.

The Bachelor of Arts-Chemistry

Students who earn the B.A. degree with a major in chemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical, and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

122

Equilibria and stoichiometry

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic

functional groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by

physical and instrumental methods

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry,

or biochemistry

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses required
for the Bachelor of Arts curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 1 101, 1 102
Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202
Analytical Chemistry 2251
Physical Chemistry 3301
Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371
Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471
Chemistry Elective
Required supporting courses include the following

Physics 1101, 1102 or 1121, 1122
Math 1121 or 2221

8 semester hours
8 semester hours
4 semester hours
4 semester hours
2 semester hours

2 semester hours
4 semester hours

8 semester hours

3 or 4 semester hours

The scheduling of the courses for the B.A. in chemistry can be flexible. The
l following is a proposed sequence to fulfill the requirements for the major.

Fall Spring

First Year MATH 2 1 05 MATH 1121

Second Year
Third Year

CHEM 1101

CHEM2201
PHYS 1101

CHEM 1102

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102

CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 3301
Chemistry Elective or

CHEM 4471
Chemistry Elective

CHEM 2251

123

Students who earn the B.A. degree will have demonstrated their attainment of
the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current American Chemical
Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General Chemistry and (2) Organic Chemistry.
The passing score will be at or above the 40 th percentile of the national norms
for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry
Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange
College students on these exams. The results which are in the best interest of
the students will be used. These exams will be given at the end of the
appropriate courses and will be offered to students up to three additional times
prior to the time of the student's scheduled graduation. The student must
attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of the
exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third,
or final time, evidence of preparation must be presented. Reexamination
cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks following a previous examination

The Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will be appropriately
competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical, and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

Equilibria and stoichiometry

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

Physical measurements of chemical systems

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure and reactivity of the major organic functional
groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds by
physical and instrumental methods

In-depth study of biological molecules and metabolism

Techniques of biotechnology

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses required
for the Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry:

General Chemistry 1 101, 1 102 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201, 2202 8 semester hours

Physical Chemistry 3301 4 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 2 semester hour

Biochemistry, Chemistry 442 1 , 4422 8 semester hours

124

Courses required for the Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry: (cont.)

Biochemistry, Chemistry 442 1 , 4422

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 447 1

Math 11 14 or 1121

Physics 1101, 1102

Suggested but not required Biology

8 semester hours

2 semester hours

3 semester hours
8 semester hours
8 semester hours

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will have
demonstrated the attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on
the current American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General
Chemistry, (2) Organic Chemistry and/or (3) Biochemistry. The passing score
will be at or above the 40 th percentile of the national norms for these exams or
at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based on
the accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange College students on
these exams. The results which are in the best interest of the students will be
used. These exams will be given at the end of the appropriate courses and will
be offered to students up to three additional times prior to the time of the
student's scheduled graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once
a semester until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a student
I needs to repeat an exam for the second, third, or final time, evidence of
preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier
than two weeks following a previous examination.

The scheduling for the B.A. degree in biochemistry is also flexible. The
following is a proposed schedule to meet the requirements for the degree.
This degree provides a flexible yet strong program for the pre -health
professional requirements.

First Year

Second Year

Third Year

Fall

CHEM 1101

CHEM 2201
PHYS 1101

Spring

MATH 1121 or
MATH 1114

CHEM 1102

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 3301
CHEM 4421

CHEM 4422
CHEM 4471

125

A suggested schedule to meet the Pre Health Professional Requirements and
earn a B.A. degree in biochemistry is the following:

First Year

Fall

CHEM 1101
BIOL 1101

Spring

CHEM 1102
BIOL 1102

Second Year

CHEM 2201
PHYS 1101
MATH

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102
MATH

Third Year

BIOL 4321
CHEM 3301

BIOL 4322
CHEM 3371
MCAT, PCAT,
VCAT, DAT, etc.

Fourth Year

CHEM 442

CHEM 4471
CHEM 4422

The 4000 series Biology and Chemistry could be switched during the third and
fourth year depending on the interest of the student.

Declaration of Major

Before declaring a major in chemistry, a student must successfully (C or better)
complete the introductory sequence (CHEM 1101, 1 102). A student may de-
clare a major after one term of chemistry with permission of the chair of the
department.

Minor

A minor in chemistry shall consist of CHEM 1 101, 1 102, 2201, 2202 and two
additional chemistry courses from the following: CHEM 225 1, 3301, 3302,
442 1 , 4422, 443 1 , 445 1 . Students must demonstrate proficiency in general
chemistry by passing the ACS General Chemistry Examination as stated above.

Chemistry Awards

The CRC Freshman Chemistry Award is awarded annually on Honors Day to
the student with the most outstanding achievement in the CHEM 1101, 1 102
General Chemistry sequence.

126

A.M. Hicks Award for outstanding achievement in organic chemistry, is
awarded annually on Honors Day to the student taking organic chemistry who
has attained the most outstanding record. The award is made in honor of Dr.
A. M. Hicks who was a long time faculty member and chair of the department.

Course Descriptions (CHEM)

Chemistry is a laboratory science and the department views the laboratory
experience as an essential component of those courses with an associated
laboratory. Consequently, students must achieve a passing grade in both
the lecture and laboratory portions of the course to obtain a passing grade in
the course.

CHEM 1101 General Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A study of the foundations of chemistry including stoichiometry, atomic
structure and periodicity, molecular structure and bonding models,
and thermochemistry.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or placement in 2 1 05 or higher.

CHEM 1 102 General Chemistry n. (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of CHEM 1 101; a study of the gas, liquid, and solid phases,
chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, acid/base equilibria, oxidation-
reduction reactions and electrochemistry.

Prerequisites: CHEM 1101, MATH 1101 or placement in 2 105 or higher.

CHEM 2201 Organic Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry with respect to the bonding,
structure, nomenclature and reactivity of various classes of organic compounds
including aromatic compounds.
Prerequisite: CHEM 1102

CHEM 2202 Organic Chemistry n. (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of CHEM 2201 including spectroscopy, synthesis, carbonyls,
and biomolecules.

Prerequisite: CHEM 2201

CHEM 2251 Analytical Chemistry (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A study of the theory and practice of volumetric and gravimetric quantitative
analysis, chemical equilibrium, and acid/base chemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 1102

CHEM 3301 Physical Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Fall
An overview of thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry.

Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH 1 1 14 or
MATH 2105 or placement in MATH 2221

127

CHEM 3302 Physical Chemistry II. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Spring
Selected topics in thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum mechanics will be
studied in additional depth. Statistical mechanics will be introduced.
Application of mathematics at the calculus level will be applied to these topics.
Prerequisites: CHEM 3301 and MATH 2222 or MATH 1121

CHEM 3371 Junior Seminar (2 hrs. class per week) (2) Spring
A course that acquaints the student with the chemical literature as well as
presentation and discussion of scientific data and information. In addition,
students will explore career opportunities, prepare a portfolio, and develop
career plans. Note: Course is graded on a pass/no credit basis.
Prerequisite: Junior standing

CHEM 4421 Biochemistry I (3 hrs. lee., 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
An introductory course in the principles of biochemistry, with emphasis on the
structure and function of biomolecules, membrane structure and function and
an introduction to metabolism and bioenergetics.

Prerequisite: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor.

CHEM 4422 Biochemistry II (3 hrs. lec~, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of CHEM 4421 with emphasis on cellular metabolism,
fundamentals of molecular genetics, and current topics in biochemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 4421

CHEM 4431 Inorganic (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) On demand
An in-depth examination of atomic and molecular structure. Symmetry
concepts are introduced and used.

Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or consent of the instructor.

CHEM 4451 Instrumental Analysis (3 hrs. lea, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A study of instrumentation and advanced analytical techniques.
Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or permission of instructor

CHEM 4471 Senior Seminar. (2 hrs. class per week) (2) Spring
A capstone course which is thematic. Emphasis is on integration of the
student's experience in chemistry and the presentation of chemical literature in
seminar and written form.

Prerequisite: Senior standing

CHEM 4800 Special Topics. (1-4 hours) On demand

A special topics course that may be designed to provide the student with

exposure to topics and concepts not covered in the regular course offerings.

CHEM 4900 Independent Study.

This course can vary and may be used to satisfy the research requirement for
the B.S. major and provide research experience for B.A. majors.

128

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Introduction

The Computer Science Department at LaGrange College has several goals.
With the goal of computer literacy for our general student population, courses
are offered to acquaint students with microcomputer applications and
networks. For students who want further study in computer science, the
following options are available:

A minor in computer science

B. A. degree in computer science

B. A. degree in computer science with a concentration in business

B. S. degree in computer science

Objectives

Graduates from the B.A. and B.S. degree programs at LaGrange College
should be able to do each of the following:

Write programs in a reasonable amount of time that work correctly, are
well documented, and are readable.

Determine whether or not they have written a reasonably efficient and
well-organized program.

Know which general types of problems are amenable to computer solution
and the various tools necessary for solving such problems.

Assess the implications of work performed either as an individual or as a
member of a team.

Understand basic computer architectures.

Pursue in-depth training in one or more application areas or further
education in computer science.

In addition, students in the B. S. degree program should be able to do research,
be able to convey technical ideas in a clear writing style, and have the
mathematical background necessary for scientific problem-solving.
Students in the B.A. degree program with a concentration in business should
have the knowledge of the functional areas of business necessary for working
in that environment.

In order to be a major in computer science, a student must maintain a GPA of
2.25 or better. Students pursuing a B.S. degree must have a 3.0 average in
those courses required for the major. All of the 1000-level or above courses in
computer science, mathematics, and business that are required for the B.A. or
B.S. degree or the minor must be completed with a grade of C or better.
The computer science curriculum at LaGrange College is based of the

129

recommendations of the A. CM. (Association for Computing Machinery).
In addition, our students have the opportunity to take courses that will
make them more attractive in the job market. These courses include
programming languages (such as C++, COBOL, Visual Basic, and Java),
PC support and troubleshooting (including an A+ course), database
administration (Oracle), network administration (Windows NT), and web
programming (including JavaScript, Perl, CGI, HTML, DHTML, XML,
CSS, and Macromedia applications).

The accomplishment of these objectives will be demonstrated by
the following:

1 . Satisfactory performance on a programming test. This test will be based
on the concepts learned in CSCI 1990 and 2990 and must be taken at
the end of the semester in which the student completes CSCI 2990. The
test will be offered once at the end of every semester in which

CSCI 2990 is offered. The test must be satisfactorily completed by the
end of the semester in which the student reaches senior status, but
under no circumstances will a student be allowed to take the test more
than four times prior to and including that semester. If the test has not
been completed satisfactorily by that time, the student will not be
allowed to continue in either the B.A. or the B. S. degree programs in
computer science.

2. Satisfactory performance by the student in delivering a presentation at a
regularly scheduled Computer Science Department seminar. This
presentation will be developed with the approval of and possible input
from the computer science faculty. If the student does not arrive at the
scheduled time for the seminar or does not perform satisfactorily in the
seminar, the department reserves the right to impose additional
requirements to substitute for the seminar. A student who fails to fulfill
these requirements will not be allowed to graduate.

3. Satisfactory completion of an assessment portfolio to be kept on each
computer science major. The purpose of this portfolio will be to aid in
assessing the professional development of each student and the growth of
the student's programming skills as the student progresses through the
computer science curriculum. Each portfolio will include the
programming test described in item ( 1 ) above, a program selected by the
instructor from CSCI 3250, three additional examples of the student's
work, a copy of the student's resume, material from the departmental
seminar presentation made by the student and described in item (2), a
copy of the student's web page, and a personal information sheet
(including forwarding address and phone number, e-mail address, and
plans after graduation). The three examples of the student's
workworkmentioned above must be approved for inclusion by faculty

130

consensus. Maintaining the portfolio is the responsibility of the student.
Additional information about the portfolio is available from the
department.

4. Attendance at Computer Science Department seminars. Each student will
be required to attend at least 50% of these seminars each semester. A
student who fails to attend 50% of the seminars will be required to
submit a short written report for each seminar under the 50% missed.
Details concerning such written reports are available from the
department. Failure to attend 50% of the seminars and submit such
reports will result in the student not being certified as a computer science
graduate.

Career Opportunities

Students who complete the computer science major have a wide range of
employment opportunities. These include positions in programming, PC
support and troubleshooting, database administration, network administration,
and web programming. Graduates of the computer science degree program at
LaGrange College have secured positions as I.T. department managers, I.T.
security specialists, systems analysts, database administrators, webmasters,
web designers, PC support specialists, as well as other positions. Companies
employing these graduates include Milliken and Co., Interface, Duracell,
Hitachi, Walt Disney World (I.T. security), Chick-Fil-A (I.T. department),
WestPoint Stevens, Total Systems Services, BellSouth, Texas Instruments,
General Motors, and others.

In addition, a number of graduates have gone on to graduate school in areas
such as computer science, computer engineering, electrical engineering, and
management information systems.

Course Requirements

Core requirements for all students pursuing a minor, B.A., or B.S. in
Computer Science (12 semester hours):

CSCI 1990

CSCI 2990

One of the following: CSCI 2500, 2850, or 2900

CSCI 3000
Requirements for the minor in Computer Science (6 additional hours):
Two additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

13

Requirements for the B.A. Degree (30 additional hours):

CSCI 3050 CSCI 3250

CSCI 3700 CSCI 3990

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 1114

MATH 1121

Requirements for the B.A. with a concentration in Business
(39 additional Hours):

CSCI 3990

Five additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 1114 MATH 1121

The five courses required for a minor in business: ACCT 2201; ECON 2200 or
2201 or 2202, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380, and MGMT 4440

Requirements for the B.S. Degree (41 additional hours):

CSCI 3050 CSCI 4100

CSCI 3250 CSCI 4250

CSCI 3990 CSCI 4900

Four additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above

MATH 1114

MATH 2221

MATH 2222

PHYS 1 101/1 102 or 1 121/1 122 required as the laboratory science
courses in the Core Program

Course Descriptions (CSCI)

CSCI 1610 Introduction to Editing and System Languages. (2) On demand
This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the UNIX
operating system. The course is designed for computer science students and
for those who need to learn a UNIX-like operating system.

CSCI 1630 Introduction to Microcomputers. (2) On demand
This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the operation
of a personal computer. The course covers personal computer applications
such as word processors and spreadsheets. It also briefly covers how to use
the Internet.

132

CSC I 1700 Microsoft Office and Information Systems. (3) On demand
An introduction to information systems software. Microsoft Office
Professional will be the primary software utilized.

CSCI 1990 Introduction to Algorithmic Design. (3) Fall, Spring
Problem solving and algorithmic design using the language Java. Structured
programming concepts, debugging and testing documentation.

CSCI 2050 PC Maintenance and Troubleshooting. (3)

Fall Semester in even-numbered years
A study of basic computer hardware, how to install hardware components, and
how to diagnose hardware problems. In addition, the course will include a
study of the basics of Windows and DOS necessary for maintaining computer
hardware. The course is designed to begin to prepare students for A+
certification, as well as for the benefit of those who just wish to upgrade and
diagnose hardware and operating system problems on their own computers.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1630 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2500 Visual Basic. (3) Fall Semester in odd-numbered years
The study of Visual Basic, an event-driven (as opposed to procedural) language.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2850 COBOL Programming I. (3) Fall Semester in

even-numbered years
The study of COBOL, a language used primarily in business data processing
applications. Emphasis on information retrieval problems. Team project required.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2860 COBOL Programming II. (3) On demand
Advanced programming concepts with a strong emphasis on ISAM files and
interactive programming.
Prerequisite: CSCI 2850

CSCI 2900 Advanced Java Programming. (3) On demand
Advanced programming in Java, including the Java utilities package, bit
manipulation, collections, database connectivity, servlets, and JSP.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 2990 Algorithmic Design. (3) Spring

A continuation of CSCI 1990. Further development of techniques in C++ for
program design, program style, debugging and testing, especially for larger
programs. Introduction to algorithmic analysis. Introduction to the basic
aspects of string processing, recursion, internal search/sort methods, and
simple data structures. Programming using graphical user interfaces.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

133

CSCI 3000 Introduction to Computer Systems. (3) Spring
Computer structure and machine language, assembly language programming.
Addressing techniques, macros, file I/O, program segmentation and linkage,
assembler construction, and interpretive routines.

CSCI 3050 Introduction to Computer Organization. (3) Spring
Basic logic design, coding, number representation and arithmetic, computer
architecture, and computer software.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 3150 Introduction to File Processing. (3) On demand
Concept of I/O management (fields, keys, records, and buffering). File
organization, file operations, and data structures. Time and storage space
requirements. Data security and integrity.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or 3250 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3250 Data Structures. (3) Fall

Review of basic data structures such as stacks, queues, lists, and trees.
Graphs and their applications. Internal and external searching and sorting.
Memory management.

Prerequisite: CSCI 2990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3310 Organization of Programming Languages. (3) Spring

semester in odd-numbered years
An introduction to the structure of programming languages. Language
definition structure, data types and structures, control structures and data flow.
Run-time consideration, interpretative languages, lexical analysis and parsing.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3350 Digital Computer Architecture. (3) On demand
Structures for the central computer are studied; arithmetic logic units, machine
language features, information transfer, memory hierarchy, channels, etc.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3050

CSCI 3400 Computer Networks I. (3) Fall Semester in odd-numbered years
An introduction to the Computer NetWare Administration (CNA) using
NetWare 4.x. It includes an in-depth study of the NetWare Directory Services
(NDS). Also covered will be NetWare installation and management, the
NetWare 4 file system and printing. The material covered represents
essentially that suggested by Novell for its CNA certification.
Prerequisite'. CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

134

CSCI 3450 Computer Networks II. (3) Spring Semester in even-
numbered years.
A continuation of CSCI 3400 including Windows NT.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3400

CSCI 3500 Web Programming. (3) Fall Semester in odd-numbered years
The study and practice of the planning, construction, and programming of web
pages using HTML, CSS, SSI, and CGI. Graphics, sound, video, and
animation will also be discussed.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3700 Discrete Mathematical Structures in Computer Science (3)

Spring Semester in even-numbered years
An introduction to the mathematical tools for use in computer science. These
include sets, relations, and elementary counting techniques. Algebra and
algorithms, graphs, monoids and machines, lattices and Boolean algebras,
groups and combinatorics, logic and languages will also be involved.
Prerequisites: MATH 1121, 2221, or consent of instructor.

CSCI 3990 Object-Oriented Programming. (3) Fall Semester in odd-
numbered years
Object-oriented programming and design in the language Java.
Prerequisites: CSCI 1990 and 2990.

CSCI 4050 Database Management Systems Design. (3) Fall Semester in

even-numbered years
Introduction to database concepts using SQL and Oracle. Data models,
normalization, data description languages, query facilities. File organization,
index organization, file security, and data integrity and reliability.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 4100 Numerical Methods. (3) Spring Semester in

odd-numbered year
Introduction to numerical analysis with computer solution. Taylor series, finite
difference calculus, interpolation, roots of equations, solutions of linear
systems of equations, matrix inversion, least-squares, numerical integration.
Prerequisites: MATH 1121, 2221, or consent of instructor

CSCI 4150 Advanced Program Design. (3) On demand
A formal approach to techniques in software design and development.
Includes structured programming concepts, organization and management of
software development. A large-scale software project will be developed by
students working in teams.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

135

CSCI 4200 Theory of Programming Languages. (3) On demand
Review of grammars, languages, and their syntax and semantics. Scanners,
parsers, and translation.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3310

CSCI 4250 Algorithms. (3) On demand

A study of problems and their algorithmic solution. Algorithms will be chosen
from areas such as combinatorics, numerical analysis, systems programming,
and artificial intelligence. Domain independent techniques will also be included.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

CSCI 4300 Computer Graphics. (3) Fall Semester in

even-numbered years
An overview of graphical concepts and applications on the computer. These
include programming graphics, graphical manipulation software, animation,
web graphics, and graphics in multimedia presentations.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor

CSCI 4500 Operating Systems. (3) Fall Semester in

odd-numbered years
A course in systems software that is largely concerned with operating systems.
Such topics as process management, device management, and memory
management are discussed, as are relevant issues associated with security and
protection, networking, and distributed operating systems.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 4510 -4520 -4530 Special Topics. (3) On demand
This series of courses will provide the student with material not covered in the
courses above. Topics such as telecommunications, microcomputer
interfacing, artificial intelligence, automata theory, survey of modern
languages, fourth -generation languages, operating systems, and object-oriented
design will be covered.

Prerequisite: Determined by topic.

CSCI 4700 Research in Computer Science. (1-3) On demand
Research project or paper in computer science. Designed for those students
who need it to fulfill a research component of the B. S. degree in computer
science. Student must present a course description in writing to the department
chairman to be approved by the end of pre-registration during the semester
prior to enrolling for the course.

36

CSCI 4900 Formal Languages. (3) Spring Semester in

even-numbered years
An introduction to the basic theoretical models of computability. Finite
automata, Turing machines, computability, decidability, and Godel's
incompleteness theorem.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3250, 33 10, or 3700 or consent of instructor

CSCI 4950

Independent Study. (3) On demand

Smith Hall and Quillian Building on the Quadrangle

37

CORE PROGRAM CURRICULUM

The principal outcomes of the LaGrange College Core Curriculum are to
assist students:

1. gather, interpret, and evaluate information to make decisions and solve
problems appropriately;

2. communicate clearly, both orally and in writing;

3. interpret and evaluate the influence of historical, cultural, and religious
developments upon human experience; and

4. establish personal values and apply them in service to the community.

Course Descriptions (CORE)

CORE 1101 Freshman Cornerstone I. (3)

A course designed to enhance the valuing and decision-making processes
emphasizing Christian influences on ethical behavior. Students use skills of
comparison, contrast, analysis, and synthesis of multiple perspectives as they
examine an issue of common concern. The course emphasizes active learning,
small group problem solving, and service learning, including reflection on
these experiences.

CORE 1102 Freshman Cornerstone Laboratory II. (1)

A laboratory experience designed to identify and enhance students' abilities.
Assessment of abilities as well as sessions on study skills, career counseling,
computer skill, library skills, etc. are offered to maximize students' success.
NOTE: Course is graded on a PASS/NO CREDIT basis.

CORE 1110 Quantitative Reasoning. (3)

Mathematical techniques and computer methods will be used in the
development of quantitative reasoning skills. This course focuses on
answering questions and solving problems that require quantitative reasoning.
These techniques and methods will be examined in the context of examples
taken from the social sciences, business, economics and other disciplines. The
applications of spreadsheets, graphing and statistical methods will be used.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher; declaration of major.

CORE 2000 Dimensions of Well Being. (3)

A course designed to increase students' understanding of the interrelationships
among the physical, intellectual, emotional, and spiritual dimensions of well
being. Individual assessments and evaluation of these abilities in addition to
reading, analysis, and discussion of research findings from various sources are
central to this course.

138

CORE 2001 Humanities I. (3)

This course is the first of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural
heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition as it
relates to all knowledge. The period from the emergence of human history to
1660 is covered in this course. Students confront primary and secondary
source materials to gain an historical consciousness.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102.

CORE 2002 Humanities II. (3)

This course is the second of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural
heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition as it
relates to all knowledge. The period from 1660 to the present is covered in this
course. Students confront primary and secondary source materials to gain an
historical consciousness.

Prerequisite: CORE 2001.

CORE 3001 The American Experience. (3)

This course provides an understanding of the unique American identity,
particularly from the social and behavioral science perspectives. The
American Experience enables students to understand the forces that have given
rise to the American Republic, articulate the basic concepts of American civil
discourse, understand the benefits and limitations of a market-based economic
system, and confront the perspectives conveyed through selected works of
American culture.

Prerequisites: CORE 2001 and CORE 2002.

Outdoor pool at the Natatorium

139

EDUCATION

Introduction

The Department of Education offers several teacher preparation programs:
Bachelor of Arts programs at the Early Childhood (PK - 5th) and Middle
Grades (4 th - 8 th ) levels; a Master of Arts in Teaching program for both the
High School and Middle Grades level; a post-baccalaureate certification
program for Early Childhood and Middles grades. The Master of Education in
Curriculum and Instruction program is designed for those who already have a
teaching certificate.

The education curriculum at LaGrange College serves four basic purposes:

1 . to provide for the development of those professional understandings and
abilities which are essential for the teaching profession.

2. to provide planned and carefully guided sequences of field experiences
(this requires that all students meet with their advisors before making any
work plans).

3. to provide initial preparation programs in Early Childhood and Middle
Grades education at the undergraduate level, and a Master of Arts in.
Teaching initial preparation program for middle and high school grades,
all of which are fully accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges
and Schools and the Georgia Professional Standards Commission.

4. to provide a program for certified teachers that leads to the Master of
Education degree in Curriculum and Instruction.

Teacher Certification

The education department offers a variety of programs that are approved by the
Georgia Professional Standards Commission and lead to certification in
Georgia. Students desiring to be certified upon completion of their programs
should plan to work closely with their advisors since certification requirements
are subject to change.

Upon successful completion of approved initial preparation programs in Early
Childhood, Middle Grades, and Secondary programs and qualifying scores on
the Praxis exam requirements, students are eligible to receive Initial Clear
Renewable Certificates.

Admission to Undergraduate Teacher Education

The following are required for entrance into an undergraduate program:

Praxis I requirement or exemption

EDUC 1 199 - Foundations of Education (grade of "C" or better)

Completion of core curriculum

GPAof2.5 or better

140

Submission of application to program with recommendation from EDUC
1 199 professor and current advisor

Background check to ensure that no criminal record or discharge from the
armed services would prevent teacher certification

Successful interview with Education faculty

After interviewing with education faculty, students may be admitted
conditionally if the results of the Praxis examination are pending, or if one of
the other criteria falls marginally short of the minimum requirements. The
student has one semester in which to remove the conditional status. Failure to
do so will result in being dropped from the teacher education program.
Admissions requirements are listed in the Education Department Student
Handbook.

All Education pre-service teachers have extensive field experiences each
semester. They are in schools for a minimum of 7 hours each week prior to
student teaching. Student teaching takes place in Troup County.

Core Program Requirements

All students planning to complete approved programs of Teacher Education
must complete the Core program requirements with a minimum of 12 semester
hours in the humanities, 6 semester hours in natural sciences, and 6 semester
hours in mathematics.

Objectives

Approved Program in Early Childhood Education

Students completing the Early Childhood Education Major will:

develop a thorough understanding of the social, intellectual, physical, and
emotional development of the child from birth to approximately eight
years

identify the nature of learning and behaviors involving the young child

construct a curriculum appropriate to the needs of the young child

utilize existing knowledge about parents and cultures in dealin effectively
with children

gain a thorough knowledge of the fundamental concepts of appropriate
disciplines and how to relate them to the young child

identify and implement differentiated teaching strategies in lessons
designed for elementary students

141

understand diagnostic tools and approaches for assessing students at all
levels and how to remediate learning problems in the various disciplines

develop their maximum potential through the provision of a succession of
planned and guided experiences

In order to achieve these objectives, students will take 5 1 semester hours of
Education courses to include:

EDUC 1 199, 3317, 3319, 3342, 3354, 3355, 4356, 4360, 4449, 4456, 4457,
4459, 4460, 4480, 4490E and two additional math courses (MATH 3001,
3002, 3003, 3004) and at least one General Science course.

Approved Program in Middle Grades Education

Students completing the Middle Grades Education Major will:

demonstrate knowledge of middle grade learning in actual
learning situations

identify appropriate instructional strategies and created environments to
meet the social, emotional, physical and academic needs of individual
children and small groups of children with diverse cultural backgrounds

understand research, professional practices, issues, trends and literature
essential for effective teaching throughout the teaching field, with special
emphasis on the middle grades (4-8)

understand diagnostic tools and approaches necessary for assessing needs
of individual students, planning to meet those needs, and evaluating
individual growth

be able to modify instruction and change strategies based on the learning
outcomes of previous activities and students' individual needs

demonstrate appropriate professional traits in terms of classroom
management, discipline, preparedness, and interaction with co-workers

In order to achieve these objectives, students will take 39 semester hours of
Education courses from the following: EDUC 1 199, 3317, 3319, 3442, 3456,
4363, 4449, 4456, 4457, 4459, 4480, 4490M.

Students will also take a minimum of 30 semester hours in concentration areas.
Two concentrations will be selected from mathematics, language arts,
science or social studies. A minimum of 5 courses will be taken in each
area of concentration. Concentration courses must be approved by the middle
grades advisor.

142

Course Descriptions (EDUC)

EDUC 1199 Foundation in Education. (3)

An introduction to teaching and learning. This course addresses teacher
behavior, teacher roles, teacher ethics and experiences; historical perspectives;
philosophical foundations, approaches to curriculum development; the politics
of education, school governance, school funding and legal issues; school
environments; and living and learning in a diverse society. Prerequisite for
admission to education program and education classes. This course includes an
initial school visitation experience.

EDUC 3317 Science Methods. (3)

This course addresses science content, process skills, attitudes, and real-world
applications that are developmentally appropriate for science and instruction.
Effective teaching strategies that incorporate integrated and interdisciplinary
approaches, technology, literature, multicultural education, and the
Georgia QCC objectives are combined with theories of learning. Field
experience required.

EDUC 3319 Math Methods. (3)

The math methods course focuses on a constructivist approach to teaching and
learning with emphasis on problem-solving, NCTM standards, and QCC
objectives. The course stresses mental mathematical exercises and activities
with manipulatives that promote mathematical confidence in children. There is
an extensive field experience that involves a semester relationship with
exemplary math teachers. Coursework involves implementation of the tenets
that underlie the conceptual framework of the Education Department.

EDUC 3342 Child Development Practicum. (3)

A study of the principles of growth and development from conception through
twelve years of age. Specific attention will be given to the influences of family
on physical maturation, cognitive development, social skills, and personality
development. Major contributions from the leading authorities in the field will
be emphasized during the study of each area of development. A nursery and
preschool field experience is required.

EDUC 3354 Theories of Reading Instruction. (3)

Different theories of reading instruction will be the focus for this course.
Special emphasis will be on children's literature and its role in successful
reading programs. Other topics include: reading process, principles of reading
instruction, and emergent literacy. IRA standards and Georgia QCC
objectives will provide a basis for lesson plans and field experiences in
local schools.

143

EDUC 3355 Fundamentals of Reading Instruction. (3)

A study of word recognition strategies with emphasis on phonics. Teaching
techniques for vocabulary and comprehension, reading in content areas, and
interrelatedness of reading and writing will also be addressed. Standards

EDUC 3355 Fundamentals of Reading Instruction. (3)

A study of word recognition strategies with emphasis on phonics. Teaching
techniques for vocabulary and comprehension, reading in content areas, and
interrelatedness of reading and writing will also be addressed. Standards
from IRA and Georgia QCC objectives will be used in combination with
various approaches to effective instruction in planning effective lessons for
experiences in local schools.

EDUC 3442 Nature, Needs and Diversity of Young Adolescents. (3)

A study of the physical, emotional, social, and intellectual growth and
development of middle grades students. This course will address special
populations, gender issues, cultural and socioeconomic differences and through
a field experience will assist pre-service teachers in understanding young
adolescents and preparing classroom environments where middle grades
students can learn at high levels. NMSA and Turning Points guidelines will
be examined.

EDUC 3456 Reading and Writing in the Middle Grades. (3)

This course provides an interdisciplinary, literature-based approach to methods
for teaching reading in the content areas to middle school students. Emphasis
will be on reading and writing processes and strategies, vocabulary,
comprehension, study skills, and literature. A variety of teaching techniques
will be developed based on IRA and NCTE standards as well as Georgia QCC
objectives. Field experience is required.

EDUC 4356 Diagnosis and Remediation of Problems in Reading. (3)

The focus of this course is the identification and correction of reading
problems in elementary school students. Special attention is given to testing
and teaching materials for corrective work including reading inventories,
formal and informal assessment, and computer programs. A variety of
assessment techniques, IRA standards, and technology, will be incorporated
throughout the course.

EDUC 4360 Curriculum and Accountability in Elementary Grades. (3)

This course addresses the practical aspects of curriculum development along
with the role of preparation and its contribution to successful classroom
management. A variety of assessment techniques, use of Georgia QCC
objectives, technology, and portfolio development are among other key areas
that are studied. EDUC 4360 Curriculum and Accountability in the
Elementary Grades is taken in conjunction with EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar.

144

E DUC 4363 Curriculum and Accountability in the Middle Grades. (3)

This course emphasizes the need for a developmentally responsive curriculum
that addresses the needs of young adolescents and is academically challenging,
integrative and exploratory. The QCC and NMSA and national curriculum
standards are examined and issues of accountability and teacher effectiveness
are addressed. Various instructional and behavior management strategies are
modeled and discussed. There is an extensive field experience requirement.

EDUC 4449 Classroom Technology for Elementary and
Middle Grades. (3)

Classroom technology is a 3 semester-hour course offered to early childhood
and middle grades education majors during the fall and spring semesters. This
course will meet the expected performances found in the Georgia Technology
Standards for Educators. It is designed to teach (a) Global Communication
Skills (b) Application Skills and (c) Integrative Strategies. All students will be
responsible for designing a professional web site and electronic portfolio that
will contain evidence of their expertise in classroom technology. The evidence
will be aligned with the Georgia Technology Standards.

EDUC 4456 Language Arts Methods. (3)

This course provides a thematic approach to methods for teaching language
arts in the elementary grades. Major topics include oral and written language,
reading and writing workshop, spelling, and grammar. Georgia QCC
objectives, NCTE and IRA standards will be used in developing instructional
resources and units. Field experience is required.

EDUC 4457 Social Studies Methods. (3)

The interdisciplinary nature of social studies will be the focus for the study
of curriculum, methods, technology, and professional sources. An emphasis
will be on planning for and developing resources for instruction, including
the development of a unit with emphasis on the NCSS standards and Georgia
QCC objectives for a chosen grade level. This course includes a field
experience component.

EDUC 4459 Special Needs and Exceptional Children. (3)

A study of identification and diagnostic techniques for teachers related to areas
of exceptionality among students and of alternative styles of teaching to meet
special needs. The introduction to the Student Support Team (SST) process,
the writing of eligibility reports and Individual Education Plans (IEP) will be
explored. The psychological and behavioral characteristics of exceptional
children will be studied. The importance of transition and other forms found
within the exceptional children's categories will be identified. Weekly field
experience in the exceptional children's areas will be provided.

145

EDUC 4460 Diversity in the Elementary Classroom. (3) Interim

This course addresses a variety of issues in diversity including psychological,
physiological, and social conditions of different students. Various issues of
equality and equal opportunity are also examined as well as strategies for
working with children at risk. This course includes a field experience in
diverse school settings outside of Troup County.

EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar. (3)

Senior seminar is taken in conjunction with the curriculum course for either
middle grades or early childhood the semester prior to student teaching. Senior
education majors work closely with a local school for eight hours each week
supervised by college faculty.

EDUC 4490E Early Childhood Student Teaching. (12)

This course provides a full-day teaching experience for a minimum of thirteen
weeks. Pre-service teachers will be assigned to diverse public schools and will
gradually assume responsibility for working with groups and individuals.
They will participate in classroom teaching and observation, planning and
evaluation conferences, and other school-related experiences with guidance
provided by the cooperating teacher and college supervisor gradually assuming
total responsibility for the class.

EDUC 4490M Student Teaching in the Middle Grades. (12)

Middle grades pre-service teachers are placed on a team in a middle school for
a minimum of twelve weeks, gradually assuming total responsibility for the
class. They will teach in both areas of concentration and are evaluated through
a rigorous performance based assessment process based on national standards.
They will participate in classroom teaching and observation, planning and
evaluation conferences, and other school-related experiences with guidance
provided by the cooperating teachers and college supervisor.

146

ENGLISH

Introduction

The Department of English Language and Literature offers a wide range of
courses to meet a variety of needs and demands: composition at basic,
freshman, and advanced levels; the literature of England and America;
continental literature (in translation); business writing; journalism; and creative
writing.

Objectives

The primary goal of courses in composition and literature is to help students
become competent readers and writers by providing them with challenging
texts and ample opportunities to practice their skills of critical thinking and
expression. Toward this end, the English faculty have set the following four
objectives. All students completing the core curriculum will demonstrate:

proficiency in expository writing with Standard American English
grammar, punctuation, and usage

proficiency in critical reading

the ability to assimilate, organize, and develop ideas logically and
effectively

an understanding of the rudiments of research-based writing

Objectives of English Major Courses

All students completing the baccalaureate program in English will be prepared
to pursue careers in which a broad knowledge of literature and a proficiency in
critical reading, critical thinking, and expository writing are important. They
also will be prepared to pursue graduate studies in English and in other
professional areas, such as law, medicine, or journalism. In addition, students
who wish to prepare for a career in teaching may do so by completing a major
in English. For each of these endeavors, English majors will demonstrate:

an extensive knowledge of the development of British literature and
American literature from their origins to the present

a capacity for interpreting literature, reading critically, and expressing
literary ideas, both in oral discussion and in written work

an ability to bring informed critical and analytical judgment to bear on the
study of literary issues, both in oral discussion and in written work

a mastery of the techniques of literary research and the use of ML A style

a knowledge of Standard American English grammar, punctuation, and
syntax

a knowledge of Standard American English usage

147

Requirements for English Majors

Before declaring English as a major, students must complete the CORE
composition classes (ENGL 1101 and 1 102) with no grade lower than a C.
English majors are required to take 37 semester hours in English language and
literature above the 1000 level.

Introductory Course (required)

ENGL 2200

Introduction to English Studies

(i)

Survey Courses (4 required)

(12)

ENGL 2204, 2205

British Literature I, II

ENGL 2206, 2207

American Literature I, II

Language Courses

(6)

ENGL 3300

History of the English
Language

(required)

ENGL 3302

Advanced Grammar OR

ENGL 3303

Advanced Composition

Single Author Courses

Single Author Courses

(3)

ENGL 4410

Chaucer

OR

ENGL 4420

Shakespeare

OR

ENGL 4430

Milton

Four English Electives (3000
level or above)

(12)

Senior Level Courses (required)

(3)

ENGL 4495

Senior Thesis

Requirements for English Minors

A minor in English consists of 18 semester hours above the 1000 level, three
courses of which must be at the 3000 level or above.

Assessment

Success in achieving the objectives of the English major will be
demonstrated in the following ways:

completion of each major course with a grade of C or better

completion of an entrance and an exit examination

satisfactory performance on the senior thesis and its presentation

148

Students are required to take the ETS Major Field Achievement Test in
Literature while registered for ENGL 2200 and again while registered for
ENGL 4490. Scores will be compared to measure progress. Students
preparing for graduate study in English or law are encouraged to take the GRE
or the LSAT.

Awards

The English Department gives two awards to outstanding senior English
majors during Honor's Day Convocation: the Walter D. Jones Award for
Excellence in Composition and Scholarship and the Murial B. Williams Award
for Excellence in Literary Studies. The first award is given to the student
whose paper written for a major course is judged as outstanding by an
impartial panel of reviewers. The second award is given to the student who is
deemed by the English faculty to demonstrate the highest standards of
scholarship and who contributes the most to the advancement of literary
studies among English majors at LaGrange College.

Writing Center

The Department of English Language and Literature maintains a Writing
Center, which is located in Banks Library. This center serves the college
community by providing advice and support for student writers. The center is
directed by Dr. Laine Scott, who trains upper-class students serving as peer
writing consultants. The hours of the center are posted each semester.

The Scroll and LC Writing Contest

Since 1922, The Scroll has been LaGrange College's journal of creative arts;
published each spring, the magazine features the best of fiction, drama, poetry,
essays, and artwork by the students and faculty of the College.

The LC Writing Contest is an annual event sponsored by the English
Department, the Writing Center, and The Scroll. It is open to all LC students.
First and second prizes are awarded to best entries in fiction/drama, poetry,
and essay. Winners are announced at Honor's Day and included in the
annual Scroll.

Transient Credit

No transient credit will be accepted for courses in Freshman Composition
(0100, 1101, or 1102).

149

Course Descriptions (ENGL)

ENGL 0100 Basic Composition. (3) Fall, Spring.

Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of expository writing, including

paragraph development, organization, logic, grammar, and mechanics.

ENGL 1101 Rhetoric and Composition I. (3) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to expository writing, emphasizing the essay form, the writing
process, and rhetorical modes of thesis development.

Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

ENGL 1102 Rhetoric and Composition II. (3) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to critical thinking and writing about literature, emphasizing
reading strategies, analytic writing, research techniques, and modes
of documentation.

Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.

ENGL 2200 Introduction to English Studies. (1) Fall
Introduces students to the academic discipline of English and focuses on the
critical issues (past and present) involved in English Studies. This course is a
prerequisite for English majors for any 3000 or 4000 level course.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, 1102

ENGL 2204 British Literature I. (3) Fall, Spring.
A survey of British Literature from the Anglo-Saxon period through the
eighteenth century. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of all English majors.

ENGL 2205 British Literature II. (3) Fall, Spring.
A survey of British literature from the Romantics through the
Modern/Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of all English majors.

ENGL 2206 American Literature I. (3) Fall, Spring.
A survey of American Literature from the Colonial period through American
Romanticism. Short critical essays required, at least one with documentation.
Required of all English majors.

ENGL 2207 American Literature II. (3) Fall, Spring.
A survey of American literature from Realism and Naturalism through the
Modern/Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation. Required of all English majors.

150

ENGL 2250 Introduction to Creative Writing. (3) On demand.
An introduction to fundamentals of imaginative writing. Analysis of
professional models; emphasis upon student work, especially poetry
and fiction.

ENGL 2260 Journalistic Writing I. (3) On demand.

An introduction to basic types of writing for newspapers: news, feature,

interview, review, and editorial.

ENGL 2261 Journalistic Writing II. (3) On demand.

Advanced instruction and practice in writing news, features, and editorials.

Course also involves copy editing and layout and design of news pages.

Prerequisite: ENG 2260 or permission of the instructor.

/or English majors:

Prerequisite to 3000-level or 4000-level courses: ENGL 1101, 1102, 2200

ENGL 3300 History of the English Language. (3) Annually
Introduction to principles of linguistics; a survey of the origins and
development of English, and a study of its structure.

ENGL 3302 Advanced Grammar. (3) Annually

A survey of the basic logic and grammatical structure of English, from

morpheme to word, phrase and clause, to sentence.

ENGL 3303 Advanced Composition. (3) Annually
This course is open to all students, regardless of major, who are interested in
strengthening their written expression beyond the level of "functional." The
focus will be on producing nonfiction prose that is exemplary for its clarity
and finesse.

ENGL 3306, 3308 Advanced Creative Writing Workshop. (3) On demand.
An advanced course in imaginative writing. Professional models studied,
but student writing emphasized. Workshop may concentrate on fiction or
poetry exclusively, or a combination of the two. May be taken only once for
major credit.

ENGL 3312 Business Writing. (3) Spring.
A study of the basic communication skills needed to prepare business
publications in today's world. Special attention given to format and
correct usage.

ENGL 3314 Classical Backgrounds. (3) On demand.

An examination of major classics, in modern translation, of Greek, Roman,

and Medieval literature.

151

ENGL 3316 Masterpieces of Continental Literature. (3) On demand.
Major European classics in translation from the Renaissance through the
twentieth century.

ENGL 3320 Medieval Literature. (3) On demand.

A survey, mostly in Middle English, of English literature to about 1500

.ENGL 3330 English Literature of the Renaissance. (3) On demand.
Renaissance English literature to about 1675, excluding Shakespeare.

ENGL 3335 Development of English Drama. (3) On demand.

An examination of the development of English drama, excluding Shakespeare,

from its beginnings up to the Restoration.

ENGL 3340 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century English

Literature. (3) On demand
Selected Restoration, Neoclassical, and Pre-Romantic English literature,
excluding the novel.

ENGL 3345 The Rise of the English Novel. (3) On demand.

A study of the rise of the English novel with an emphasis on selected works of

the late seventeenth-century and eighteenth-century novelists.

ENGL 3350 Romanticism in English Poetry and Selected Prose. (3)

On demand
A study of selected major nineteenth-century British prose and poetry, with
emphasis on lyric verse.

ENGL 3355 The English Novel in the Nineteenth Century. (3) On demand.
A study of the selected works of Romantic and Victorian novelists.

ENGL 3360 Victorian Poetry and Selected Prose. (3) On demand.
A study of selected major Victorian prose and poetry, with emphasis on
Tennyson, Browning, and the Pre-Raphaelites.

ENGL 3375 American Romanticism. (3) On demand.

Major American Romantic writers of the United States through Whitman

and Dickinson.

ENGL 3380 Post Civil War American Literature. (3) On demand.
Major American writers of the Realistic and Naturalistic movements in the
United States.

ENGL 3385 Southern American Literature. (3) On demand.
A study of major Southern writers from about 1815 to the present.

152

ENGL 4400 Literary Theory and Modern Criticism. (3) On demand.
A study of literary theory through postmodern literary criticism.

ENGL 4410 Chaucer. (3) On demand.

A survey of Chaucer's work. Consideration will also be given to Chaucerian

influence and criticism.

ENGL 4420 Shakespeare. (3) On demand.

The development of Shakespeare's art, as reflected in selected individual plays

or groups of plays.

ENGL 4430 Milton. (3) On demand.

Selected poetry and prose of Milton.

ENGL 4440 Twentieth Century Fiction. (3) On demand.

A study of selected novels and short stories of Modern, Postmodern, and

Contemporary American and British fiction writers.

ENGL 4450 Twentieth Century Poetry. (3) On demand.

A study of the major American and British poets of the twentieth century, their

verse techniques, and their contributions to poetic art.

ENGL 4460 Twentieth Century Drama. (3) On demand.

A study of major American and British playwrights of the twentieth century,

their dramatic techniques, and their contributions to the dramatic arts.

ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis and Presentation. (3) Spring
Using the topic selected and the research materials identified in the Senior
Seminar, English majors will write and present orally an original research project.
Prerequisite: Senior Standing

ENGL 4499 Independent Study/Research. (3)

153

GENERAL SCIENCE

Introduction

The purpose of the general science course at LaGrange College is twofold:

1 . An elective science course that is oriented toward developing critical
thinking, problem solving, and reasoning skills.

2. A support course for the education program for preparation for elemen-
tary and middle school teachers.

Course Description (GSCI)

GSCI 3301 Integrated Science (3 hrs. lecture,

2 hrs. lab per week) (3)

Integrated science applies life, physical, and earth/space science concepts to
science-technology-society (STS) issues. This course provides an introduction
to the nature of science and technology; the interdependence of science, tech-
nology, and society; and the scientific methods of inquiry. Students will ex-
perience the nature of science by conducting research that is relevant and in-
quiry-oriented and by assuming an active role of a scientist. Open to early
childhood and middle grades education majors.

Cason J. Callaway Science Building

154

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Introduction

The curriculum in the Department of Health and Physical Education is
composed of two programs. The physical education activities program offers
a selection of physical skills classes. These classes are designed to promote
physical skill development as well as knowledge in a variety of activity areas
including physical fitness and conditioning, aquatics, lifetime leisure pursuits,
and traditional team sports.

Objectives

Two minor programs in physical education/athletics are available. A 15-hour
coursework minor in coaching is available to any student. Students completing
the minor in coaching will:

demonstrate knowledge of the profession of athletics.

understand professional practices, issues, trends, and literature essential
for effective coaching.

demonstrate appropriate professional behaviors for athletic coaching.
Criteria for completion of this minor are stipulated below.
Required Core for the Physical Education/Coaching Minor

HPED 3305 Sports Psychology

3 hours

HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods

HPED 3312 Principles of Strength, Conditioning, and
Nutrition for Athletes

3 hours
3 hours

9 hours

Select two (2) courses from the following for a total of 6 hours

HPED 2202

Sports Statistics

3 hours

HPED 3302

Organization and Administration of P. E.
and Athletics

3 hours

HPED 3332

Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries/Illnesses

3 hours

HPED 3390

Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical
Education

3 hours

155

A 15-hour coursework minor also is available in physical education.
Students completing the minor in physical education will 1 ) demonstrate
knowledge of the profession of physical education; 2) understand professional
practices, issues, trends, and literature essential for effective teaching; 3)
demonstrate appropriate professional behaviors for classroom management.
This minor is designed in consultation with the department chair in Health and
Physical Education.

Criteria for Completion of the Physical Education and Coaching Minors

satisfactorily complete all course work requirements.

maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative G. P. A.

current certification in Community First Aid/CPR.
Course Descriptions (HPED)

HPED 1153 Camp Leadership and Program. (3) On demand.
A study of camping in an organized setting and of the leadership skills
necessary for the implementation of the camp program.

HPED 1154 Community First Aid/CPR. (3) Fall, Spring.
This course focuses on the identification of emergency situations and selection .
of correct response. Certification in American Red Cross standard first aid and
adult, child and infant rescue breathing and cardiopulmonary resuscitation are
earned upon successful completion of the course.

HPED 1155 Lifeguard Training. (3) Spring.

Competencies in swimming and life guarding techniques, swimming speed and
endurance are developed in this course. American Red Cross lifeguard
training and cardiopulmonary resuscitation for the professional rescuer
certifications are the result of successful completion of this course.

Prerequisites: Current Standard First Aid Certification; Passing of the
following practical exams on the first day of class; 500 yd. continuous
swim (crawl, breast stroke and sidestroke); treading water for two minutes
with legs only and retrieving a brick from the deep end of the pool.

HPED 1156 Water Safety Instructor. (3) Spring.
A course which focuses on the development of competencies in swimming
stroke and instructional techniques. Students who successfully complete this
course earn certification in Red Cross WSI, enabling them to teach all levels of
the Learn to Swim Program, Basic and Emergency Water Safety courses.

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics. (3) On demand.

Techniques of recording sports statistics and maintaining scorebooks are the

focus of this class.

156

HPED 2251 Introduction to Physical Education. (3) On demand.
A survey course of the career choices available in physical education.
Opportunities to talk with and observe professionals in various
sub-specializations are provided.

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of Recreational and
Physical Education Programs. (3) On demand.

A study of the organization and administration of instructional, intramural, and
interscholastic activity programs. Special emphasis is placed on the selection,
purchase, and care of safe equipment and facilities as well as on the legal
requirements for providing and maintaining safe programs and facilities.

HPED 3305 Sports Psychology. (3) Spring.

A study of human behavior in the context of the sporting experience and how

performance is affected by the interactions of the coach, athletes and the

environment. Emphasis is on motivation, personality, attributions,

disengagement from sport, aggression, leadership, and communication

patterns.

HPED 3306 Techniques of Sports Officiating. (3) Spring.
This course focuses on techniques of officiating athletic events. Knowledge of
the rules of selected sports and extensive practical officiating in selected sports
form the basis of this course.

HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods. (3) On demand.

Analysis of teaching skills and techniques of the different interscholastic sports

in high schools.

HPED 3312 Principles of Strength Conditioning and Nutrition

for Athletes. (3) Fall.
This course focuses on the examination of proper techniques, concepts, and
applications of exercise science. Nutritional principles as these relate to
athletic performance also are included.

HPE D 33 1 3 Leadership in Physical Education and Athletics. (3) Spring.

A study of the leadership skills necessary to implement and conduct physical

activity programs and functions.

HPED 3320 Methods in Health and Physical Education

in the Elementary School. (3) Fall.
A study of the objectives, materials, activities, and curricula appropriate for
elementary school physical education and health. Supervised observation and
practical experiences in the elementary schools are provided.

157

HPED 3331 Personal Health Issues. (3) On demand.
This course allows students to explore basic health issues and principles
in depth. Topics include fitness, diet and weight control, nutrition,
human sexuality, stress management, death education, aging, and drug and
alcohol education.

HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Illnesses. (3) Spring.
This course focuses on common injuries and illnesses occurring in athletics.
Topics include, but are not limited to, heat exhaustion, heat stroke, abdominal
injuries, injury management, emergency triage, anatomical instability, blood
borne pathogens, and mechanics of injury.

Prerequisites: HPED 33 1 2 or permission of instructor.

HPED 3333: Yoga for Wellness (3) Fall, Winter
A study of the effects that yoga has on all aspects of the human body,
including physical, mental, and spiritual. Topics will include breathing
techniques, asanas, fasting, meditation, and different disciplines of yoga.
There will also be a physical component of this course.

HPED 3352 Physiology of Exercise. (3) On demand.
The effects of exercise on the major systems of the human body, including
cardio respiratory, neuromuscular, glandular, and digestive are the focus of this
course. Effects of heat, altitude, and ergogenic aids on the human body during
exercise also are included.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1148- BIOL 1149

HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education. (3)

Fall, Spring.
This course provides supervised leadership experiences in various physical
education or athletic settings. Seminar discussions focus on common issues
and concerns.

Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing and completion of 6 hours of

HPED courses.

HPED 4400 Internship in Physical Education and Coaching. (3)

Interim.
Directed observation and participation in physical education, coaching, and/or
supervisory situations.

Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing, recommendation by the

department chair in health and physical education

158

Physical Education Activities (PEDU)

The physical education activity program is designed to provide opportunities
for learning or enhancing those skills necessary to participate in leisure time
activities throughout the life cycle. Special emphasis also is given to activities
which improve one's physical fitness and condition.

All courses carry one semester hour of credit and count toward the hours
needed for graduation.

PEDU 1102 Beginning Archery. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic competencies in archery techniques and safety with experiences in

target shooting.

PEDU 1103 Badminton. (1) Spring.

Introduction to the skills, strategies, and rules of badminton

PEDU 1104 Basketball. (1) On demand.

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of basketball.

PEDU 1105 Jogging. (1) Fall, Spring.

Participation in progressive running programs designed to increase

cardiovascular endurance.

PEDU 1107 Bowling. (1) On demand.

Introduction to the basic skills and rules of bowling. Course conducted at local

bowling lanes.

PEDU 1108 Physical Conditioning. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic assessment, maintenance, and improvement of over-all physical fitness.

PEDU 1109 Beginning Golf. (1) Fall, Spring.

Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of golf. Field trips to city

golf courses.

PEDU 1111 Softball. (1) Fall.

Basic competencies and knowledge of rules and strategies of softball.

PEDU 1112 Beginning Tennis. (1) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of tennis.

PEDU 1114 Volleyball. (1) Fall, Spring.

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of volleyball.

PEDU 1116 Personal Fitness. (1) Spring.

Introduction to diet and weight control techniques as well as assessment and

maintenance of personal fitness.

159

PEDU 1120 Karate. (1) On demand.

Basic competencies and skills in karate techniques.

PEDU 1121 Bicycling. (1) On demand

Introduction to the basic equipment, safety, and techniques of cycling

including training and racing strategies. Weekend field trips.

PEDU 1122 Weightlifting/plyometrics. (1) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to exercises that are geared toward increasing speed, power, and
jumping ability. A basic overview of the physiological factors involved in the
exercises will be included.

EDU 1123 Beginning Swimming. (1) Spring.

Introduction to the aquatic environment with emphasis on competence in

primary swimming and safety skills and stroke readiness.

PEDU 1124 Intermediate/Advanced Swimming. (1) On demand.
Development and refinement of key swimming strokes. Introduction to turns,
surface dives, and springboard diving.

Prerequisite: PEDU 1 123 or equivalent skills.

PEDU 1130 SCUBA. (1) Fall, Spring.

Develop competencies in safe diving techniques and practices as well as safe
use of SCUBA diving equipment. PADI open Water Diver Certification
available upon completion of course and optional trip for checkout dives.
Prerequisite: PEDU 1 124 or equivalent intermediate swimming skills.

PEDU 1156 Canoeing. (1) Fall, Spring.

Fundamental canoeing skills emphasized. Field trips to lake facilities and
overnight camping experience are provided to give extensive opportunities for
recreational canoeing.

PEDU 1158 Backpacking. (1) Spring.

Introduction to basic equipment, safety, and techniques of trail camping.

Extensive field trips to state and national trails are provided.

PEDU 1159 Sailing. (1) On demand.

Basic sailing competencies and understanding with experiences in fundamental

racing strategy. Field trips to lake facilities are provided.

PEDU 1160 Snow Skiing. (1) Spring.

Introduction to basic techniques, safety, and equipment of snow skiing. Field

trip to area ski facilities is included.

160

PEDU 1161 Rhythmic Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring.

A conditioning course in which exercise is done to musical accompaniment for

the purpose of developing cardiovascular efficiency, strength and flexibility.

PEDU 1162 Hiking, Orienteering, and Camping. (1) Fall, Spring.
Introduction to basic techniques of tent camping, map, and compass work.
Field trips to nearby campgrounds and forest lands.

PEDU 1164 Water Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring.

Development of cardio respiratory endurance, flexibility, body composition,
and muscle endurance/tone through vigorous water exercise. The resistance of
the water makes this course an excellent choice for the beginner as well as the
well-conditioned athlete, and for the swimmer as well as the non-swimmer.

PEDU 1165 Aqua Fitness. (1) On demand.

Development and/or maintenance of cardiovascular fitness through various
aquatic activities including water jogging, circuit training, and water resistance
training. Students will learn to use various aquatic equipment to implement
their personal training.

Prerequisite: PEDU 1 123 or equivalent beginning swimming skills

Tennis at the Callaway
Campus

161

HISTORY

Introduction

The faculty of the Department of History believe that all persons, whatever
their selected role in life, require an understanding of their past in order to
prepare for their future. The faculty firmly believes that the liberal arts
preparation, which encompasses courses from the discipline of history,
provides the student with the most appropriate educational background for
life by integrating knowledge from the broadest range of disciplines. The
objective of the Department of History is to provide students at LaGrange
College with knowledge of the historical forces which have shaped civilization
as we know it.

Objectives

To achieve the objective set forth above the faculty seeks to:

provide students with a basic understanding of the historical forces which
have contributed to the development of civilization.

develop in students an understanding and appreciation of his/her
civilization which is a part of the world community.

The faculty of the department believes that students who select to complete a
major course of study in history should have the foundation knowledge and
understanding of the discipline, developed by classroom instruction and
individual study, necessary to provide them with the opportunity to:

pursue graduate study within the discipline.

pursue a professional degree in a selected field of study.

pursue employment as a teacher in pre-collegiate education.

seek employment in a field such as government, entry level historic
documentation and preservation, social or historic entry level research, or
a field where their liberal arts preparation can be beneficially utilized.

Graduates of the Department of History may be found pursuing careers in
business, law, education, politics and government, broadcasting, journalism,
the ministry and other fields of endeavor. In all of these endeavors our
graduates have found that their education has provided a foundation for their
careers and for their growth in life.

162

The Department of History offers the following major in history:
A. Introductory Courses:

HIST 1101 and 1102
HIST 1111 and 1112

World Civilization
United States History

These are required courses for the major.

We strongly encourage the history major to pursue the widest possible
liberal arts preparation by the careful selection of courses from the core
program structure.

B. Two courses from:

HIST 3307

HIST 3308

or

HIST 3310 -3311

Two courses from:

HIST 3301
HIST 3310
HIST 3320
Two courses from:
HIST 3372
HIST 3374
Required courses:
HIST 2000
HIST 4490

Social and Intellectual History of
the United States

American Diplomatic History

Constitutional History of the
United States

Greco-Roman world

Middle Ages

Renaissance and Reformation

Europe 1660-1870
Europe 1870 - the Present

Research Methods in History
Senior History Seminar

An additional nine semester hours of 3000 and 4000 level history
courses are required. The total major course requirements are 33
semester hours credit beyond 1000 level courses.

163

Success in achieving the objectives established for the major will be
demonstrated as follows:

successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or better.

successful completion of the senior history seminar and defense of the
senior thesis before the students and faculty of the department.

successful completion of a major field examination during their
senior year.

Those wishing to major in history are encouraged to declare their major during
the beginning of the spring semester of their sophomore year.

Upper level courses in history, those numbered 3000 or above (with the
exception of HIST 4490), are available to all students who have successfully
completed prerequisites

Course Descriptions (HIST)

HIST 1101 World Civilization I. (3) Fall, Spring.

Survey course on the development of world civilization up to 1660.

HIST 1102 World Civilization II. (3) Fall, Spring.

Survey course on the development of world civilization from 1660 to

the present.

HIST 1111 History of the United States to 1 865. (3) Fall, Spring.
Emphasis on the Colonial, Revolutionary, early national, and Civil
War periods.

HIST 1112 History of the United States, 1865 to the Present. (3)

Fall, Spring.
Emphasis on Reconstruction, liberal nationalism, New Deal, and
postwar periods.

HIST 2000 Research Methods in History. (3) Interim only.

This course is required of all sophomore history majors. It will acquaint the

student with the basic components of historical methodology and research.

HIST 2010 Islamic Civilization (3). On demand.

An introduction to the basic tenets of Islam and survey of the growth and

diversification of Islamic Civilization.

HIST 3301 Greco-Roman World. (3) Fall 2005.

A study of Greco-Roman civilization from its birth in ancient Greece through

the collapse of the western Roman empire in the fifth century A.D.

164

HIST 3302 The Middle Ages, 350-1350. (3) Spring 2006.

This course offers a comprehensive study of the development of medieval
civilization from the late fifth century to the late fourteenth century.

HIST 3306 History of the South. (3) On demand.
Emphasis on the antebellum, Civil War, Reconstruction, and New
South periods.

HIST 3307 Social and Intellectual History of the United States. (3)

Fall 2004.
A review of ideas and patterns of thought, the role of social, ethnic, and racial
groups, and the major institutions of American society.

HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History. (3) Fall 2005.
Emphasis on the procedure for developing foreign policy as well as
diplomatic history.

HIST 3310 Constitutional History of the United States to 1900. (3)

Fall 2005.
An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1776 to present.
Prerequisites: HIST 1 1 1 1 and HIST 1112

HIST 3311 Constitutional History of the United States 1901 to the

Present. (3) Spring 2006.
An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1901 to the present.

HIST 3312 Economic History of the United States. (3) On demand.
American economic development from colonial times to the present.

HIST 3315 Georgia History. (3) Summer/On demand.

A study of Georgia History from the pre-colonial period to the present with

emphasis on the historical, social, economic and political development of the State.

HIST 3320 The Renaissance and the Reformation, 1350-1600. (3)

Fall 2006.
This course offers a detailed study of the civilization of Renaissance and
Reformation Europe. Primary focus will be placed on the artistic and religious
achievements of the period 1350 to 1600.

HIST 3330 The Medieval Church and Papacy. (3) Spring 2007.
This course will examine the institutional and cultural history of the medieval
church, with special emphasis on the role of the papacy, and its impact on
medieval civilization.

165

HIST 3340 Medieval Kings and Queens. (3) Fall 2006.

A survey of medieval kings and queens and their influence on the development

of medieval civilization.

HIST 3341 Russia to 1856. (3) Fall 2005.

A comprehensive survey of the Russian historical development from the

appearance of the Kievan State in the 9 th century through the Crimean War.

HIST 3342 Russia 1856 to the Present. (3) Spring 2006.
An examination of the Imperial Russian state.

HIST 3350 Renaissance and Renascences. (3) Spring 2005.

An examination of the great cultural revivals from the age of Charlemagne to

the age of Michelangelo.

HIST 3361 History of England to 1689. (3) Fall 2004.

A political, economic, social, and cultural history of England from 1689 to the present.

HIST 3362 History of England from 1689 to Present. (3) Spring 2005.
A political, economic, social and cultural history of England from 1689 to present.

HIST 3372 Europe 1660-1870. (3) Fall 2004.

A comprehensive survey of European history from the reign of Louis XTV through the

rise of the modem German state in 1 870.

HIST 3374 Europe 1870 to the Present. (3) Spring 2005.

A comprehensive survey of European history from the Bismarckian Era to

the present.

HIST3378 European Diplomatic History: 1 890 to the Present (3) On demand
A detailed examination of European international relations from 1890, the end
of the Bismarkian system to the present.

HIST 4416 Twentieth Century America. (3) On demand.
An intensive study of the United States during the twentieth century.

HIST 4478 Contemporary Europe. (3) On demand.

An examination of European history focusing on major issues since 1945.

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar. (3) Spring.

A study of historiography and research methods and materials.

Prerequisites: Senior History Major or permission of the professor
and the Chair of the Department. This course may only be
attempted twice.

166

HUMAN SERVICES

Introduction

The Department of Human Services and Sociology offers a bachelor of arts
degree in human services that equips generalist-level helping professionals
with the knowledge and skills necessary to provide caring and ethical services
to individuals, families, and communities.

Objectives

The Human Services curriculum provides students with valuable knowledge
and skills applicable in virtually every personal, professional, social, and
cultural setting. Human Services majors benefit from extensive liberal arts
linkages with courses reaching across various disciplines, including Social
Work, Sociology, Anthropology, and Psychology. Human Services graduates
are prepared to pursue advanced degrees in a variety of graduate and
professional programs, including Social Work, Sociology, Community
Counseling, and Public Administration. In addition, majors may pursue
careers in a wide variety of fields, such as social work, criminal and juvenile
justice, mental health and healthcare, nonprofit administration and
management, community organization and urban planning, community
education, and social policy research.

Human Services coursework will provide students with both factual and
theoretical knowledge of society and culture, as well as strategies for
understanding and working with diverse populations and marginalized groups.
Because of the increasing diversity of the population of the United States, and
as the world becomes a global community, this match of knowledge and skills
will be increasingly important for our profession and our society.

During their final year, human services majors participate in a field practicum
or internship, which allows them to gain insight and actual experience working
in a particular area of Human Services. There are many opportunities in
various fields, such as youth support organizations, child advocacy, shelters for
women and families, teen pregnancy centers, community centers for the
elderly, criminal justice organizations, community development corporations,
recreational therapy, faith-based interventions, and other non-profit and
governmental organizations.

Requirements for Major

Human Services majors are required to successfully complete the following 42
semester hours with no grade lower than a "C" ("P" for HUSV 4491):

167

Foundation (15 hours)

HUSV 2299 Introduction to Human Services
HUSV 3352 Life Course and the Social Environment
PSYC 1101 Introduction to Psychology
SOCI 1 146 Principles of Sociology
SOCI 2247 Diverse Families

Policy (3 hours)

Choose one of the following:

SOCI 2253 Social Problems and Policy
HUSV 3377 Social Welfare: Policy and Analysis

Practice (9 hours)

HUSV 33 1 1 Ethical Human Services Practice
HUSV 4422 Cultural Competency in Human Services

Choose one of the following:

HUSV 3312 Groups and Adventure-Based Therapy
HUSV 4478 Special Topics in Human Services Practice
PSYC 335 1 Introduction to Counseling

Research (6 hours)

(Please note that the research sequence serves as a permissible
substitution for CORE 1110)
Option A :

MATH 1 1 14 - Introduction to Statistics

Choose one of the following:

HUSV 4476 - Research Methods in Human Services
POLS 3300 - Research Methods in Political Science
Option B:

PSYC 2298 - Behavioral Statistics
PSYC 2999 - Research Methods
Field Practice (9 hours)

HUSV 4491 - Field Practice

Majors are encouraged to pursue a double major, a minor or to take electives
in any of the following disciplines: Biology, Business, Education, Latin
American Studies, Nursing, Psychology, Religion, Sociology, Spanish and non-
required Human Services courses. To do so will complement the human
services curriculum, enhance a liberal arts education and strengthen a
student 's efforts to seek employment and pursue graduate education in a
helping profession.

168

Requirements for Minor

A minor in Human Services consists of 12 semester hours, six of which must
be at the 3000 level or higher.

All students planning to minor in human services must take the following:

HUSV 2299 Introduction to Human Services
HUSV 33 1 1 Ethical Human Services Practice

Students must also complete an additional six semester hours of HUSV
coursework, three of which must be at the 3000 level or higher. A relevant
Interim course may be accepted upon approval of the department chair.

Assessment

Mastery of the curriculum for a human services major is measured by:
completion of all major requirements with a C or higher in every course
receiving credit for the field practicum course satisfactorily delivering an
integrative presentation during the culmination of the field practicum

Course Descriptions (HUSV)

HUSV 1148 Introduction to Anthropology. (3) Fall

A general introduction to the scientific study of the origin, the behavior, and

the physical, social, and cultural development of humans.

HUSV 2299 Introduction to Human Services. (3) Fall
An introduction to generalist human services. Emphasis is placed on the
historical development of this young profession as well as exposure to various
career opportunities in the helping profession. A 50-hour field experience
is required.

HUSV 3308 Cultural and Social Anthropology. (3) Fall, 2005

A study of comparative cultures and social structures with special emphasis

upon the ethnography of primitive people.

HUSV 3311 Ethical Human Services Practice. (3) Fall
This course integrates theory and technique development through a
combination of lecture and laboratory to provide students with the opportunity
to develop generalist level ethical human services practice skills.
Prerequisite: HUSV 2299

169

HUSV3312 Groups and Adventure-Based Therapy. (3) On demand
An introduction to key concepts in basic therapeutic group processes with a
special emphasis on experiential outdoor therapeutic interventions. Students
will participate in outdoor activities such as teambuilding exercises, ropes
course, and spelunking. This course requires multiple off-campus trips of one
to two days in duration.

HUSV 3352 Life Course and the Social Environment. (3) Fall
An in-depth look into the American life course. The course will consider
the biological, psychological, and sociological aspects of various life course
stages. Students will become familiarized with the ways in which social,
economic, and historical changes help to construct and reconstruct the
life course.

HUSV 3377 Social Welfare: Policy and Analysis (3) On demand
An advanced study on the current policies determining the provision of social
welfare services in America. Students explore the role of public policy in
helping or deterring people in maintaining or achieving optimal health and
well-being. Analysis of current social welfare policies and their effect on
human services practice will be undertaken.

HUSV 4422 Cultural Competency in Human Services. (3) Spring
Utilizing an intensive travel or home stay model, this course enables students
to learn about differences and similarities in the experiences, needs, and beliefs
of all people and to develop the necessary and differential assessment and
intervention skills that will enable them, as helping professionals, to serve an
increasingly diverse population.

Prerequisites: HUSV 2299, HUSV 331 1 and student must have

Senior standing

Co-requisite: HUSV 4491

HUSV 4476 Research Methods in Human Services. (3) On demand.
An overview of research design and methodology germane to the helping
professions. Course emphasizes different methods of gathering data, ethical
concerns in this area, and basic statistical matters.
Prerequisites :HUSV 2299 and MATH 1114

HUSV 4478 Special Topics in Human Services Practice. (3)

On demand.
This course offers students information and insight into a selected area of the
practice of human services.

Prerequisites: HUSV 2299 (or chair's approval)

170

HUSV 4491 Field Practice. (9) Spring

Seniors engage in a 320-hour field experience that serves as a capstone to the
major and introduces the student to the human services profession. Students
are placed at a human services organization and are supervised by a field
instructor who will work with the faculty to design a customized experience
that provides an integrative learning experience. A complementary weekly
seminar serves to ensure that the student demonstrates integration of theory
with practice by allowing for processing of information and the completion of
assignments that link the major's curriculum to the practicum.

Grading: Pass/No Credit

Prerequisites: HUSV 2299, HUSV 331 1 and student must have

Senior standing

Co-requisite: HUSV 4422

Women's Panther Basketball

171

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES AND
MODERN LANGUAGES

Introduction

Latin American Studies is a growing program at LaGrange College. It is an
interdisciplinary program that introduces the student to the cultural diversity
and richness of Latin America and its people. Due to the increasing presence
and importance of Latinos in the United States, a minor in Latin American
Studies enhances one's career opportunities and effectiveness in such fields as
business, government, health care, journalism, law, and social work.

Objectives

While the minor in Latin American Studies currently requires 6 hours of
Spanish language study, students are encouraged to take more Spanish courses
in order to develop basic conversational fluency. In addition, study abroad is
strongly encouraged because it provides the student with total cultural
immersion. At present the College offers only a minor in Latin American
Studies; yet, the hope is to expand and to be able to provide a major in the
near future.

A minor in Latin American Studies consists of the following 18 hours of
course work:

Spanish courses 6 hrs.

LAST 1 104 Latin American Culture 3 hrs.

LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies 3 hrs.

LAST 3110 Special Topics or Spanish 3110 3 hrs.

Elective in either LAST or Spanish 3 hrs.
(3000 level or above)

Course Descriptions (LAST)

LAST 1104 Introduction to Latin American Culture. (3)

A study of the art, literature, history, and anthropology of Latin America
(fulfills LANG 2000 requirement).

LAST 1199 Latin American Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience
through close contact with the contemporary life and civilization of a selected
Latin American country. Basic academic preparation in the history and
customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure.

Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1 102 and SPAN 2103 or permission of

instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

172

LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies. (3)

! An interdisciplinary approach to the people, culture, development and identity

of Latin America. Attention will be given to such topics as art, class,
economics, gender, history, literature, music, politics, race, and religion.

LAST 3001 Survey of Latin American Literature I. (3)

A general survey of contemporary Latin American literature.

LAST 3002 Survey of Latin American Literature II. (3)

Focuses on the works of a current major Latin American writer or writers.

LAST 3110 Special Topics. (3)

A study of selected topics from a specific discipline. Since the focus of this
course changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.

LAST 3210 Latin American Politics. (3)

This course examines the dynamics of Latin American politics. The class will
be divided into three overlapping themes: political development, economic
growth, and political violence.

LAST 3930 Intercultural Communications. (3)

A study of the cultural risks confronting the business manager in an
international environment. This course will survey the differences in values
and codes of behavior among a number of cultures with the primary focus
being on Latin America. This course will give the student the opportunity to
learn how to read and respond to the organizational culture of regulators,
business associates, and customers across cultural borders.

Taking a break at the
Lamar Dodd Art Center

173

Spanish

As the Latino population increases in the United States, the ability to speak
Spanish is becoming an asset if not a necessity in the market place. This need
is already occurring in such diverse fields as business, education, health care,
law, and social work. In order to better prepare our students to meet this
growing need in their future fields, we offer a major and minor in Spanish.
While not required, study abroad is strongly encouraged for both our majors
and minors to improve language fluency and cultural awareness.
A major in Spanish consists of a total of 36 hours. Thirty of these hours are in
Spanish courses above 1 102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2 1 03 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I 3 hrs.

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs.

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization 3 hrs.

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN electives in 3000 level Spanish course or above 6 hrs.

The remaining six hours of the major consists of two Latin
American Studies electives.

A minor in Spanish consists of 18 hours. Eighteen of these hours
are in Spanish courses above Spanish 1 102. Required courses are
as follows:

Intermediate Spanish I

Intermediate Spanish II

Introduction to Hispanic Literature

Spanish Conversation and Composition I

Spanish Conversation and Composition II

SPAN 2103
SPAN 2105
SPAN 2106
SPAN 3000
SPAN 3001
Plus:
SPAN

Spanish elective

3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.

3 hrs.

74

Course Descriptions (SPAN)

SPAN 1101 Elementary Spanish I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of
grammar, and reading of simple prose.
SPAN 1102 Elementary Spanish II. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 1101.
Prerequisite: Spanish 1101

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I. (3)

A review of grammar and syntax with practice in reading selected texts.
Prerequisite: Spanish 1 102 or permission of instructor

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish II. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 2103.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3)

An introductory course designed to introduce the intermediate level language
student to reading and analyzing short literary works in Spanish.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of the instructor

SPAN 2199 Latin American Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience
through close contact with the contemporary life and civilization of a selected
Spanish-speaking country. Basic academic preparation in the history and
customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure.

Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1 102, and SPAN 2103 or permission of

Instructor and chair of Latin American Studies

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I. (3)

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing Spanish. Not open to
students fluent in Spanish.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2105 or permission of instructor

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 3000. Not open to students fluent in Spanish.
Prerequisite: SPAN 3000 or permission of instructor

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization. (3)

This course provides an overview of Spain's and Latin America's cultures
and civilizations.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2 1 06 or permission of instructor

175

SPAN 3110 Special Topics. (3)

The fUrther development of Spanish language skills by focusing on a variety of
professions or fields of study. Since the focus of this course changes
frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature. (3)

An advanced course designed to introduce the student to Latin America's major
literary movements and writers.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature. (3)

An advanced course designed to introduce the students to Spain's major literary
movements and writers.

Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4002 Latin American Women Writers. (3)

This course will introduce the student to major contemporary Latin American and
Latina women writers. Writers and works to be studied will change periodically.
Prerequisite: SPAN 4000 or SPAN 4001 or permission of instructor

Modern Languages

The program in Modern Language is administered by the department of Latin
American Studies. Courses are taught in Spanish, French, German and other
modern languages (under the LANG label).

Minor in French

For students wishing to develop their general understanding of French and the
Francophone world, and/or wish to concentrate in a particular area of French
language study. The French minor consist of 18 credits (12 additional credits
beyond the intermediate level).

Required courses:

15 credits

FREN2103

Intermediate French I

3 credits

FREN2105

Intermediate French II

3 credits

FREN 3000

French conversation

3 credits

FREN3001

Advanced Grammar and

Composition

3 credits

FREN 3002

French civilization , or

FREN 3003

French Literature (Every other year)

3 credits

176

The remaining 3 hours can come from any 3000 level French course
listed below:

FREN 3004 Francophone culture and Literature (On demand)

FREN 3110 "Special Topics": Topics will change,
so students may take for repeat credit.
FREN 3110 Business French (On demand)

FREN 3110 Translation and Reading in French (On demand)
FREN 3110 French Philosophers (On demand)

Total credits: 18 credits

French (FREN)

FREN 1101 Beginning French I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of
grammar, and reading of simple prose.

FREN 1102 Beginning French II. (3)

A continuation of French 1 101.

Prerequisite: FREN 1101 or permission of instructor

FREN 2103 Intermediate French I. (3)

A continuation of French 1 102 with additional readings.
Prerequisite: FREN 1 102 or permission of instructor

FREN 2104 Intermediate French II. (3)

A systematic and thorough review of French grammar with emphasis on the
production of speech. Not open to students fluent in French.
Prerequisite: FREN 2 1 03 or permission of instructor

FREN 2199 Francophone Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar composed of preliminary academic preparation
I followed by contact with the target culture through travel in the selected
French-speaking country.

Prerequisite: FREN 1101, FREN 1 102, and FREN 2103 or permission
of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies

FREN3000 French Conversation. (3)

The goal of this course is to help students improve their

(1) vocabulary

(2) oral comprehension: listening skills

(3) oral production: speaking skills

77

FREN 3001 Advanced Grammar & Composition. (3)

The objective of this course is to allow the participants to improve their
composition skills in French. The course has three major components:
grammar review and refinement; reading and analysis of various kinds of texts,
both literary and journalistic; a variety of composition assignments involving
such techniques as description, analysis, persuasion, and managing
complicated chronologies. The participants can expect to improve their
command of French grammar, to increase their vocabulary, and to develop
appropriate strategies for writing good compositions.

FREN 3002 French civilization: Making and Identity of France. (3)

Concentrating on political and social history, rather than "high culture," this
course is designed to introduce you to the great moments and great personages
who have defined France and what it is to be French across the centuries.
Some high points include Roman Gaul, the Carolingian Renaissance, St. Louis
and the high Gothic Period, Jeanne d'Arc and the Hundred Years' War,
Renaissance and Reform, Louis XIV and Versailles, the Revolution,
Napoleon, Revolution and Restoration in the 19th century, France at war in the
20th century.

FREN 3003 Introduction to French Literature. (3)

An introduction to representative writers from the Middle Ages to the
Revolution. Attention will be paid to the changing social and cultural
contexts in which the literature was produced; emphasis will be on enduring
humanistic values.

FREN 3004 Francophone Literature and Culture. (3)

As a four skills course, this FR 3004 class seeks to improve the reading,
writing, speaking and listening skills of students studying French particularly
with the goal of preparing those students who wish to go on for upper division
French. The four skills mentioned will be integrated into the body of the
course, and will be developed simultaneously.
Prerequisite: Fr 3002 or FR 3003

FREN 3110 Special topics. (3) Topics will change so students may take
for repeat credit.

Translation & Reading in French

Translation and Reading skills. This course concentrates exclusively on the
cultivation of reading and translation abilities in the French language. Classes
are in English and all work is from French to English.

Business French

The trend of internationalizing business and services forces companies to cope
with cultural differences inside a company and when sending executives and
their families abroad. In a foreign country there are more than language
barriers to overcome. Methods which work at home can lead to failure abroad.
Likewise, the most competent manager can damage an operation if not

178

properly prepared for his or her stay in the host country. This course is
designed to help you cross cultural boundaries, whether you are planning on
living abroad as a student, an intern, or an employee. It is not meant to be a
technical business course, but rather a course that will help you understand
what culture shock is, and how you can prepare yourself for it.

French Philosophers An introduction to French Philosophers and the
different philosophical currents that have shaped French thought and the world
at large.

German (GERM)

GERM 1101 Beginning German I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials of
grammar, and reading of simple prose.

GERM 1 102 Beginning German II. (3)

A continuation of German 3101.

Prerequisite: GERM 1101 or permission of instructor

GERM 2103 Intermediate German I. (3)

Continuation of the development of proficiency in listening and speaking,
while expanding the reading and writing skills using materials of a literary or
cultural nature, grammar review included.
Prerequisite: German 1 1 02

GERM 2104 Intermediate German II. (3)

A continuation of German 2103.
Prerequisite: German 2 1 03

Other Languages and Culture (LANG)*
LANG 1101 Beginning Language I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in oral communications,
pronunciation, essentials of grammar, and where possible, reading of simple prose.

LANG 1102 Beginning Language II. (3)

A continuation of Language 1101.

Prerequisite: LANG 1101 or equivalent

LANG 1103 Beginning Language III. (3)

A continuation of Language 1 102

Prerequisite: LANG 1 1 02 or equivalent

LANG 1199 Language Travel Seminar (1-9)

, A travel-study seminar which provides further preparation in the target
language and culture through travel in a country which speaks the language.
Academic work is determined by the course instructor.
Prerequisites: LANG 1101, LANG 1 102, and LANG 1 103 or consent of
instructor and chair of Latin American Studies.

179

LANG 2000 Culture and Civilization of a Selected Country. (3)

A survey of the civilization and culture of one of the major societies of the
world. The course examines the culture's social and political development, its
customs and traditions, and its contributions to the global community in terms
of art, music and literature. (LAST 1 104 can fill this requirement.)

LANG 2104 Intermediate Language. (3)

An intensive review of the language grammar with emphasis on the production
of speech. Not open to students fluent in the language.
*Note: These courses are available so that a language other than French,
German, or Spanish may be available from time -to-time.

' '\bekui

The Chapel

180

LIBRARY SCIENCE

Advanced Library Research. (2) On Demand

A course designed to prepare students for library research at the graduate
level. Attention is given to the developing research strategies, identifying
discipline-appropriate sources, retrieving information efficiently, and applying
sound ethical practices to the research process.

Studying on the Residence Hall Quad

181

MATHEMATICS

Introduction

The Mathematics curriculum at LaGrange College provides a solid
undergraduate mathematics foundation. Along with the broad-based
general education curriculum, the Mathematics department seeks to prepare
mathematics majors for careers in industry or teaching, or for graduate study
in mathematics.

Objectives

To be accepted as a major in the Mathematics Department, a student must have
completed Mathematics 2221, have an overall GPA of 2.25 or better, and a
GPA of 2.5 or better in all mathematics courses numbered 2221 or higher.
Students can pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in mathematics
or a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in mathematics. Students who
pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree have more options in selecting their
courses. This is the liberal studies degree in mathematics. Students who
complete the Bachelor of Arts degree usually seek careers in areas such as
banking, general business, and secondary education. A more in-depth degree is
earned by students in the Bachelor of Science program. Students who
complete the Bachelor of Science degree usually enter graduate schools or
pursue industrial positions.

The Bachelor of Arts Degree

This degree requires a minimum of 42 semester hours in mathematics courses,
as follows:

MATH 222 1 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III

MATH 2224 Differential Equations

MATH 3306 College Geometry

MATH 3316 Probability Theory

MATH 3 3 3 5 Linear Algebra

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics

OR MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory

MATH 4333 Modern Algebra I

OR MATH 4343 Analysis I

MATH 4350 Problem Solving

(4)

(4)

(4)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)*

(3)*

(3)**

(3)**

(3)

182

* One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of
the additional courses, listed below.

** One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of
' the additional courses, listed below.

plus 3 additional courses, selected from

MATH 2261 Calculus Applications (3)

MATH 3305 Number Theory (3)

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics (3)

MATH 3340 History of Mathematics (3)

MATH 3342 Complex Variables (3)

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)

MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)

MATH 4333 Modern Algebra I (3)

MATH 4334 Modern Algebra II (3)

MATH 4343 Analysis I (3)

MATH 4344 Analysis II (3)

MATH 4410 Numerical Analysis (3)

ORCSCI 4100 Numerical Analysis (3)

MATH 4495 Independent Study (3)

MATH 4496 Independent Study (3)

MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by
advisor.

Bachelor of Science Degree

This degree requires a minimum of 48 semester hours in mathematics courses,
as follows:

MATH 222 1 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III

MATH 2224 Differential Equations

MATH 3316 Probability Theory

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics

MATH 3335 Linear Algebra

MATH 3342 Complex Variables

(4)
(4)
(4)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)

183

(3)*
(3)*

(3)
(3)
(3)

*One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one of
the additional courses, listed below.

MATH 3380

Discrete Mathematics

OR MATH

3382

Combinatorial Design Theory

MATH 4333

Modern Algebra I

MATH 4343

Analysis I

MATH 4350

Problem Solving

plus 3 additional courses, selected from

MATH 2261
MATH 3305
MATH 3306
MATH 3340
MATH 4334
MATH 4344
MATH 4410
ORCSCI4100
MATH 4495
MATH 4496
MATH 4499

Calculus Applications

Number Theory

College Geometry

History of Mathematics

Modern Algebra II

Analysis II

Numerical Analysis

Numerical Analysis

Independent Study

Independent Study

Special Topics in Mathemat-
ics

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by
advisor. Physics 1121 and 1 122 are recommended.

Assessment

Assessment of the objectives of the mathematics program is based on

the following:

Mathematics majors will complete each major course with a grade of C
or better.

Students who have earned a grade of A or B in MATH 4350 taking one
of the following exams:

84

1 . Praxis II

2. GRE Subject Test in Mathematics

3. an Actuarial Science Examination administered by either the Society of
Actuaries (SOA) or the Casualty Actuarial Society (CAS).

4. will earn a satisfactory score on the exam in no more than two attempts,
provided that the exams are taken within six months of completing
MATH 4350.

A survey will be sent to recent graduates of the program during the fall term of
each year. The results of these surveys will be considered and may result in
changes to improve the program.

Minor

A minor in mathematics consists of the following courses: MATH 2221, plus
five additional courses selected from MATH 2222, 2223, 2224, 2261, 3305,
3306, 3316, 3317, 3335, 3342, 3380, 3382, 4333, 4334, 4343, 4344, 4350,
4410, 4495, 4496, and 4499. At least two of the six courses must be at the
3000 or 4000 level.

Course Descriptions (MATH)

MATH 0100 Basic Mathematics. (3) Fall, Spring
An overview of basic skills in mathematics, including ratio and proportion,
percent, use of fractions and decimals, systems of measurement and
linear equations.

MATH 1101 College Algebra. (3) Fall, Spring
A study of sets, real numbers, operations, order, inequalities, polynomial
factoring, functions, graphs, exponents, first- and second-degree equations, and
systems of equations.

Prerequisite: MATH 0100 or satisfactory score on mathematics

placement test.

MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics. (3) Fall, Spring
An introduction to probability and statistics. Topics include descriptive
statistics, probability, the Normal probability distribution, and
hypothesis testing.

Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or 2221.

MATH 1117 Quantitative Methods. (3) Spring
A study of finite mathematical models with an emphasis on the quantitative
skills required to solve applications related to business.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 1 1 or 2 1 05 or 222 1 .

185

MATH 1121 A Survey of Calculus. (3) Spring

An intuitive introduction, using technology, to the concepts and applications of
calculus. Topics include functions and graphing, tangents to a curve,
differentiation and integration, maxima, minima, and area under a curve.

Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or satisfactory score on mathematics

placement test.

Note: Not open to students who have credit for MATH 2221 .

MATH 2105 Precalculus. (4) Fall, Spring
A study of calculus-oriented algebra and trigonometry. Topics include
simplifying algebraic expressions, solving equations, exponential
and logarithmic functions, applications of functions, graphs, and the
trigonometric functions.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or satisfactory score on mathematics

placement test.

MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. (4) Fall, Spring
An introduction to differential and integral calculus. Topics include limits,
differentiation and applications, integration and applications, and exponential
and logarithmic functions.

Prerequisite: MATH 2105 or 1121 (and permission of instructor) or

satisfactory score on mathematics placement test.

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. (4) Fall, Spring
A continuation of Math 2221 . Topics include the calculus of the trigonometric
and inverse trigonometric functions, improper integrals, indeterminate forms,
the conic sections, and techniques of integration.
Prerequisite: MATH 222 1 .

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. (4)Fall, Spring.
A continuation of the study of the calculus. Topics include sequences and
series, parametric equations, polar coordinates, functions of two or more
variables, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and vector analysis.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 2224 Differential Equations. (3) Spring.

A study of first and second order differential equations with applications,

numerical methods, and solution in series.

Prerequisite or Co-requisite: MATH 2223.

MATH 2261 Calculus Applications. (3) On demand
A study of applications which can be solved using calculus. The course will
utilize technology, in the form of graphing calculators, a software package
(such as Mathematica or Maple), or both.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

186

MATH 3001 Mathematical Applications for Teachers. (3) Fall

A study of applications in Mathematics.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.
Note: Open only to Elementary and Middle Grades Education Majors.

MATH 3002 Geometry for Teachers. (3) Spring
A study of conditional statements, angles, congruent figures, parallel lines,
similar figures, transformations, trigonometric ratios, and two- and three-
dimensional figures.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Middle Grades Education Majors.

MATH 3003 History of Mathematics for Teachers. (3)

Spring, even years
An historical development of mathematical concepts.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.
Note: Open only to Elementary and Middle Grades Education Majors.

MATH 3004 Probability and Statistics for Teachers. (3)

A study of basic probability and statistics and its applications with an
emphasis on the skills required to organize and analyze data as it relates
to the education field.

MATH 3305 Number Theory. (3) On demand
An introduction to number theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 3306 College Geometry. (3) Spring, odd years
A study of the concepts of plane Euclidean geometry, with an introduction to
coordinate geometry and non-Euclidean geometries.
Prerequisite: MATH 222 1 .

MATH 3316 Probability Theory. (3) Spring

An introduction to probability. Topics include random variables, discrete and
continuous distributions, the Poisson process, expectation and conditional
expectation, and problem solving.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics. (3) Fall
An introduction to the mathematical theory of statistics. Topics include
estimation and maximum likelihood estimates, sampling distributions,
confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing.
Prerequisite: MATH 3316.

187

MATH 3335 Linear Algebra. (3) Spring
An introduction to linear algebra and matrix theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 121 or 2221 .

MATH 3340 History of Mathematics. (3) Spring even years
An historical development of mathematical concepts.

Prerequisite: MATH 222 1 or permission of instructor.

MATH 3342 Complex Variables. (3) Spring, even years
An introduction to complex variables.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics. (3) Fall, even years
An introduction to discrete mathematics. Topics include set theory,
combinatorics, recurrence relations, linear programming, and graph theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221.

MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory. (3) Fall, odd years
A study of techniques used for constructing combinatorial designs. Basic
designs include triple systems, Latin squares, and affine and projective planes.
Prerequisite: MATH 222 1 .

MATH 4333 Modern Algebra I. (3) Fall, odd years
An introduction to modern abstract algebra.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222.

MATH 4334 Modern Algebra II. (3) On demand
A continuation of Modern Algebra I.
Prerequisite: MATH 4333.

MATH 4343 Analysis I. (3) Fall, even years
An introduction to Analysis.
Prerequisite: MATH 2223.

MATH 4344 Analysis II. (3) On demand
A continuation of Analysis I.
Prerequisite: MATH 4343.

MATH 4350 Problem Solving. (3) Fall

A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectrum of
Mathematics course work required to complete a mathematics major at
LaGrange College. Topics come from a variety of areas, including algebra,
trigonometry, geometry, calculus, discrete mathematics, probability and
statistics, and mathematical reasoning and modeling.

Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor.

MATH 4410 Numerical Methods. (3) On demand

An introduction to numerical analysis with computer solutions. Topics include
Taylor series, finite difference, calculus, roots of equations, solutions of linear
systems of equations, and least-squares.

Prerequisite: MATH 2222 and CSCI 1990.

MATH 4495 Independent Study in Mathematics I. (Variable) On demand
This course allows students to pursue a special problem or topic beyond those
encountered in any formal course.

Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be determined by the
instructor, based on the material to be studied.

MATH 4496 Independent Study in Mathematics II. (Variable) On demand
This course allows students to pursue a second special problem or topic
beyond those encountered in any formal course.

Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be determined by the
instructor, based on the material to be studied.

MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics. (Variable) On demand
A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic from
the field of mathematics. A prerequisite may be required.

Enjoying the Arbor's swing on the Patio

189

MUSIC

Introduction

The Department of Music is committed to developing skilled and
technologically astute musicians within a challenging learning environment
that encourages creativity, scholarship, and musical excellence. We offer the
Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Music, as well as a minor in Music. The
B.A. in Music provides a broad study of music while allowing ample time for
extensive coursework in a related minor. The B.M., a professional music
degree, demands more courses within the music department and is offered in
three areas of study: Creative Music Technologies, Performance (Voice,
Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion), and Church Music.

Objectives

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and skills
required to obtain successful careers in music.

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and skills
required for admission into graduate study in music.

To provide classes, ensembles, and private music instruction for non-
music majors.

To provide culturally enriching experiences for the college and community
to heighten aesthetic awareness and appreciation of the musical arts.

Facilities and Resources

The Department of Music is located on the Callaway Campus and is housed in
the Callaway Educational Building. Our facilities include music faculty
studios/offices, Callaway Hall, instructional and rehearsal space, student
practice rooms, theory lab, keyboard lab, composition lab, edit/mix suite, video
editing suite, and two recording studios. Most laboratories are 24/7 facilities
and enjoy a great deal of student use and creative productivity.

General Information for Music Majors

Acceptance into the Department of Music is granted by a music faculty
committee to those students who have submitted an application and completed
an audition/interview. Please inquire about audition dates, usually held in
early spring. Incoming students who have not auditioned or interviewed before
the committee prior to the beginning of the fall semester should contact the
Chair of the Department before enrolling in music courses. Admission of all
new music students to the Department of Music, freshmen and transfers, is
provisional in nature and will be evaluated at the end of the first year of study
(see Entry Requirements for Music Majors below).

The Bachelor of Music degree is designed for students who are preparing for
professional careers in music and/or graduate study in music. The curricula
leading to this degree are based on a philosophy that recognizes the need for

190

rigorous study in all aspects of music. Each program of study requires a heavy
concentration of music courses/experiences, and many courses are sequential.
Therefore, potential music majors are strongly encouraged to begin taking
music courses in their freshman year. The Chair of the Department of Music
can provide you with advisement and a four-year suggested course guideline.

The music faculty provides incoming students with a Music Majors Handbook
containing departmental policies and further details about requirements for
music majors.

Music Scholarships

A limited number of talent-based scholarships are available for incoming
freshmen as well as transfer students. Audition dates for scholarships are held
annually in the spring. Applicants to the Performance and Church Music
degree tracks should be prepared to present two selections of contrasting styles.
Applicants to the Creative Music Technologies degree track must present two
or three original compositions and/or arrangements on manuscript or any
recorded format.

In addition to departmental awards, several special scholarships have been
designated by friends of LaGrange College: the Felicia Maddox Scholarship,
the Herbert H. Cox Scholarship, the Hortense Hughes Moore Scholarship, the
Pauline Witherspoon Hutchinson Scholarship, the Zachry Mattox Scholarship,
the George E. Morrison Jr. Music Award, the Amy Johnson Smith Boozer
Scholarship, the Polly Smith Moore Scholarship, the Ann Bryant Music Award,
and the Greenville United Methodist Church Scholarship.

Ensembles

The LaGrange College Singers is a select group of singers chosen by audition.
This ensemble represents the College and Department of Music in public
performances throughout the academic year, both locally and abroad.

Both the jazz and guitar ensembles are open to talented students by audition
only. Those interested may audition at the beginning of each semester.

Music Minor

To obtain a minor in Music, students must complete the following courses:

SI 1101 and 1102

Theory 1-2

4 hours

SI 1113 and 1114

Ear Training 1 -2

4 hours

SI 1103

Piano 1

1 hour

SI 3301 (or MUSI 3302)

Music History 1 {or 2)

3 hours

ic Electives

6 hours

Total:

18 hours

191

Entry Requirements for Music Majors

In addition to fulfilling the general requirements for admission to LaGrange
College, students desiring to major in music must complete the following:

Audition/interview before the music faculty prior to enrolling in
music courses.

Take the Music Theory Placement Exam. The results of this exam will be
used to determine the appropriate level of music theory instruction.

Take the Piano Placement Exam. The results of this exam will be used to
determine the appropriate level of piano instruction.

At the end of the first year of study, a music faculty committee will
evaluate each student's progress in the department and determine whether
or not to accept the student into full standing as a music major.

Exit Requirements for Music Majors

Students must earn a grade of "C" or better in all music courses.

All music majors must take the Theory Competency Exam upon
completion of MUSI 2202 and MUSI 2214 and must receive a minimum
score of 80% in each section. A detailed description of this exam is
included in the Music Majors Handbook.

All music majors must take the Piano Proficiency Exam demonstrating
keyboard skill, receiving a "Pass" on each of the exam's criteria. Further
details about this exam are included in the Music Majors Handbook.

All music majors must present either a capstone project or a public recital
featuring their talent (according to the degree requirements). Recital
requirements vary between the different programs of study. Consult the
Music Majors Handbook for specific guidelines.

All music majors must attend at least 80% of departmentally sponsored
concerts and events each semester of study.

Bachelor of Arts in Music

This program of study provides the student with a broad, liberal arts based
music education. The major consists of 40 hours of course work, involving
four areas of study: 1) academic, 2) performance, 3) music electives, and 4)
capstone presentation. The academic areas include 22 hours of music theory
and music history. The performance component is comprised of 3 hours of
Piano Class (1-3) and 4 hours of applied lessons or ensemble. The music
electives consist of MUSI courses 2000-level or above and may not be counted
in the academic or performance areas (10 hours). MUSI 4486 Special Topics
may be taken multiple times for credit. The capstone presentation (one-hour
credit) should be a senior-level investigation of a topic approved by the music
faculty and may take the following forms: a) recital, a 30-minute public
performance; b) lecture -recital, the student presents a combination lecture and
recital totaling 30 minutes; or c) lecture, a 20-30 minute presentation of

192

research on some music topic appropriate to the student's interests and
abilities. The successful capstone project should bring together each facet of
the student's music education, and thus should be completed in the student's
final semester. The student is encouraged to choose a complementary minor
area of study, including but not limited to Philosophy, History, or Theater.
The student must adhere to all entrance/exit requirements common to all
Music Majors.

In addition to the Common Core requirements, students complete
the following:

MUSI 1101, 1102,2201,2202

MUSI 1113, 1114,2213,2214

MUSI 3301, 3302

MUSI 1103, 1104,2203
MUSI 1105, 1106
(or 1107, 1108)

MUSI 4488

MUSI (2000-level or above)

Common Core Program Requirements:

Music Hours:
General Electives:
Total:

Theory 1-4

Ear Training 1 -4

Music History 1 & 2

Piano Class 1-3

Applied Lessons or Ensemble

4 hours

Capstone Presentation

Music Electives

8 hours

8 hours

6 hours

3** hours

4 hours

1 hours

1 hours

48 hours

40 hours

20 hours

108 hours

Special Topics (MUSI 4486) will vary from year to year. Courses may
include: Great Composers, Aesthetics, The Symphony, Opera, etc., depending
on the expertise of the professor.

**A student whose primary applied instrument is piano or organ must take an
additional 3 hours of music electives to substitute for Piano Class 1-3.

Bachelor of Music in Creative Music Technologies

This program of study prepares the student for an entry-level position in the
music industry or continued study at the graduate level. Students of this
program typically come from backgrounds that include performance, song
writing, composition, electronic and/or computer music. The course work
prepares students for a wide variety of activities, such as film/video scoring,
multimedia, electro-acoustic concert and studio applications, music printing,
digital audio and video editing, 5.1 audio editing and mixing, and MIDI
applications of every sort.

Internships allow students to tailor their academic work to their specific career
goals and gain valuable experience with industry professionals. Students are

193

expected to provide their own transportation to and from the internship site.
Credit hours vary according to the level of internship experience (please
consult the Internship Handbook for specific details). Students desiring to
pursue careers in the music industry are strongly encouraged to enroll for as
many internship hours and experiences as possible.

While CMT majors are only required to take three semesters of applied
lessons, students are strongly encouraged to enroll for applied lessons each
semester of study.

MUSI 1101, 1102,

2201

, 2202

Theory 1-4

8 hours

MUSI 1113, 1114,

2213,

2214

Ear Training 1 -4

8 hours

MUSI 1103, 1104,

2203

Piano Class 1, 2, 3

3 hours

MUSI 1105, 1106,

1107,

1108

Applied Lessons or
Ensemble

3 hours

MUSI 2210

Composition 1

2 hours

MUSI 2211

Composition 2

2 hours

MUSI 3301, 3302

Music History 1 & 2

6 hours

MUSI 3310

Orchestration

2 hours

MUSI 3352

Jazz Theory & Popular
Practice

1 hours

MUSI 3366

Conducting

2 hours

MUSI 3369, 3370

Music Technology 1 & 2

6 hours

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1 hours

MUSI 3390

Audio Engineering

3 hours

MUSI 4409

Composition 3

3 hours

MUSI 4410

Composition 4

3 hours

MUSI 4413

Business of Music Industry

3 hours

*MUSI 4470

Internship

1-6 hours

Common Core Program Requirements:

48 hours

Music Hours:

57-62 hours

General Electives:

6 hours

Total:

111-116 Hours

194

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the

following:

*Internships may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be

repeated for credit.

Bachelor of Music in Performance

(Voice, Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion)

This program of study is designed for students seeking careers as professional
classical performers and/or studio teachers. Students admitted to this
program of study must possess exceptional talent in their principal applied
area, and instrumental and keyboard majors must demonstrate previous
training. The curriculum couples rigorous scholarship with numerous
performance opportunities, thus adequately preparing students for graduate
study in performance.

MUSI 1101, 1102,2201,

2202

Theory 1-4

8 hours

MUSI 1113, 1114,2213,

2214

Ear Training 1 -4

8 hours

MUSI 1103, 1104,2203

Piano Class 1, 2, 3

3 hours

MUSI 1105, 1106

Applied Lessons

8 hours

MUSI 1107, 1108

Ensemble

8 hours

MUSI 3301, 3302

Music History 1 & 2

6 hours

*MUSI 3339 {or music elective)

Diction for Singers

2 hours

MUSI 3366

Conducting

2 hours

MUSI 3384, 4484

Junior & Senior Recital
Opera Workshop or

2 hours

MUSI 4480 or 4460

Prod. Project

3 hours

MUSI

Music Elective

2 hours

Common Core Program Requirements:

48 hours

Music Hours:

52 hours

General Electives:

1 2 hours

Total:

112 hours

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the

following:

*Voice, Piano and Organ majors are required to take MUSI 3339; Guitar and
) Percussion majors may choose to replace this course with another two-hour
; music course.

195

Bachelor of Music in Church Music

Through a broad interdenominational curriculum, the degree in Church Music
prepares future leaders for music ministry in the church. The course of study
affirms both the rich heritage of the sacred musical tradition and contemporary
worship styles practiced in many churches today. This degree is also
appropriate for those students pursuing graduate study in church music at the
seminary/graduate school level.

The required internships provide an opportunity for students to practice their
craft in a real-world environment. Students are expected to provide their own
transportation to and from the internship site. Because the internship
experience offers valuable interaction with professionals and spiritual
mentoring, students are encouraged to enroll for as many internship credit
hours as their schedule permits. An internship may be taken for a maximum
credit of 6 hours and may be repeated. Also note that RLGN 1 102, Jewish
Origins in Context, may be taken to fulfill both the Common Core religion
elective requirement and a Department of Music requirement.

In addition to the Common Core Program requirements, students complete the
following:

MUSI 1101, 1102,2201,2202

Theory 1-4

8

hours

MUSI 1113, 1114,2213,2214

Ear Training 1 -4

8

hours

MUSI 1105, 1106

Applied Lessons

8

hours

MUSI 1107, 1108

Ensemble

8

hours

**MUSI 1103, 1104,2203

Piano Class 1, 2, 3

3

hours

MUSI 3366

Conducting

2

hours

MUSI 3301, 3302

Music History 1 & 2

6

hours

MUSI 3331

Christian Hymnody

3

hours

MUSI 4470

Internship

*1+

hour

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1

hours

RLGN 1102

Jewish Origins in Context

3

hours

RLGN 1103

New Testament Writings

in Context

Christian Ed. in the Local

3

hours

RLGN 3510

Church

3

hours

RLGN 3520

Christian Worship

3

hours

Common Core Program Requirements:

48

hours

Music Hours:

48

hours

Religion Hours: (excluding RLGN 1 102***)

9

hours

General Electives:

6

hours

Total:

111 hours

196

*Internship may be taken for a maximum credit of 6 hours and may be
repeated for credit.

**A student whose major instrument is piano or organ may be required to
substitute Piano Class 1, 2 and 3 with another 3 hours of music courses.

***RLGN 1 102 also fulfills the Religion Core requirement.

Course Descriptions (MUSI)

MUSI 1100 Music Fundamentals. (3) * Fall and Spring

Provides an introduction to elementary music theory, including scales,
key signatures, staff notation, clefs, rhythm, meter, intervals, and general
music terminology.

MUSI 1101 Theory 1. (2) * Fall

This course is designed to provide the student with the basics of music theory,
including: scales, key signatures, intervals, triads, beginning voice leading,
harmony, figured bass, basic reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques.
Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and notation using
FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer skills especially as
they pertain to music theory and C AI in music theory. Must be taken with
MUSI 1113.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam.

MUSI 1 102 Theory 2. (2) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1101. This course is designed to provide the student
experience with intermediate-level music theory topics, including: phrase
structure, non-chord tones, voice leading, harmony, figured bass, basic
reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques. Some lab time will be devoted
to internet music resources and notation using FINALE. Other topics will
include basic MAC computer skills, especially as they pertain to music theory
and CAI in music theory. Must be taken with MUSI 1114.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1101.

MUSI 1103 Piano 1. (1) Spring

Beginning instruction in piano for students with no previous keyboard training.

Development of basic reading skills.

MUSI 1104 Piano 2. (1) Fall

Continuation of Piano 1 with additional emphasis on sight-reading.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 103 or permission of Chair.

197

MUSI 1105-1106 Applied Lessons. (1-2) Fall, Spring
Individual instruction in the student's choice of instrument or voice to develop
technical proficiency, repertoire knowledge, and performance skills. May be
repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: Audition and authorization by the Chair.

Section A - Voice

Section B - Piano

Section C - Organ

Section D - Guitar

Section E - Percussion

Section F - Trumpet

MUSI 1107-1108 Ensemble (1) Fall, Spring

Performance organization(s) providing ensemble experience. May be repeated

for credit.

Prerequisite: Audition.

Section A - Concert Choir

Section B - Jazz Ensemble

Section C - Guitar Ensemble

MUSI 1109 Beginning Classical Guitar. (1) Fall, Spring

Basic techniques of Classical guitar taught in a classroom setting, intended for
non-music majors. The course includes fundamentals of reading music and
understanding elementary music theory. In addition, students will study
examples of simple folk music and music for worship. A selection of the most
useful guitar chords, suitable for beginners, and basic accompaniment patterns
will be taught to allow the students to accompany their singing. Students will
need to own an acoustic guitar and plan for daily practice time.

MUSI 1112 Music Survey. (3) * Fall, Spring

A broad survey of music from the Western classical tradition aimed at
developing aesthetic awareness and critical analysis of music from diverse
styles and genres.

MUSI 1113 Ear Training 1. (2) * Fall

This course is designed to provide the student with basic sight singing and
listening skills. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and
notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer skills
especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory and ear
training. Must be taken with MUSI 1101

Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam.

MUSI 1114 Ear Training 2. (2) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1114. Must be taken with MUSI 1 102.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 101 and MUSI 1113.

198

MUSI 2201 Theory 3. (2) Fall

Continuation of MUSI 1 102. This course is designed to provide the student
with more advanced knowledge of music theory, including: basic reductive
and hierarchic graphing techniques, chromatic harmony, modulations, form
(binary, ternary, and variations), advanced voice leading, and advanced part
writing. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and
notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer skills,
especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory. Must be
taken with MUSI 2213.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114.

MUSI 2202 Theory 4. (2) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 2201 . This course is designed to provide the student
with more advanced knowledge of music theory, including: reductive and
hierarchic graphing techniques, advanced chromatic harmony, modulations,
sonata and rondo form, advanced voice leading, advanced part writing, and
introductory 20 th century compositional techniques. Some lab time will be
devoted to internet music resources and notation using FINALE. Other topics
will include basic MAC computer skills, especially as they pertain to music
theory and CAI in music theory. Must be taken with MUSI 2214.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201 and 2213.

MUSI 2203 Piano Class 3. (1) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1 104 with emphasis on transposition and chord
accompaniment. Upon completion of this course, the student should be
prepared for the Piano Proficiency Exam. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1104.

MUSI 2210 Composition 1. (2) Fall

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the student.
This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and commentary is part of
the classroom experience. At least one work must be offered in the recital
given by the composition class at the end of the term.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1113.

MUSI 2211 Composition 2. (2) Spring

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the student.
This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and commentary is part of
the classroom experience. At least one work must be offered in the recital
given by the composition class at the end of the term.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2210.

199

MUSI 2213 Ear Training 3. (2) Fall

Continuation of MUSI 1114. This course is designed to provide the student
with a more advanced knowledge sight singing and listening skills. Some lab
time will be devoted to internet music resources and notation using FINALE.
Other topics will include basic MAC computer skills, especially as they pertain
to music theory and CAI in music theory and ear training. Must be taken
with MUSI 2201.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114.

MUSI 2214 Ear Training 4. (2) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 2213. Must be taken with MUSI 2202.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201 and MUSI 2213.

MUSI 3301 Music History 1. (3) Fall

The study of the western classical tradition, from earliest antiquity through
Bach. Emphasis on musical analysis and criticism.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3302 Music History 2. (3) Spring

Music of the Classical, Romantic, and Modern eras, including the music of
African Americans. Course will emphasize historical analysis and criticism,
aural identification, and research.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3310 Orchestration. (2) Fall

Techniques of scoring for string, brass, woodwind, percussion instruments and

MIDI instruments.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102.

MUSI 3331 Christian Hymnody. (3) * January Term

A survey of Christian hymnody in the English-speaking world from its roots in
the early Christian Church to present day practices in worship. The study of
selected hymns and hymn writers associated with a number of different
Christian traditions will be included.

MUSI 3339 Diction for Singers. (2) Fall

Trains students in the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet to pronounce
foreign language art songs. Practice in transcribing English, Italian, French,
and German art songs and applying the rules of correct pronunciation.

MUSI 3352 Jazz Theory and Popular Practice. (1) Fall

Theoretical foundations of the Jazz tradition, and consideration of related
contemporary style; blues, fusion, rock, gospel, and current popular idioms.
Aural skills emphasized, with keyboard harmony studies oriented to realizing
technical comprehension of the material.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

200

MUSI 3366 Conducting. (2) Fall

Conducting techniques, score reading, rehearsal techniques for choral and/or

instrumental ensembles.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2202.

MUSI 3369 Music Technology 1. (3) Fall

Basic studio techniques, music sequencing, music printing, synthesizers,

studio operation.

Prerequisite: MUSI 3390 Audio Engineering.

MUSI 3370 Music Technology 2. (3) Spring

Creative work in the electronic music domain with an emphasis on music
to picture, interdisciplinary music techniques, and current and
experimental styles.

Prerequisite: MUSI 3369.

MUSI 3384 Junior Recital. (1) Fall and Spring

A 30-minute public performance of the student's creative work and/or talent

presented during the junior year.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing.

MUSI 3390 Audio Engineering. (3) Spring

Classroom instruction in digital and analog audio engineering. Recording
console operation, microphone placement and usage, mixing, tape based and
hard disc recording, mastering, CD burning and troubleshooting.

MUSI 4409 Composition 3. (3) Fall

Upper-level composition for CMT majors. A projects course.
Prerequisite: MUSI 221 1.

MUSI 4410 Composition 4. (3) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 4409. A projects course.
Prerequisite: MUSI 4409.

MUSI 4413 Business of Music Industry. (3)

The study of basic issues pertaining to the music industry: music copyrights,
music synchronization, musical mechanical licensing, standard music
contracts, royalties, artists' advances and contracts, buyouts. Introduction to
the major licensing organizations, i.e., ASCAP, BMI, SESAC, and the
National Academy of Recording Arts & Sciences, the professional society
of musicians.

MUSI 4460 Production Project. (3) January Term

A special projects course with hands-on participation and teamwork required.
Each project is unique; specific content will be publicized in the semester
preceding the course offering.

201

MUSI 4470 Internship. (1-6) Fall, January, Spring

A supervised, practical "real world" experience in a professional off-campus

environment. May be repeated for credit.

MUSI 4480 Opera Workshop. (3) January or Spring Term

Staged and directed performances of complete compositions and/or excerpts
from operatic literature of several styles and periods.
Prerequisite: Audition.

MUSI 4484 Senior Recital. (1) Fall, Spring

A one-hour public performance of the student's creative work and/or talent

presented during the senior year.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing.

MUSI 4486 Special Topics. (3) Fall or Spring, alternate years

Class instruction for musical topics of a highly specialized nature. The content
of this course will change based upon the expertise of the instructor and the
needs of the students.

MUSI 4488 Capstone Presentation. (1)

The capstone presentation is a senior level investigation of some music-faculty
approved topic and may take the following forms: 1) recital, a 30-minute
public performance; 2) lecture-recital, where the student presents a
combination lecture and recital totaling at least 30 minutes; or 3) lecture, a 20-
30 minute presentation of research on some music topic appropriate to the
student's interests and abilities.

* Denotes courses in Music that may satisfy Fine Arts requirement in
Core Curriculum.

A Music Class

202

NURSING

Introduction

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) curriculum consists of two plans of
study. The basic program prepares graduates for entry into professional nursing
practice and confers eligibility for initial licensure as a registered professional
nurse (RN). A degree-completion option is designed for licensed RNs who
wish to earn the BSN degree:

The curriculum provides professional nursing education within a heritage of
Christian faith and liberal arts learning. The nursing major, grounded in an
ethic of caring, encourages independent thought, appreciation for the discovery
of excellence, and commitment to supporting the health of individuals and
society. BSN studies establish a sound foundation for professional nursing
practice, graduate study, and continuing progress toward personal and
professional goals. Faculty and students serve as resources for the College and
community in nursing education, service, and research. Opportunities for
collaborative study with students of other majors and clinical experience with
varied health care providers emphasize the interdisciplinary nature of nursing
practice. As professional nurses, graduates will be able to assist individuals,
groups, and communities in meeting health care goals.

The BSN program is approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is
accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission.

Objectives

Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program will be able to:

Practice nursing from a knowledge and research base utilizing skills of
critical thinking, and communication, with the ability to expand
knowledge and skills through lifelong learning.

Engage in nursing practice based in a value system consistent with
professional standards of nursing and the philosophy of the nursing
program, characterized by caring and valuing of self and others.

Participate in transitions of health recognizing the opportunities and
limitations imposed by historical, sociocultural, spiritual, legal, ethical,
political, economic, and environmental contexts.

Assume the role of professional nurse, accountable as provider of care,
manager, collaborator, educator, learner, and resource for individuals,
families, groups, and communities in promoting and restoring health
and well-being.

Admission to the BSN Program

Students may declare the intent to pursue a nursing major at any time.
However, application for admission to the upper-division program is made

203

during the sophomore year. Nursing studies begin at the junior level with the
exception of Nutrition (NURS 3305) which may be completed prior to
admission to the nursing program. Admission requirements are as follows:

A completed Application for Admission to Nursing. An application form
is available from the College Admissions office and in the office of the
Department of Nursing.

Completion of a sufficient number of credits in Common Core and
other required courses to permit an uninterrupted progression in the
nursing major.

A grade of C or higher is required in anatomy, physiology, microbiology,
and English composition courses. Should a student earn less than a C more
than once in any combination of these courses, the students will be
ineligible to enter the nursing program. A limit of five years applies to
completion of anatomy, physiology, and microbiology courses.

A cumulative overall GPA of 2.5 or higher at the time of entry into the
nursing program, including all courses completed or attempted at any
institution.

An interview with a member of the nursing faculty may be required. An
applicant may request an interview if desired.

An applicant who has completed any program of study leading to licensed
employment in the health care area (such as registered or practical nursing,
emergency medical technician) must present the license in person.
Unlicensed students enrolled in the nursing program may not be employed by
any health care agency in the capacity of licensed nursing personnel. They
shall not represent themselves in any practice setting as nursing students unless
engaged in planned programmatic learning activities which are part of the
nursing curriculum.

Admission to the BSN Completion Option

The BSN Completion Option is open to Registered Nurses who have graduated
from an Associate Degree or Diploma program in Nursing and who hold a
valid license to practice as a Registered Nurse. Current Georgia RN licensure
is required prior to entering a clinical nursing course.

In addition to RN licensure, the general admission requirements above apply to
RN applicants, with the following exceptions:

RN students who enter the nursing sequence on a full-time basis must
have completed all Common Core requirements and all required non-
nursing courses through the junior level.

No time limit applies to the completion of anatomy, physiology, or
microbiology courses.

Thirty (30) previously earned Associate or Diploma nursing semester

204

credits may be accepted toward the BSN degree, subject to the terms of
the Georgia RN-BSN Articulation Agreement (the complete Agreement is
available in the office of the Department of Nursing). These 30 semester
credit hours represent previously completed nursing courses in Adult
Health, Child Health, Maternal Health, and Mental Health and are not
intended to equal the actual number of previously earned nursing credits.
Normally, no more than 30 hours of Associate Degree or Diploma nursing
course credits may be applied toward fulfilling any requirements of the
BSN degree.

Twenty-four ( 24) additional nursing course credits must be earned at the
upper division level (3000 and 4000 courses). Up to 9 of these credits
may be earned through challenge examinations on a one-attempt basis. A
minimum of one year of nursing practice experience within the past three
years is required for eligibility for challenge examinations.

Matriculation Requirements

An accepted student must possess a level of physical and emotional health
sufficient to enable him/her to meet nursing program requirements and the
standards of professional nursing practice.

Prior to beginning the first clinical nursing course, a medical examination
is required which documents the student's level of health and
immunization or immune status.

Professional liability insurance (purchased on a group basis through the
College) and basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) certification is
required prior to beginning the first nursing course and must be continued
throughout all clinical nursing courses.

Curriculum

Nursing courses are offered in a 4-1-4 semester sequence during the junior
and senior years of study. The total BSN curriculum can be completed in four
academic years (8 semesters) and includes 45 credit hours in the Common
Core, 19 credit hours in other required and elective courses, and 58
credit hours in nursing courses. Included in these hours are two elective and
one required interim courses which compose 9 hours of required interim hours.
Selected courses required for the BSN degree may fulfill certain Common
Core Requirements; these and other required non-nursing courses are:

BIOL 1 148 and BIOL 1 149 Human Anatomy and Physiology*

MATH 1101 College Algebra*

CORE 1110 Quantitative Reasoning

PS YC 1101 Introduction to Psychology*

PSYC 3302 Human Growth and Development*

205

ENGL 1101, 1102

BIOL 2320
RLGN2310

Rhetoric and Composition*

Microbiology *
Bioethics

* These courses are prerequisite to entering the nursing courses.

Junior Year

Fall: NURS 3305 Nutrition and Health* (may be completed

in advance)
NURS 3310 Health Promotion I, Aging

NURS 33 1 1 Health Assessment

NURS 3330 Health Promotion II, Maternal Infant

Interim: NURS 3312 Issues and Trends in Nursing.

Spring: NURS 3331 Pharmacology*

NURS 3340 Pediatric Health Formation & Restoration
NURS 3350 Health Restoration I, Life Span

Senior Year

Fall: NURS 4400 Health Restoration II, Psych/Mental Health

oncepts in Clinical Nutrition
NURS 4430 Health Restoration III, Complex Problems

NURS 443 1 Research in Nursing *

Spring: NURS 4432 Nursing Senior Capstone*

NURS 4440 Concepts in Health Promotion III: A Community

Focus*
NURS 4450 Leadership & Role Transition: A Clinical Practi-

cum

Junior Level NURS 33 1 3 RN Seminar, Transitions (Fall)
Senior Level NURS 4460 RN Practicum (Spring)

Nursing courses completed by beginning (non-RN) students are:

Information regarding the program length and costs is provided to the National
League for Nursing Accrediting Commission and is available from that
organization at 61 Broadway - 33 rd Floor, NY 10006, 800-669-1656 Ext. 153.

206

Progression

1. A grade of C (75%) or higher is required for successful completion of all
nursing courses. Course syllabi and the BSN Student Handbook detail
requirements for achieving a passing grade of C or better. A grade of D,
F, or WF is a failing grade.

2. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be maintained throughout the
period of enrollment in nursing courses. A nursing major whose GPA
falls below 2.0 will be placed on departmental probation and has one
semester in which to raise the GPA to 2.0 or higher. Failure to achieve a
2.0 in one semester will result in withdrawal from the nursing program. A
2.0 GPA is required for entrance into senior level courses.

3. Students earning a D or F in any nursing course may repeat the course one
time. The course may be repeated, and if the student passes, he/she is
eligible to continue the nursing program. However, any other failure in
that or any other nursing course will result in dismissal from the program.

4. All Common Core and other required non-nursing courses, with the
exception of Bioethics and an interim elective must be completed prior to
beginning the senior level nursing courses.

5. A student who for any reason is not enrolled in a clinical nursing course
for a period of more than twelve (12) months must apply for readmission
and meet all standards for continuation in the nursing program.
Readmission is subject to available clinical space.

Progression in BSN Completion Option

In addition to the guidelines above, the following policies apply to progression
in the BSN Completion Option:

A valid Georgia RN license must be maintained throughout enrollment in
clinical nursing courses.

All previously earned ADN or Diploma nursing credits will be placed in
escrow when the RN student enters the nursing program. Upon satisfactory
completion of 6 credit hours of BSN nursing courses, the escrowed credits will
be transferred to the student's permanent academic record. Should the RN
student not be successful in the initial 6 hours of nursing course's, the
previously earned nursing credits will not be applied toward the BSN degree.

Assessment in the Major

Standardized achievement tests are administered at intervals throughout the
nursing program. These tests are included within specific nursing courses.

207

During the final semester of nursing studies, all students must complete a
comprehensive assessment of learning in the major at a pre-determined level
required for graduation: Non-RN students will complete a standardized
comprehensive examination in nursing. RN students will complete an essay-
type examination. A description of these assessment processes will be
provided to students during the first semester nursing studies.

Course Descriptions (NURS)

Course credit hours and corresponding clock hours are shown in parentheses.
One class clock hour/week equals one credit hour; three laboratory or practice
clock hours/week equal one credit hour.

NURS 3305 Nutrition and Health (1) Fall

An introduction to nutrition concepts and current dietary trends, focusing on
health promotion. Nutrients are explored with regard to sources, dietary
requirements, and health implications. Student interests are incorporated.
Prerequisite: None.

NURS 3310 Concepts in Health Promotion I: Focus on Aging.
(2 hrs. class 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Fall
A foundation course to introduce and develop concepts, practices and
processes of health promotion in professional nursing, emphasizing the needs
of the elderly. The skills of communication, problem solving, and critical
analysis in nursing are included.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

Co-requisites: NURS 331 1, NURS 3330

NURS 3311 Health Assessment Across the Life-span.

(2 hr. class, 3 hrs. lab per week) (3) Spring
A study of the health assessment process applied to persons of all ages, with
emphasis on building knowledge and skill in data acquisition, organization,
and interpretation.

Prerequisite: RN status or Co-requisite: NURS 3310.

NURS 3312 Issues and Trends in Nursing. (3) Interim
An introduction to professional nursing practice and the varied roles of the
nurse in multiple practice settings. The significance of research in nursing
practice and inquiry as a means of defining the nursing role is included.
Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

NURS 3313 Transitions: A Seminar for Registered Nurses. (2) Fall
A study of varied perspectives and conceptual bases of the professional nursing role.
The research process and research significance in nursing practice is introduced.
Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program, RN status.

208

NURS 3330 Concepts in Health Promotion II, Mother, Newborn,

Family. (3 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (5) Fall
A study of nursing care of mother, newborn, and family, including selected
women's health care issues. The nursing role in health promotion is
emphasized, with examination of physical, developmental, and psychosocial
challenges to health.

Prerequisite: Admission to the BSN Program

Co-requisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 331 1

NURS 3331 Pharmacology in Nursing. (3 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab per

week) (4) Spring
Pharmacologic concepts and skill essential for nursing practice, including the
basic science of drugs, determination of dosage, nursing implications, and
medication administration techniques.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program or RN status.

NURS 3340 Pediatric Health Promotion and Restoration

(2 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Spring
A course designed to assist students in developing pediatric nursing knowledge
and skills. An understanding of growth and development provides a basis for
the nursing care in health promotion and restoration of well and ill children in a
variety of clinical settings.

Prerequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 331 1,

NURS 3312, NURS 3330

Co-requisites: NURS 3331, NURS 3350

NURS 3350 Concepts in Health Restoration I: A Life-span Focus.
(3 hrs. class, 12 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (7) Spring
The foundation course in nursing care of individuals and families who are
experiencing challenges to health, emphasizing understanding and skill in
health restoration.

Prerequisites: NURS 3310, NURS 331 1, NURS 3312

Co-requisite: NURS 3331

NURS 4400 Concepts in Health Restoration II: A Psych/Mental Health

Focus. (2 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4 ) Fall
Course provides the student with a foundation in psychiatric and mental health
nursing with a focus on therapeutic communication, influences affecting
mental health and illness, and nursing care for mental health maintenance and
restoration.

Prerequisites'. NURS 3330, NURS 3331, NURS 3350

NURS 4405 Concepts in Clinical Nutrition. (1) Fall
A study to recognize the value of nutritional assessment in comprehensive
nursing care. The nursing role in understanding dietary needs as they relate to
various body systems and diseases is included.
Prerequisites: NURS 3305

209

NURS 4430 Concepts in Health Restoration III: Complex Problems
Across the Life-span. (3 hrs. class, 12 hrs. lab/clinical per
week) (7) Fall

A study of advanced nursing care relevant to acutely ill patients with complex

health problems. Learning experiences emphasize collaboration and critical

analysis necessary in providing and coordinating care.

Prerequisites: NURS 3330, NURS 3331, NURS 3350

NURS 4431 Research in Nursing. (3) Fall

A course designed to assist students in developing a sense of inquiry, including
research designs, sampling strategies, data analysis methods, and the use of
research in clinical nursing practice.

Prerequisites: NURS 33 1 2 or NURS 33 1 3

NURS 4432 Nursing Senior Capstone. (2) Spring
A seminar to assist students in synthesizing learning related to the roles and
practices of professional nurses, exploring the health care system and the legal-
ethical, sociopolitical, cultural, and professional issues influencing
contemporary nursing.

Prerequisites: NURS 4400, NURS 4430, NURS 4431

Co-requisite: NURS 4450, NURS 4460

NURS 4440 Concepts in Health Promotion III: A Community Focus.

(3 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week) (4) Spring
A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the practice of
community health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the promotion and
protection of the health of individuals and groups within the context of
community. A research project is completed focusing on a problem or issue in
community health.

Prerequisites: NURS 4400, NURS 4430, NURS 4431

NURS 4450 Leadership and Role Transition: A Clinical Practicum.
(2 hrs. class per week, 180 total hours clinical practice)

(6) Spring
A course to facilitate the transition to professional practice. Leadership and
management roles assumed in clinical practice and increasing autonomy in
patient care are guided through preceptorial experiences.

Prerequisites: NURS 4440, NURS 4430, NURS 4431, NURS 4432

NURS 4460 Practicum for Registered Nurses.

(2 hrs. class per week, 108 total hours clinical practice)

(4) Spring
A clinical practicum to facilitate RN transition to professional practice.
Principles of leadership are examined as they relate to Nursing Practice for the
RN.

Prerequisite: All nursing courses except Co-requisite NURS 4440

210

NURS 4495 Independent Study in Nursing (Variable) On demand
For students meeting requirements, the opportunity to pursue special interests
1 beyond those in the formal course of study.

Prerequisite: Completion of 2/3 nursing major, 3.0 GPA, and permission.

Students on their way to class

211

PHYSICS

Introduction

The physics curriculum at LaGrange College serves two basic purposes:

1 . An introduction to the physical sciences, oriented towards developing
problem solving, and reasoning skills suitable for the core requirements of
the college.

2. Support courses for programs in mathematics, chemistry, biology,
computer science, dual-degree in engineering, pre-medicine, pre-
pharmacy, and education.

Course Descriptions (PHYS)

PHYS 1101 Introductory Physics I. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week)

(4) Fall
A noncalculus-based introduction to elementary kinematics, dynamics, energy,
momentum, fluids, and thermodynamics. The two hour laboratory illustrates
the concepts introduced in class.
Prerequisite: MATH 2 105

PHYS 1102 Introductory Physics II. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week)

(4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 1101 and an introduction to sound and waves,
electric charge, Coulomb's Law, electric and magnetic fields, optics, special
relativity and quantum mechanics.
Prerequisite: PHYS 1101

PHYS 1121 General Physics I. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A calculus-based introduction to particle dynamics, energy and momentum
conservation, rotational dynamics, hydrostatics, and thermodynamics. The
two-hour laboratory illustrates the concepts introduced in class.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

PHYS 1122 General Physics II. (3 hrs. lee, 2 hrs. lab per week)

(4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 1 121 covering wave mechanics, electricity and
magnetism, simple circuits, optics, special relativity and quantum physics. The
laboratory introduces students to electronics.

Prerequisites: PHYS 1121, MATH 2223 or permission of instructor

212

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Introduction

The political science program is designed to provide students with the
knowledge and skills they will need to become active, useful citizens in
modern democratic polities. For students who concentrate in political science
or those who take only occasional courses, this means that the political science
program will develop their capacity to understand political organizations and
political processes, to analyze the forces affecting political decisions, and to
form judgments about their obligations and rights as citizens. It also means
that the political science program will provide students with the skills
necessary to begin a career in business, public service, consulting, or
journalism or to continue their training in graduate studies or law school.

Objectives

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will acquire basic
knowledge of these areas:

The values, processes, and institutions that affect collective decision-
making and contemporary politics in the United States.

The comparative analysis of the values, processes, and institutions
that affect collective decision-making and contemporary politics in
other countries.

The relations between and among states, especially those affecting
international conflict and international cooperation.

The ethical dimensions of public policy issues, political practices, and
constitutional and legal questions.

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will also acquire
the basic skills necessary to comprehend and perform modern political
analysis. These include:

Ability to analyze the foundations of and differences between normative
and empirical inquiry.

Knowledge of the basic elements of research design and methods in
normative, empirical, and historical studies of politics.

Knowledge of basic data management and analysis and of the use of
computers in political research.

Ability to convey findings in both written and oral presentations.

Course of Study

The Department of Political Science offers both a major and minor course of
study in political science.

213

For a Major in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS)
POLS 1101 U.S. Government

OR

POLS 1 102 Introduction to Political Science

POLS 2210 Comparative Politics

POLS 2220 International Relations

POLS 3300 Research Methods in Political Science

POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Political Science

Students majoring in political science must also complete an additional 18
semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and four
thousand level courses listed for the program in this catalog. At lease one of
these courses must be in the field of American politics and public policy
(POLS 3310, 331 1, 3312, 3313) and one in the fields of international relations
(POLS 3320, 3321, 3322) or comparative politics (POLS 3350, 3351).
Political science internships (POLS 4400) can earn up to a full semester (12
hours) of credit toward graduation, but usually only three (3) hours will be
credited toward completion of the major course. This limit can be waived by
the Department under special circumstances.

For a Minor in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS)

POLS 1 101 U.S. Government

OR

POLS 1 102 Introduction to Political Science

POLS 22 1 Comparative Politics

POLS 2220 International Relations

Students minoring in political science must also complete an additional 6

semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and four

thousand level courses listed for the program in this catalog. In the minor

course of study, political science internships cannot substitute for elective

course credit.

Assessment of Objectives

Assessment of the objectives of the program in political science is based on
successful completion of each major course with a grade of C or better and
successful completion of POLS 4430: Senior Seminar in Political Science. To
enroll in POLS 4430 students must have completed POLS 1 101, 1 102, 2210,
2220, and an additional nine (9) semester hours of elective courses in the
political science program. In special circumstances, these requirements may be
waived by permission of the faculty of the program.

214

Special Opportunities

LaGrange College is a charter member of the United Methodist College
Washington Consortium that sponsors the Capital Hill Internship Program in
Washington, D.C., for students of political science and other disciplines. The
program in political science also supervises a variety of internships in local and
state government and in Georgia's legal community. Students interested in
pursing one of these opportunities should consult with the program faculty.
The program also includes service learning opportunities in several of its
courses. Again, students should consult with program faculty concerning these
courses prior to registration.

Course Descriptions (POLS)

POLS 1101 United States Government. (3)

An introduction to political science through an analysis of the political system
of the United States. Topics considered include: basic concepts of political
science, federalism, civil liberties and civil rights, basic governmental
institutions, elections and public opinion, political parties and groups, and
domestic and foreign public policy.

POLS 1102 Introduction to Political Science. (3)

An introductory course which focuses on the nature of the discipline of
political science and which deals with the way political scientists study politics
through an overview of the major topics of the discipline.

POLS 2210 Comparative Politics. (3)

An introduction to comparative analysis of political systems. Topics
considered include: basic concepts of comparative theory, modern political
history in developed and developing areas, the interaction of political and
economic factors in developed and developing areas, politics and state
institutions in selected countries, and comparative aspects of domestic and
foreign public policy.

POLS 2220 International Politics. (3)

An introduction to the interaction of nation-states in the global system. Topics
considered include: war and power, economic and social interdependence, and
problems specifically associated with developing nations.

POLS 3300 Research Methods in Political Science. (3)

A study of basic social science research methods as applied in political science.
Topics considered include: research design and data collection, measurement
and causality, fitting models to data with various methods, graphic analysis,
and the use of statistical software.

215

POLS 3311 Congress and the Presidency (3)

A study of the institutional interactions of the executive and legislative
branches of the United States government. Topics considered include: the
President and policymaking, Congress and policymaking, institutional
constraints on executive and legislative policymaking; foreign policy, civil
rights policy, economic policy and budgeting, and social welfare policy.

POLS 3312 Public Administration and Public Policy. (3)

An introduction to the study of public administration and public policy.
Topics considered include: theoretical approaches to the study of public
administration, the historical and constitutional basis for public administration
in the United States, the organization and management of public institutions,
the social, political, and legal environments of public institutions, the role of
political processes in public administration, the analysis and evaluation of
public policy, and the ethical basis of public administration.

POLS 3313 American Judicial Institutions. (3)

A study of judicial institutions in the United States. Topics considered
include: the functions of legal and judicial institutions, the structure and
powers of national and state court systems, the legal profession, judicial
selection, judicial procedure, court administration, and policy formation by
judicial institutions.

POLS 3314 American Constitutional Law:Institutions (3)

An introduction to the study of constitutional law as it applies to government
institutions in the United States. Topics considered include: basic concepts of
constitutional analysis, historical development of present legal institutions and
regimes, judicial policy decisions in different areas of law, and the social,
political, and economic factors affecting those decisions.

POLS 3315 American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties and
Civil Rights (3)

An introduction to the constitutional liberties and rights accorded American
citizens. Topics considered include: basic concepts of constitutional analysis,
historical development of present legal interpretations and regimes, judicial
decisions in different areas of law, the social, political, and economic factors
affecting those decisions, and their effect on governing in the United States.

POLS 3320 Analysis of Foreign Policy. (3)

An introduction to how structures, institutions, outside actors, and political
culture produce American foreign policy. Topics covered include: recent
history of U.S. foreign relations, the roles played by both the President and the
Congress, the roles, functions and structures of U.S. State Department, the
Defense Department, intelligence agencies and the National Security Council,
the policy making process and the measurement of outcomes, roles played by
the public, interest groups, and other actors. Current major foreign policy
issues will be discussed and examined as case studies.

216

POLS 3321 International Political Economy (3)

A study of international economics and trade through the analysis of the factors
influencing past and present changes. Topics covered include: current and past
international finance systems and mechanisms of exchange, the role of the state
and other actors, an examination of comparative advantage, various strategies
states employ such as import substitution or export promotion, the nature and
impact of formal and informal barriers to trade, the GATT and WTO, the
problems, failures, successes and prospects of the international economic
system and its impact on domestic politics.

POLS 3322 International Organizations. (3)

A study of the current international system. Topics covered include: the nature
of "systems", the recent history of global affairs and the evolution of the
international system to its present state, selected theoretical analyses of
international systems, the nature, roles and functions of the various actors in
the system, how advances in technology have fundamentally changed the
world, and the evolving roles of both states and supranational institutions.

POLS 3340 Themes in Political Philosophy. (3)

An introduction to the basic ideas of political philosophy. Topics considered
include: the social and historical context of political theory; the development of
major ideas in political philosophy; critical analysis of theoretical arguments;
and the relation of political theory to contemporary politics.

POLS 3341 Modern Political Theory. (3)

An overview of liberalism, communism, and fascism, the three primary
political ideologies that have shaped the twentieth century.

POLS 3350 States and Politics in Developing Areas. (3)

A comparative study of the political systems of developing societies. Topics
considered include: basic comparative theory, modern history of developing
societies, political systems of selected states, and the interaction of political
and economic factors in developing societies.

POLS 3351 States and Politics in Developed Areas. (3)

A comparative study of the political systems of developed societies. Topics
considered include: basic comparative theory, modern history of developed
societies, political systems of selected states, and the interaction of political
and economic factors in developed societies.

POLS 4400 Political Science Internship, (credit may vary)

A supervised internship opportunity for students to work for approved public
or private organizations.

217

POLS 4410 Selected Topics in Political Science. (3)

This course examines particular issues related to topics in political science
selected by program faculty.

POLS 4420 Directed Study in Political Science. (3)

A supervised course of independent study available to selected students. The
course provides an opportunity for close cooperation between program faculty
and students on research projects and presentations.

POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Political Science. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of national or international concern based
on individual research and assigned readings.

218

PSYCHOLOGY

Introduction

The goal of this department is to acquaint the student with basic principles of
behavior and the research methods necessary to understand them.

Objectives

A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a major in
psychology will:

recognize the importance of an EMPIRICAL approach in attempting to
understand behavior.

be familiar with the concepts, terms, and explanatory principles
characteristic of major psychological theorists and be able to evaluate
them critically.

be able to identify and discuss examples of the major "types" of learning,
to wit: classical, operant, observational, and information processing.

be familiar with generalizations regarding physiological correlates of
behavior.

be familiar with the major historical developments in psychology.

be familiar with the terminology of the current edition of the Diagnostic
and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association
(DSM-IV-TR).

be able to describe how clinicians of different theoretical orientations (e.g..
psychoanalytic, humanistic, cognitive, behavioral, and physiological)
explain and treat psychological disorders.

be able to list and discuss the various objective and projective personality
assessment techniques including the Rorschach , the Thematic
Apperception Test, the MMPI, , the NEO-PI-R, and the MBTI.

recognize the basic philosophical (e.g., What is personality?) and
methodological issues (e.g., How do we quantify and measure
personality?) in psychological research.

be familiar with the sections of an APA style research report including the
kinds of information typically found in each.

be familiar with the standard procedures for summarizing data
(including construction of frequency tables), the calculation of measures
of central tendency (means, medians, and modes), the calculation of
measures of dispersion (range, variance, and standard deviation), and
correlation coefficients.

be familiar with the logic of hypothesis testing including the statement of
research and statistical hypotheses, the notion of Type I and Type II errors,

219

the power and efficiency of a statistical test, and the major inferential
techniques used in psychology (especially t test, analysis of variance,
and chi-square).

recognize the concepts and principles of psychology as exemplified in
everyday situations.

A major in psychology consists of 37 semester hours (12 courses) beyond the
introductory course (PSYC 1101). Twenty- five of these hours come from the
categories below.

Methods (Both Required - See Note 1 Below)

PSYC 2298, PSYC 2299

Experimental Content (Select Two)

PSYC 4455, PSYC 4465, PSYC 4470

Social/Personality/Development Content

(Select Three See Note 2 Below)

PSYC 3321, (PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358), PSYC 3350, PSYC 4460

Advanced Special Topics (Required - See Note 3 Below)

PSYC 4480

Notes:

1 . Since this department views psychology as a research-based discipline, it
is strongly recommended that the student complete PSYC 2298 and
PSYC 2299 as soon as possible after the major is declared.

2. Students may take either PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358 but not both to satisfy
this requirement. If a student takes both, one course counts toward the 12
hours of major electives.

3. PSYC 4480 will be offered once per year during January term and will
involve advanced study of a specialized topic. Topics will vary from year
to year.

4. PSYC 1101, Introduction to Psychology, is the prerequisite to all 2000
level and above psychology courses except PSYC 2298 and PSYC 3341.
Some courses have other prerequisites.

Major Electives

An additional 12 hours of major courses will be selected by the student. A
student may select any 3000 or 4000 level psychology course beyond those
counted in the required areas. Up to three courses selected from HUSV 2247,
HUSV 2299, HUSV 3308, and BIO 1 148 may be applied toward the major
with the approval of the advisor.

220

Minor

A minor in psychology consists of six courses with the approval of the chair of
the department. Any course which is listed in the current bulletin as counting
toward the major in psychology also counts toward the minor. The exception
is that a maximum of two of the major courses offered outside the psychology
department may be counted toward the minor (i.e., at least four of the courses
for the minor must be taken in the psychology department).

Assessment

The accomplishment of the psychology objectives will be demonstrated by
obtaining an acceptable score on the Area Concentration Achievement Test
(ACAT) in psychology. Normally, this test will be given during the student's
final semester at LaGrange College.

Career Options

Students who complete the major in psychology have a wide variety of career
options. Psychology is a very broad field which overlaps many different
areas. Some of the jobs taken by recent psychology graduates include
management and supervisory positions in business and industry and positions
in community and state service agencies. A psychology major also serves
as good preparation for advanced study in law, social science, counseling,
and psychology.

Miscellaneous

No course with a grade below C may be applied toward the major in
psychology. The only exception is PSYC 4000 in which a grade of Pass must
be obtained.

Course Descriptions (PSYC)

PSYC 1101 Introduction to Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of major topics in psychology including research methods, basic

neuroanatomy, learning, perception, personality and abnormal behavior.

Prerequisite to all other psychology courses except PSYC 2298

and PSYC 3 341.

PSYC 2298 Behavioral Statistics. (3) Fall.

Introduction to the measurement of behavior and quantitative methods of data
analysis. An emphasis on parametric statistics and their application to the
behavioral sciences.

PSYC 2299 Research Methods. (4) Spring.

A survey of various types of research design, including the strengths and
weaknesses of each. The laboratory includes practice in designing and
conducting experiments, as well as analysis and reporting of results.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 1101

221

PSYC 3302 Human Growth and Development. (3) Fall, Spring.

A study of normal life beginning with conception. Important developmental

phenomena are considered in the light of major theories of development.

PSYC 3304 Educational Psychology. (3) Fall.

Application of psychological principles and research to the teaching/learning
process. Major topics include behavioral and cognitive approaches to learning,
classroom management, and test construction and interpretation.

PSYC 3321 Social Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring.

A course dealing with behavior as affected by social influences. Major topics
include social perception, social communication (verbal and nonverbal),
altruism, attitudes, aggression, and prejudice. Also, applied areas such as
forensic psychology are considered.

PSYC 3330 History and Systems of Psychology. (3) On demand.

A study of the historical background of psychology, with emphasis upon the

major schools of thought.

PSYC 3341 Human Sexuality. (3) Fall

This course involves a multidisciplinary examination of human sexual
behavior and intimate relationships. Typical topics considered include male
and female sexual response, gender roles, sexual disorders and dysfunctions,
gender identity, legal and cross-cultural aspects of human sexuality, sexual
orientation, contraception, and relationship issues related to sexuality.

PSYC 3350 Abnormal Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring.

A survey of the causes, characteristics, current theories, and treatments of

psychological disorders.

PSYC 3351 Introduction to Counseling. (3) On demand.

An introduction to counseling approaches, methods, and assessment

techniques. Emphasis is placed on individual counseling.

PSYC 3357 Psychology of Religion. (3) On demand.
Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth.

PSYC 3358 Psychology of Aging. (3) Spring.

Human aging is examined from physiological (e.g. sensory and cardiovascular
changes), psychological (e.g. memory and intellectual changes) and
sociological (e.g. adjusting to retirement) perspectives. Also, death and
disorders associated with aging such as Alzheimer's Disease are explored.

222

PSYC 3380 Special Topics in Psychology. (3) On demand.

A course offered at the sophomore/junior level focusing on a specialized topic

from the field of psychology.

PSYC 4000 Internship in Psychology (3) On demand
This course requires 120 hours of supervised experience (observation, work,
etc.) in a local agency or office and selected readings. Application for
internship must be submitted in the term or semester prior to placement.
Students are then selected on a competitive basis for enrollment. Grading is on
a Pass - No Credit basis.

Prerequisite: Major in psychology with junior or senior standing and

permission of department.

PSYC 4400 Individual Research. (3) On demand.

Under supervision of a faculty member, the student will develop a project on a
topic that is psychological in nature. The emphasis will be on analyzing and
synthesizing scientific literature with the goal of producing a literature review
and/or research proposal. A successful proposal may lead to data collection
and analysis. The result of the project will be a paper written in APA style.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299

PSYC 4455 Cognitive Psychology. (3) Spring 2005.

An information processing analysis of topics in perception, thinking, learning,

and memory.

Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor.

PSYC 4460 Psychology of Personality. (3) Fall.

A critical study of major personality theories, principles and instruments of

assessment, and relevant empirical research.

Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor.

PSYC 4465 Physiological Psychology. (3) Spring 2006.
Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology will be explored and will provide a
foundation for examining biological aspects of various behaviors (e.g., sensory
processes and sleep). Also, the psychopharmacology of selected drugs and
genetic influences on behavior will be considered.

PSYC 4470 Behavior Analysis and Its Applications. (3) Spring.

A survey of principles, research findings, and applications of classical, operant,

and observational learning.

Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor.

PSYC 4480 Special Topics in Psychology. (3) Interim.

A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic from

the field of psychology.

Prerequisites: A prerequisite may be required.

223

RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY

Introduction

As a field of inquiry within the liberal arts, the study of religion affords all
students an opportunity to hone the critical thinking and communication skills
that are an asset to any profession. Students who are considering church-
related vocations also may tailor their courses either to prepare for such careers
directly after completion of the degree or to provide a foundation for graduate
study in religion or theology.

The Religion and Philosophy Department offers two major plans of study: the
religion and philosophy major, and the religion major with a concentration in
church leadership. The department also offers three minor programs: religion,
church leadership, and philosophy.

The Religion and Philosophy Major

The major consists of 1 1 courses in addition to the exploratory course in
Religion that is taken as part of the core (RLGN 1 101-05), yielding a total of
12 courses. The Religion major must include at least 2 courses in each of these
areas: Biblical Studies, Historical Studies, and Ethics and Theological Studies.
The major also requires at least one course in the area of Philosophy. In
addition, all Religion & Philosophy majors will complete a senior thesis or
project. Thus, of the 12 courses required for a Religion major, at least 8
courses must conform to the following guidelines:

I. Biblical Studies (2 courses). Minimum requirement is one course in Old
Testament and one course in New Testament at the 2000-level or above.
Courses: 21 10, 2111,2120,2121,3110-3160.

II. Historical Studies (2 courses). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the core),
2210-2230,3210-3220.

III. Ethics and Theological Studies (2 courses). Courses: 1 105 (if not taken
for the core), 2310, 3310-3350.

IV. Philosophy (1 course). Courses: any of the philosophy courses, which
are listed under Area IV in the course listing below.

V. Senior Thesis (1 course). Course: 4620, taken either in the fall or spring
of the senior year. Thesis topics must be approved by the Department
Chair prior to the semester in which the student enrolls for the course.

Students are free to choose any other religion or philosophy department
courses for the remaining 4 courses. Internships may be taken for up to 1 full
course of credit, with permission of the department chair. At least 6 courses in
the major must be numbered at the 2000-level or above.

224

The Religion & Philosophy Major with a Concentration in
Church Leadership

A Church Leadership concentration within the Religion Major is designed to
prepare graduates for church careers in educational and youth ministry. The
program meets all of the educational requirements necessary for certification
in Christian education by the United Methodist Church. The major consists
of 1 1 courses in addition to the exploratory course in Religion that is taken
as part of the core (RLGN 1 101-05), yielding a total of 12 courses. The
Church Leadership concentration requires successful completion of the
following courses:

I. Biblical Studies (1 course). Courses: 1 102 or 1 103 (if not taken for
the core requirement), 2110, 21 11, 2120, 2121, 31 10-3160.

II. Historical Studies (1 course). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the core),
2210-2230,3210-3220.

III. Ethics and Theological Studies (1 course). Courses: 1 105 (if not taken
for the core), 23 10, 33 10-3350.

IV. Philosophy (1 course). Courses: any of the philosophy courses, which
are listed under Area IV in the course listing below.

V. Church Leadership and Youth Ministry (4 courses). Courses: 3510-
3560.

VI. Internship (1 course). Course: 3550, scheduled in consultation with the
Church Leadership Program Director.

VII. Senior Project (1 course). Project topics must be approved by the
Department Chair prior to the semester in which the student enrolls for
the course.

i At least two of the courses in Areas I-III must be at the 2000-level or above. In
addition, students seeking certification in Christian education by the United
Methodist Church must complete United Methodist Studies (3210). Students
who do not seek United Methodist certification may choose any religion

| department course for the remaining to fulfill the remaining course
requirements for the major.

The Religion & Philosophy Major with Honors

Students who maintain a 3.5 grade point average in departmental courses
and who receive "A" grades on their senior theses or projects may graduate
with honors.

The Religion & Philosophy Minor

A minor in religion requires completion of 3 courses in addition to the
-exploratory religion core requirement: 4 courses in all. At least 2 courses
must be at the 2000-level or above.

225

The Church Leadership Minor

A minor in Church Leadership consists of 4 courses in addition to the
exploratory religion core requirement: 5 courses in all. The minor includes one
course taken at the 2000-level or above in Area I, II, III, IV, or VI. In addition,
minor students must take Christian Education in the Local Church (3510) and
should choose one (1) of the following: RLGN 3520, 3540, or 3560. Finally,
the minor requires 1 course of Internship (RLGN 3550).

The Philosophy Minor

No major program currently is offered in philosophy. A minor consists of 4
courses in Area IV, of which at least 2 courses must be taken at the 2000-level
or above.

The Church Music Program

The church music program is administered through the music department in
cooperation with the Religion and Philosophy department. See the Music
Department section of the catalogue for a program description.

Course Descriptions

Core Exploratory Courses: Explorations of the Christian Faith (RLGN)

RLGN 1101. Introduction to Christianity. (3) Spring 2005, Spring 2006
An introduction to the Christian tradition of faith through a study of its central
symbols, sacred texts, and practices.

RLGN 1102. Jewish Origins in Context. (3) Each term
A study of the Hebrew bible, commonly called by Christians the Old
Testament, in the context of the ancient near eastern world. The course also
will ask students to reflect on the impact of the Hebrew bible on Western
civilization and its implications for the contemporary world.

RLGN 1103. New Testament Writings in Context. (3) Each term
A study of the New Testament writings in the context of Greco-Roman
civilization. The course also will ask students to reflect on the impact of
Christian scriptures on Western civilization and consider their implications for
the contemporary world.

RLGN 1104. Dialogue with World Faith Traditions. (3)

Spring 2005, Spring 2006
The course will place the insights of the Christian faith in dialogue with those
of major living world religions.

226

RLGN 1105. Moral Traditions and Contemporary Social Problems.

(3) Fall 2004, Fall 2005
A study of contemporary ethical issues in the light of the moral traditions
central to the Christian faith. The course will examine such issues as marriage
and family, war and peace, racism, abortion, and the environment. Servant
leadership component.

Religion and Philosophy Departmental Courses
Area I: Biblical Studies (RLGN)

RLGN 2110. Introduction to Biblical Hebrew I. (3)

A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Biblical Hebrew.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2111. Introduction to Biblical Hebrew II. (3)

A continuation of RLGN 2110.
Prerequisite: RLGN 2110

RLGN 2120. Introduction to Hellenistic Greek I. (3)

A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Hellenistic or Koine
Greek, which includes the language of the New Testament.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2121. Introduction to Hellenistic Greek II. (3)

A continuation of RLGN 2120.
Prerequisite: RLGN 2120

RLGN 2130. Readings in New Testament Greek. (3)
Selected readings from New Testament texts with some attention to
developing intermediate Greek grammar.

Prerequisite: RLGN 2120 and 2121

RLGN 3110. The Law. (3)

A detailed study of the first five books of the Old Testament.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

RLGN 3120. The Prophets.. (3)

A detailed study of prophetic movements in Israel and of the individual
prophets, their historical background, lives, messages, and contributions to the
religious life of Israel.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

227

RLGN3130. The Writings. (3)

An examination of wisdom, apocalyptic and poetic literature of the
Old Testament.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

RLGN3140. The Life and Teachings of Jesus. (3)

A study of the message of Jesus within the context of the synoptic gospels and
its application to contemporary society.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

RLGN 3150. The Apostolic Age. (3) Fall 2004

An examination of the origin and expansion of the early Christian Church, with

studies in the Epistles and the Acts of the Apostles.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

RLGN 3160. The Gospels. (3)

An examination of one of the four canonical gospels with emphasis on the
historical context, history of interpretation, and modern appropriations of
the text.

Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

Area II: Historical Studies (RLGN)

RLGN 2210. Early Church History. (3)

A survey of the history of the Christian Church from the close of the Apostolic
age to the end of the Middle Ages.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2220. Modern Church History. (3) Fall 2005

A history of the Christian Church from the reformation era to the
modern period.

Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2230. Race and Religion in America. (3)

This course will examine the role that religion played and continues to play in
American race relations and racial identities. The course will emphasize the
history and the theorists of the civil rights contemporary era.

Prerequisite: None

RLGN 3210. United Methodist Studies. (3) Spring 2006
A survey of the history, theology, and polity of the United Methodist Church.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3220. A History of Christian Political Thought. (3)

A study of the impact of the Christian theorists and the institutions of the
Church on the development of political theory in the West.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

228

Area III: Theology, Ethics, and the Social Scientific
Study of Religion (RLGN)

RLGN2310. Bioethics. (3) Fall 2004, Fall 2005
A study of the ethical issues raised by the practice of nursing, medicine, and
biomedical research.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 3310. Contemporary Christian Thought. (3)

A survey of the development of Christian thought, with particular attention to
the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3320. The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3)

Fall 2004
A study of the moral issues related to sexuality, gender roles, and family life.
Topics will vary per offering, but may include ethical reflection on such topics
as the meaning and purpose of sexuality, gender roles, pre-marital and extra-
marital sexuality, homosexuality, and family structure. The course also is
cross-listed in the Women's Studies Program as WMST 3320
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3340. Sociology of Religion. (3)

A sociological analysis of the interplay between religion and culture.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3350. Psychology of Religion. (3)

Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

Area IV: Philosophy (PHIL)

PHIL 1410. Introduction to Philosophy. (3) Fall 2004

A survey of major philosophical themes and figures that were formative in
Western civilization.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2410. Moral Philosophy. (3) Spring 2005

A study of the major philosophical understandings of morality and the

good life.

Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2420. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3) Fall 2005

A historical survey of classical and medieval philosophy.
Prerequisite: None

229

PHIL 2430. Modern Philosophy. (3) Spring 2006

A historical survey of the philosophies of the Renaissance through the post-
modern era.

Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2440. Elementary Logic. (3)

An introduction to the logic of propositions with attention to the structure and
evaluation of informal arguments. The rhetoric of persuasion and its use of
logic and emotions also will be discussed.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 3410. Philosophy of Religion. (3)

An investigation of problems related to philosophical reflection on religious
thought and experience.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy or

permission of professor

PHIL 4410. Selected Topics in Philosophy. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of concern in philosophy based on
individual research and assigned readings.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy or

permission of professor

Area V: Church Leadership Courses (RLGN)

RLGN 3510. Christian Education in the Local Church. (3) Fall 2005
A study of issues confronting those participating in a local church setting.
Required of all students in the Internship.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3520. Christian Worship. (3) Spring 2005
The study and practice of Christian worship in its historical and contemporary
contexts. Topics will include the theology of worship, sacraments, liturgy, and
the place of music in worship.

Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3540. Youth Ministry. (3) Fall 2004

The study and practice of ministry to persons from adolescence through young

adulthood.

Prerequisite: A religion core course

230

RLGN 3560. Congregational Leadership. (3) Spring 2006
The study of the leadership styles and skills necessary for leadership of a
religious institution. Topics may include congregational dynamics, leading
institutional change, working with volunteers, avoiding burnout, and racial and
gender issues in leadership.

Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3550. Internship. (3) As scheduled

Supervised participation in the local church setting. May be repeated for credit

up to 6 hours.

Prerequisite: Two courses from Area V

Area VI: Capstone and Other Courses (RLGN)

RLGN 4610. Selected Topics in Religion. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of concern based on individual research
and assigned readings.

Prerequisite: Permission of professor

RLGN 4620. Senior Thesis or Project. (3) As scheduled

Prerequisite: Application to Religion Department Chair

The Library's Columns

231

SOCIOLOGY

Introduction

The mission of the Sociology department is to equip students with an entry-
level knowledge of sociological concepts, theories, and research strategies.

Major Description

Sociology explores the intersection of biography and history by relating the life
of the individual to the operation of social institutions and to the influence of
culture. The student of Sociology studies the subtle, yet complex ways in
which ones life interacts with the complex experience of others.

The discipline of Sociology, while new in relation to some disciplines, has
been an intellectual success. From its birth in the middle of the nineteenth
century to the present, the perspectives and methods of sociologists have
become commonplace. Important insights by sociological theorists such as
Max Weber, Karl Marx, and Emile Durkheim are the cornerstones not only of
Sociology, but of other social sciences as well.

Sociology's subject matter ranges from the intimate family to the hostile mob,
from crime to religion, from the divisions of race and social class to the shared
beliefs of a common culture. Few fields of study have such a broad scope and
wide relevance for research, theory, and application of knowledge as
sociology, and few majors offer their students a more diverse range of career
opportunities.

A major in sociology provides an individual with an excellent liberal arts
foundation for embarking upon a wide range of career paths, including those in
business and the human/social services. Those who enter business may work
in marketing, customer relations, or human resources. Sociology majors who
enter human/social services fields may work with at-risk youth, elderly, or
people experiencing problems related to poverty, substance abuse, or the
criminal justice system. Sociology is also excellent preparation for students
who wish to do graduate study in law, business, public administration,
criminology, or another social science. In addition, the solid base sociology
majors receive in research design, data analysis, and sociological concepts
gives them a competitive edge in today's information society.

General Objectives

Students majoring in Sociology will acquire a basic knowledge of the
following areas:

the "sociological imagination," or ability to link individual biography with
history and culture

232

the difference between micro- and macro-level groups and processes, and
the interconnections among them

the importance and necessity of theory in the process of learning

the strengths and weaknesses of various research methods, and the
appropriateness of each for various research questions

the social bases and biases of what constitutes knowledge or conventional
wisdom

Requirements for the Sociology Major

Sociology majors are required to complete the following courses, totaling 30
semester hours, with no grade lower than a "C" in any course.

Foundation (12 hours)

SOCI 1 1 46 Principles of Sociology

SOCI 2253 Social Problems and Policy

SOCI 4475 Development of Sociological Thought

HUSV 3308 Cultural and Social Anthropology

Research (6 hours)

MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics

POLS 3300 or HUSV 4476: Research Methods in Political Science OR

Research Methods in Human Services

Electives/Interdisciplinary Emphasis (12 hours)

Students may complete the major by electing 4 other courses from the
following list, two of which must be 3000-level or higher.

SOCI 3309 Gender & Society

SOCI 3306 America's Children

SOCI 3307 Criminology

SOCI 3302 Social Change

SOCI 2247 Diverse Families

LAST 1 104 Introduction to Latin American Culture

RLGN 2230 Race & Religion in America

RLGN 3340 Sociology of Religion

HUSV 1 148 Introduction to Anthropology

WMST 1101 Introduction to Women's Studies

One appropriate Interim course may count towards the elective requirement,
with department chair or coordinator's approval.

233

Requirements for the Sociology Minor

A minor in sociology consists of 5 courses, two of which must be at the 3000
level or higher.

All students planning to minor in sociology must take the following:

SOCI 1 1 46 Principles of Sociology

SOCI 2247 Diverse Families

SOCI 2253 Social Problems and Policy

Students must choose 2 courses from the following list:

SOCI 3306 America's Children
SOCI 3307 Criminology
SOCI 3302 Social Change

HUSV 3352 Life Course and the Social Environment
PSYC/SOCI 332 1 Social Psychology
RLGN/SOCI 3340 Sociology of Religion

HUSV/SOCI 4478 Special Topics in Human Services or Sociology, with
approval of department chair

Assessment

Mastery of the curriculum for a Sociology major is measured by:

Completion of all major requirements with a C or higher in every course

Completion of a formal research proposal (typically during a student's
final semester) as part of the requirements for SOCI 4475, Development
of Sociological Thought, that demonstrates competence in 1) the
selection of an appropriate and contemporarily relevant sociological
research question; 2) integration and application of theory; 3) synthesis
of empirical literature/data; and 4) assessment and defense of a suitable
research design.

Course Descriptions (SOCI)

SOCI 1146 Principles of Sociology. (3) Fall and Spring
A study of the fundamental concepts and principles of the discipline, with
emphasis on socialization, social institutions, social interaction, social
stratification and inequality, as well as mechanisms of social control.
Familiarization with the distinction between macro- and micro-level
sociological processes will be emphasized.

SOCI 2247 Diverse Families. (3) Fall

This course offers a multi-disciplinary perspective on contemporary marriages,
families, and other intimate relationships. Students will become familiarized
with competing models and theories on family relationships. In addition, the
course explores cross-cultural variation in family systems as well as diversity

234

and change within the American population. Topics to be covered include:
mate selection, sexuality, marital structure, marital happiness, divorce,
parenting, and alternative family forms.

SOCI 2253 Social Problems and Policy. (3) Spring
Using a special topics approach, this course provides the most current
assessment of social problems and the policies created in an attempt to remedy
these social ills. This course may require an overnight off-campus urban
immersion experience.

SOCI 3302 Social Change. (3) On demand

An analysis of the sources, patterns, and consequences of social and cultural
change. The role of socio-economic, political, technological and other factors
in processes of change at institutional and societal levels are investigated.

SOCI 3306 America's Children. (3) Fall, on demand

An analysis of current issues confronting America's children.

SOCI 3307 Criminology. (3) Fall, on demand

A multi-disciplinary examination of criminal behavior and corrections, with an
emphasis on competing theories regarding the origins and incidence of
criminality. The course will explore the history of laws and the criminal
justice system, as well as various categories of crime. Special attention will be
given to the social forces underlying criminal and deviant behavior.
Prerequisite: SOCI 1 146, with a grade of C or higher

SOCI 3309 Gender & Society. (3) Every other Spring
Students will become aware of the gendered society in which we live, the
norms, values, and patterns of communication associated with each gender and
how these affect personal life choices and social status. Specifically, students
will become aware of how our basic social institutions, such as the economy,
the family, education, religion, and the political system are gendered
institutions with differing ideals and expectations for women and men.
Prerequisite: SOCI 1 146, with a grade of C or higher

SOCI 4475 Development of Sociological Thought. (3)

Every other Spring
This course is an introduction to the development and current state of
sociological theory. It focuses on the most influential figures in the
development of sociological theory and their legacy in contemporary
sociology.

Prerequisites: SOCI 1 146 & POLS 3300 or HUSV 4476, with a grade
of C or higher; normally taken during a student's final semester; senior
status preferred

235

HUSV 1148 Introduction to Anthropology. (3) Fall and Spring

A general introduction to the scientific study of the origin, the behavior, and

the physical, social, and cultural development of humans.

HUSV 3308 Cultural and Social Anthropology. (3) Spring

A study of comparative cultures and social structures with special emphasis

upon the ethnography of primitive people.

HUSV 4476 Research Methods in Human Services. (3) On demand.

An overview of research design and methodology germane to the helping
professions. Course emphasizes different methods of gathering data, ethical
concerns in this area, and basic statistical matters.

Prerequisites: HUSV 2299 and MATH 1 1 14 or PSYC 2298

Panther Baseball

236

SPEECH

Course Description (SPCH)

SPCH 1105 Speech Fundamentals. (3)

A course emphasizing development of organizational and delivery skills
through individual speaking exercises in a variety of formats including
informative and persuasive.

Only offered to students who have not completed basic requirements prior

to Fall of 2000.

Fall at LaGrange College

237

THEATRE ARTS

Introduction

The Department of Theatre Arts offers a pre -professional training program
emphasizing the practical aspects of theatre and the importance of process. It
is the belief of the faculty that the training process must prepare students for
the real world of theatre. Faculty teaching in the Theatre Arts program are
experienced, working professionals. We offer professional summer theatre
opportunities in Albany, New York and in Lincoln, New Hampshire. With
the belief that theatre is both an art form and a business the curriculum
provides a strong undergraduate foundation in theatre performance,
design/production and literature.

Offering a B.A. in Theatre Arts, majors are required to complete a 27-hour
core curriculum in theatre arts designed to foster an appreciation for, and an
understanding of, each area of theatre. In addition, 3 specific track courses and
6 practicum hours are required to complete the theatre arts degree composed of
42 total major hours.

Objectives

The following objectives are established as a basis for the training program in
Theatre Arts. Upon application for graduation, the Theatre Arts major will be
expected to:

understand the basic theoretical concepts behind each of the three major
areas within the discipline: performance, design/production and literature.

have an extensive artistic vocabulary in their specific area of
concentration.

have the technical knowledge pertaining to the student's chosen area of
concentration, but not limited to it.

demonstrate an understanding of auditioning and/or portfolio presentation.

be knowledgeable of viable avenues of employment and sources noting
such information.

have an understanding of opportunities for graduate studies and
employment in theatre and the performing arts.

Graduation Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major

A student pursuing a major in Theatre Arts must meet all of the following
criteria on an ongoing basis:

A. Satisfactory completion of all degree requirements as outlined in
the catalogue.

B. Participation in all departmental productions and activities, including
auditions, production crews, work calls and production strikes as assigned
by faculty.

C. Attendance at all scheduled departmental meetings and activities.

238

Admission to the Theatre Arts Major

In order to be admitted and to continue as a Theatre Arts major, a student must
meet the following criteria:

A. Overall grade point average of 2.25 or better. Scholarship recipients
must maintain a 3.0 grade point average or better.

B. Writing proficiency-a grade of C or better in English 1101, 1 1 02

C. Theatrical Proficiency-a grade of C or better in all Theatre Arts
courses

D. Prognosis for Success- evaluation during Theatre courses pertinent to:

1 ) attendance

2) attitude

3) cooperation

4) oral and written skills

5) enthusiasm and dedication to the Theatre Arts program

E. Transfer students wishing to continue as a Theatre Arts major must
provide evidence of all of the above plus the following:

1 ) past participation in departmental productions

2) recommendations of at least two theatre faculty from the
transferring institution

3) acceptance as a major is subject to approval by a majority of the
LaGrange College Theatre Arts faculty

A student that does not meet all of the above criteria each semester may be
placed on probation. After the probationary period, the student will be re-
evaluated by the Theatre Arts faculty. If it is determined that the student has
failed to meet the above criteria satisfactorily, the student may be removed as
major, and any theatre scholarships revoked.

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major

A total of 42 semester hours are required for the Theatre Arts major.

Core Requirements (30 hours):

THEA 1101

Drama Survey I

3 hrs.

THE A 1102

Drama Survey II

3 hrs.

THEA 1184

Acting I

3 hrs.

THEA 2205

Movement for the Actor

3 hrs.

THEA 22 10

Voice and Diction

3 hrs.

THEA 1180

Stagecraft

3 hrs.

THEA 21 10

Introduction to Design

3 hrs.

THEA 2200/01

Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film I

3 hrs.

THEA 2330

Script Analysis

3 hrs.
27 hrs

239

Track Course 3 of the following (9 hours):
Performance Track

THEA 3370
THE A 3345
THEA 4451
THEA 2286
THEA 3305
THEA 3310
THEA 2351
THEA 3420

Directing

Musical Theatre

Auditioning

Makeup

Period Styles

Playwriting

Acting II

Stage Management

3 hrs.
3hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.

Design/Technical Track

THEA 3360
THEA 3381
THEA 3385
THEA 2283
THEA 2286
THEA 3420
Practicum

Scenic Design

Lighting Design

Costume Design

Stage Management

Makeup

Theatre Management

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Minor

THEA 1101
THEA 1184
THEA 1180
THEA 21 10
THEA 2330
Practicum

Drama Survey
Acting I
Stagecraft
Intro to Design
Script Analysis

3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
6 hrs.
15 hrs.

3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
18 hrs.

Course Descriptions (THEA)
THEA 1101 Drama Survey I. (3) *

A survey of the discovery of theatre beginning in ancient Greece continuing
through the rise of Realism. Students will study theatre as a developed art
form through the reading, viewing and discussion of plays representing diverse
eras of history.

Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I.

240

THEA 1102 Drama Survey II. (3) *

A survey of the discovery of theatre from the rise of Realism through
contemporary drama. Students will study theatre as a developed art form
through the reading, viewing and discussion of plays representing diverse eras
of history.

Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I.

THEA 1180 Stagecraft. (3)*

A course designed to provide the student with theoretical and working
knowledge of technical theatre. Course may include basic building
components, tools and materials, equipment and shop layouts supporting
all areas of design. Students will participate in the mounting of a
departmental production.

THEA 1184 Acting I. (3)*

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of acting for the
stage. Course will include achievement of a simple objective, self and sensory
awareness, relaxation, concentration and beginning scene and text analysis.

THEA 2110 Introduction to Design. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamental elements of all
areas of design and technical production and the importance of collaboration
between each area.

THEA 2200 Stunts /Fights for Stage, TV and Film I. (3) *

Performance course covering basic stage movement, acrobatics, faints, falls,
slapstick comedy, hand-to-hand combat, and weapons when applicable.

THEA 2201 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film II. (3) *

A continuation of THEA 2200, adding period weaponry such as, but not limited
to quarterstaff, broadsword, rapier, dagger, food fights, etc. for the stage.

THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor. (3) *

A course designed to develop body awareness by exploring movement
connected to impulse and instinct, focusing on integration of the mind, body
and spirit.

THEA 2210 Voice and Diction. (3)

To introduce students to the process of voice production, methods of freeing
the voice with emphasis on relaxation and breathing, and applicable techniques
for working with text.

THEA 2283 Stage Management. (3)

A course designed to provide student with introduction to, and basic training
in, the area of stage management.

241

THEA2285 Theatre Practicum. (1-3)

A course designed for participation in various aspects of dramatic production
including acting, scenery, costume construction, lighting, box office,
promotion, house management and run-crews.

Prerequisite: Roles/responsibilities for credit must be approved by faculty.
(May be taken for 1 -3 hours of credit per semester.)

THEA2286 Makeup for the Stage. (3)*

A study in the theories and application of stage makeup. Topics may include
corrective, old age and character makeup, as well as prosthetics.

THEA2330 Script Analysis. (3)

A study of major genres of dramatic literature designed to provide the director,
actor, designer, dramaturge and/or technician with basic guidelines for text
analysis. Student will develop and utilize skills to thoroughly analyze text.

THEA2351 Acting II. (3)

A continuation of THEA 1 184 which explores further character development
through advanced scene work and improvisational exercises, to encourage
students to take risks and to broaden their vocabulary and knowledge of current
trends and opportunities in the theatre.
Prerequisite: THEA 1 1 84

THEA 3272 Creative Dramatics. (3) On demand

A course which introduces methods of creating, designing and utilizing drama

to enhance teaching skills and foster the educational development of students.

Highly recommended for early childhood and secondary

education majors.

THEA 3305 Period Styles of Acting. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to period styles of acting and
movement which may include: Greek, Elizabethan, Comedy of Manners, Farce,
Realism and the Theatre of the Absurd. Course also may include mask work.
Prerequisites: THEA 1184

THEA 3310 Playwriting/Screenwriting. (3)

A course designed to stimulate critical and creative thinking through the
creation of original material. Students will be guided in the completion of
writing a play/screenplay.

Prerequisite: THEA 2330 or consent of instructor.

THEA 3345 Musical Theatre. (3)

A practical study of techniques and styles of musical theatre which may include:
beginning audition, acting and staging, performing musical theatre selections.
Prerequisite: THEA 1 1 84

242

THEA3360 Scenic Design. (3)

A course that introduces the student to drawing and drafting skills in
preparation for the task of design. These skills include perspective drawing
with highlight and shadow, use of color and selected rendering materials and
techniques.

Prerequisite: THE A 2110

THEA3370 Directing. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to the director's role in interpreting,
choosing, rehearsing and staging a play. Course includes direction for
performance of a short play.

Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 21 10, THEA 2330

THEA3381 Lighting Design. (3)

A course that introduces the student to stage lighting with a series of practical
design projects.

Prerequisite: THEA 2110

THEA 3385 Costume Design. (3)

A course that acquaints the student with the basic skills needed to design
theatrical costumes, which includes patterning and cutting/draping.
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

THEA 3420 Theatre Management. (3)

A course which introduces the fundamentals of management as they apply to
Theatre Arts. Course will investigate and navigate through the conflicting
issues, strategies and opportunities in management in the Arts.

THEA 4451 Auditioning. (3)

A course designed for developing audition techniques and examining guidelines
for audition procedures with emphasis on practical auditions, resume, headshots,
audition selection material and compilation of an audition portfolio.
Prerequisite: THEA 1 184

THEA 4470-2 Special Topics. (1-3)

A series of courses designed to provide students with advanced material/study
in either performance or design tracks.
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor

THEA 4484 Senior Thesis. (3)

A course in which senior Theatre Arts majors bring their training and emphasis
into focus. Senior thesis projects may be track-specific special projects in
acting, design, directing, stage-managing or playwriting.

All proposals must be approved by the Department Chair and are subject

to scheduling and faculty supervisory commitments.

* Denotes courses in Theatre Arts that may satisfy Fine Arts
requirement in Core Curriculum.

243

WOMEN'S STUDIES

Introduction

Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary field of study which complements a
liberal arts education by drawing upon a variety of disciplines to gain a critical
awareness of the female experience. In developing this awareness and in
presenting its diversity, courses explore gender as well as race, ethnicity,
culture, age, and social class as categories of analysis. While exploring
these issues, the courses also promote the development of skills in critical
thinking, speaking, and writing. Courses focus on women's past and present
roles in culture, politics, the family, the arts and sciences, health care business,
and religion.

Objectives

A minor in Women's Studies consists of twelve semester hours: Three of
which must be WMST 1101: Introduction to Women's Studies. Of the
remaining nine hours, six must be taken at the 3000 level. This flexibility
coupled with the interdisciplinary nature of the field, permits students to design
a minor which best reflects their academic and future career interests. (Only
cross-listed courses taken during or after the fall of 2000 may be applied to the
minor in Women's Studies.)

Course Descriptions (WMST)

WMST 1101 Introduction to Women's Studies (3)

This course will provide a better understanding of the female experience and
the evolution of women's roles within one's own culture and that of others. In
developing this understanding emphasis will be placed on the great diversity of
women's individual lives by considering such factors as race, age, marital, and
class status.

Cross-listed Courses

WMST 3110/LAST 3110: Special Topics/Latin American Women Writers (3)

WMST 3247/HUSV 2247: The Family (3)

WMST 3312/ENGL 3345: The rise of the English Novel (3)

WMST 3320/RLGN 3320: The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender (3)

WMST 3340/ENGL 3340: Restoration and Eighteenth Century English
Literature (3)

WMST 4500/LIBR 4500: Advanced Library Research in the Sciences (2)

WMST 4400/LIBR 4400: Advanced Library Research in the Social Sciences
and Humanities (2)

WMST 4478/HUSV 4478: Women in Ministry (3)

(Under current study and development is the possibility of cross listing:
HUSV 2243: Social Problems. Also, interim term courses are currently
being designed.)

244

FACULTY

David Oki Ahearn( 1995)

Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy; Chair, Division of

Humanities

B. A. Austin College; M.Div., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D.,

Emory University

Nancy Thomas Alford (1969)

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S. Georgia College; M.S., University of Tennessee

Toni P. Anderson (1999)

Professor of Music

B.M., Lamar University; M.M., New England Conservatory of Music;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Kim Barber (1995)

Associate Professor of Theatre Arts

B.S., University of Tennessee; M.F.A., University of California

at Los Angeles

David M. Barrett (2003)

Assistant Professor of Business

B.S.M.E., Tufts University; M.B.A., Georgia State University; Ph.D.

Georgia State University

Charlene Baxter (1976)

Assistant Professor; Librarian for Public and Technical Services
A.B., West Georgia College; M.L.S., George Peabody College
for Teachers

CindiBearden(2001)

Assistant Professor of Business

B.S., Jacksonville State University; Master of Accountancy,

University of Alabama, Certified Public Accountant

Jon Birkeli (1987)

Ely R. Callaway, Sr. Professor in International Business;

A.B., Lenoir-Rhyne College; Ph.D., University of South Carolina

Sandra Blair (2000)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N. LaGrange College; M.S.N. Georgia State University

Marcia Langham Brown (1996)

Associate Professor of Art and Design

B.F.A., Guilford College; M.F.A., University of Georgia

245

Joseph J. Cafaro( 1984)

Professor of History

A. A., Manatee Junior College; B.A., Florida Atlantic University;

M.A., Ph.D., Florida State University

Susan R. Cody (2002)

Assistant Professor of Human Services

B.A., Jacksonville University; M.A., University of Florida; Ph.D.,

University of Florida

John Granger Cook (1994)

Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., Davidson College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,

Emory University

Roland B. Cousins (1990)

Professor of Management

B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; D.B.A., Indiana University

Mary Lou Dabbs ( 1999)

Assistant Professor; Electronic Resources Librarian

B.A., Florida Presbyterian College; M. Ln., Emory University

Helen Naugle Deibler (2002)

Assistant Professor, Biology

B.A. University of Alabama; M.S. University of Alabama

Lynn L. Deibler (2002)

Assistant Professor of Physics B.S., Pennsylvania State University;
M.S. Georgia Institute of Technology, Ph.D., University of Alabama

Katherine Langham DeLamar
Instructor of Math
B.A. Lipscomb University; M.A.M. Auburn; Ph.D. Auburn University

Nina Dulin-Mallory (1989)
Professor of English

B.A., Clemson University; M.Ed., LaGrange College; Ph.D.,
Auburn University

Steven Earl Edwards (1992)

Associate Professor of Theatre Arts

B.A., Texas Wesleyan University; M.A., University of Arkansas;

Ph.D., Texas Tech University

Charles H.Evans (1981)

Professor of Psychology

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

246

Anton Flores (1999)

Assistant Professor of Human Services

B.S.W., Georgia State University; M.S.W., University of Georgia

Frederick, Carlie ( 1999)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N., M.S.N., Wayne State University

Gordon Jeffrey Geeter (1990)

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education

A.S., Andrew College; B.S., Tennessee Wesleyan College; M.S.S.,

United States Sports Academy

F. Stuart Gulley ( 1996)

Assistant Professor of Religion; President

B. A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Heather A. Haas (2001)

Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.S. Rocky Mountain College; M.S. University of St. Andrews; Ph.D.

University of Minnesota

Melvin H. Hall (2002)

Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S. Cuttington University College; M.A., University of California at

Berkeley; Ph.D. Auburn University

Jenny Hampton (2000)

Assistant Professor of Business

B.S. University of Georgia; MTx Georgia State University;

J.D. University of Chicago

Jennifer S. Harrison (1995)

Associate Professor of Education

Baccalaureate, University of Warwick; M.Ed., University of

Colorado; Ph.D., University of Florida

CeliaG. Hay (1996)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

Diploma, Piedmont Hospital School of Nursing;

M.S., Georgia State University

Bryan A. Hearn (2000)

Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D. University of Florida

247

B. Joyce Hillyer ( 1995)

Associate Professor of Education

A.S.. Southern Union State Junior College; B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.

Auburn University

S. G. Hornsby (1966)

Professor of English

B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Auburn University

John C.Hurd( 1974)

Professor of Biology

B.S., Alabama College; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University

Lee E.Johnson (1990)

Fuller E. Callaway Associate Professor of Music B.A., Auburn
University; M. M., Indiana University

Marvin D. Johnson (1996)
Assistant Professor
B.A. Concordia College; M.A. American University in Cairo

Sandra K.Johnson (1983)

Professor of Health and Physical Education; Director of the Interim
Term and Core Curriculum

B.A., Concordia College; M.Ed., University of Arizona; Ed.D.,
University of North Carolina-Greensboro

Dorothy M. Joiner (2001)

Lovick Corn Professor of Art History

B.A. St. Mary's Dominican College; M.A. Emory University; Ph.D.

Emory University

Donald Jolly (1961)

Professor of Mathematics

B.S. University of Southern Mississippi; M.S. University of Illinois;

Ph.D. Auburn University

(Retired from full-time teaching in 1995)

Charles P. Kraemer ( 1978)

Professor of Psychology;

B.A., LaGrange College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

JohnD. Lawrence (1970)

Fuller E. Callaway Professor of Art and Design

B.F.A., Atlanta College of Art; M.F.A., Tulane University

Kyoo Lee (2004)

Assistant Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Ewha Women's University; M.A. Ewha Women's University;

Ph.D. Warwick University

248

Tracy L. R. Lightcap (1991)

Associate Professor of History and Political Science

A.B., University of the South; M.A., University of South Carolina;

Ph.D., Emory University

Alvin B. Lingenfelter (2003)

Assistant Professor of Religion

B.A., Missippi College; Masters of Divinity, Duke Divinity School.

Donald R. Livingston (2001)

Assistant Professor of Education

B.S. Drexel University; M.Ed. West Chester University; Ed. D.

Georgia Southern University

Sarah Beth Mallory (1993)

Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., M.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D. Auburn University

Lynn Massenzio (2002)

Assistant Professor of Education

B.A. Rutgers University; M.S. Georgia Institute of Technology; Ph.D.

Georgia State University

Greg A. McClanahan (1988)

Professor of Mathematics; Chair, Division of Science and
Mathematics B.S., M.S., Auburn University; Ph.D., Clemson
University

William J. McCoy, IV (1991)

Professor of Chemistry/Physics

B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina

Linda H. McMullen ( 1999)

Assistant Professor of Organizational Leadership and Director of the
Evening College; B.S., Geneva College; M.S., Geneva College

David W. Messer (2003)

Assistant Professor

B.S., University of Tennessee; M.S., University of Tennessee; Ed.S.,

West Georgia College; Ed.D., East Tennessee University

Frederick V.Mills (1967)

Professor of History

A.B., Houghton College; S.T.B., Temple University;

M.Th., Princeton University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Walter Y. Murphy

President Emeritus

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D.,

Bethune-Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College (1980-1996)

249

Francis A. O'Connor (1997)

Associate Professor of Latin American Studies

B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Idaho State University;

Ph.D., University of Iowa

Debbie Ogle (2003)

Assistant Professor of Music

B.S., University Montevallo; M.M., University of Alabama

William G. Paschal (1994)

Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Saint Joseph's College; Ph.D., Indiana University School

of Medicine

Loren L. Pinkerman (1998)
Assistant Professor

B.A., Westmar College; M.A.T., Colorado State University;
M.L.S., Indiana University

Amanda R. Plumlee (1996)

Associate Professor of Latin American Studies and Modern
Languages: B.S., UTC of Chattanooga; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Tennessee

Sandra Redmond

Assistant Professor of Nutsing

BSN, University of Alaska; MSN, University of Mississippi

Margaret Reneke (1999)

Assistant Professor of Art and Design
B.F.A., University of Georgia; M.F.A.,
Virginia Commonwealth University

Fay A. Riddle (1980)

Professor of Computer Science

B.S., H. Sophie Newcomb College of Tulane University; M.S.,

Ph.D., University of Florida

Arthur Robinson (1998)

Assistant Professor; Public Services Librarian

B.A., Trinity College; M.L.S., Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington

Lydia W. Rosencrants (1999)

Boatwright Assistant Professor of Accountancy

B. S., University of Richmond; Ph.D., Michigan State University

250

Edgard Sankara, (2002)

Assistant Professor of Spanish and French

Duel-I in Lettres Modernes, Universite D' Abidjan

Bachelor of Arts, Universite de Ouagadougou

Masters of Arts University of Oregon

Ph.D., University of Texas: French and Francophone Literatures

MaranahA. Sauter(1983)

Professor of Nursing; Chair, Divison of Professional Programs
A.A., B.S., Georgia Southwestern College; M.S., Georgia State
University; Ph.D., Medical College of Georgia

Laine Allison Scott (1998)

Associate Professor of English

B.A., The College of William & Mary; M.A., Middlebury College;

M.A., Salisbury State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama

George Michael Searcy (1966)

Associate Professor of Mathematics

A.B., LaGrange College; M.S., Auburn University

Bailey Brooks Shelhorse, Jr. (1968)

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science
A.B., LaGrange College; M.A., Louisiana State University; M.Ed.,
Washington State University; M.S., University of Evansville;
Ph.D. Georgia State University

Kevin L.Shirley (1998)

Assistant Professor of History

B.A., M.A. (history), M.A. (religion), Ph.D., Florida State University

Jay K.Simmons (1997)

Associate Professor of Political Science; Vice President for

Academic Affairs and Dean

B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.A.,

Ph.D., University of Alabama

JackC. Slay, Jr. (1992)

Dean of Students; Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Mississippi State University;
Ph.D., University of Tennessee

Timothy N. Taunton (1984)

Professor of Art and Design

B.A., University of Arkansas-Little Rock;

M.F.A., Louisiana State University

251

Brenda W.Thomas (1989)

Professor of English

A.B., Samford University; M.A., Auburn University;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Charles A. Thompson (2001)

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange College at Albany
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Wichita State University;
Ph.D. University of Missouri

Nathan Tomsheck (2004)

Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts

B.F.A., Whitworth College; M.F.A., Yale School of Drama

John A. Tures(2001)

Assistant Professor of Political Science

B.A., Trinity University; M.S. Marquette University;

Ph.D., Florida State University

Mitchell Turner, (2002)

Assistant Professor of Music

Bachelor of Science, Georgia Southern University: Communications
Master of Music, University of Georgia: Composition and Theory
Ph.D., University of Georgia: Theory and Composition

John M.Williams (1989)

Associate Professor of English

B.A., M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

Phillip R.Williamson (1969)

Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.S., Troy State University

Anthony Wilson

Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Oglethorpe University; M.A., Vanderbilt University; Ph.D.,

Vanderbilt University

Carol M. Yin (1991-1994, 1996)

Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.A.M., Ph.D., Auburn University

Kuo-chuan Yin (1994)

Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., National Chung Hsing University; M.S., Ph.D.,

Auburn University

252

Adjunct Faculty

Ethyl L. Ault

Instructor of Education

M.Ed., Georgia State University

Patricia Callaway

Instructor of Music

B.A., Emory, M.M. State University of West Georgia; D.MA,

University of Georgia

James Anthony Criswell

Instructor of Music

B. Med., Columbus State University; M.M., Samford University

Jerean C. Grau

Instructor of Nursing

B.S., University Medical College of Virginia; Ph.D.,

University of Florida

Eric Jones

Instructor of Music

B.F.A. Music, California Institute of the Arts; M.F.A. Music,

California State University, Northridge

Allison Orr

Instructor of English

B.A., M.Ed., Auburn University

Christiane B. Price

Instructor of Modern Foreign Language

M.A., Freie Universitat; Ph.D., Emory University

Tracy Clahan Riggs

Instructor of Theatre Arts

B.F.A., Catholic University; M.F.A., Florida Atlantic University

Pamela Scotto

Instructor of Cornerstone and Physical Education

ABJ, University of Georgia; M.Ed., State University of West Georgia;

Ed.S. State University of West Georgia

Thomas P. Steele

Instructor of Religion

B.A., Newberry College; M. Div., Lutheran School of Theology; D.

Min., McCormick Theological Seminary

Darryl Stephens

Instructor of Religion

B.A., Rice University; M. Div., Southern Methodist University

253

Paul M. Wolkoff

Instructor of Wellness and Physical Education

B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology; M.Ed., East Tennessee

State University

Matthew Woods

Instructor of Music

B.M., Birmingham-Southern College; M.M., The University

of Alabama

Writer in Residence

Michael Bishop

M.A., University of Georgia; L.H.D. LaGrange College

President Emeritus

Walter Y. Murphy

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University; LL.D.,
Bethune-Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College
(1980-1996)

Retired Faculty Members
Professors Emeritus

Sybil L. Allen, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1976-1994)

Sue M. Duttera, Ph.D. (1986-2002)

Santiago A. Garcia, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (1977-1995)

Luke K. Gill, Jr. B.B.A., M.S.W., J.D. (1971-2002)

Richard Donald Jolly, B.A., M.S., Ed.D. (1961-1995)

Evelyn B. Jordan, A.A, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1977-2001)

Walter Dickinson Jones, A.B., M.A., Ph.D. (1962-1982)

Frank R. Lewis, A.B., M.L.S. (1973-1996)

Charles Franklin McCook, A.B., S.T.B., S.T.M., Ph.D. (1961-1994)

Maynard L. Reid, B.S.E., M.S.E., Ed.D (1973-1995)

John L. Shibley, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (1950-1986)

Associate Professors Emeritus

Julia B. Burdett, A.A., B.A., M.P.E., M.S.W. (1974-1997)
Patrick M. Hicks, B.S., M.S. (1958-1998)

Assistant Professors Emeritus

Martha M. Estes, B.A., M.A. (1982-1991)

254

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Officers

Chairman George "Buddy" Darden

Vice Chairman Ray C. Anderson

Second Vice Chairman F. Stuart Gulley

Secretary Nancy N. Durand

Treasurer Phyllis D. Whitney

Members

Ray C. Anderson, Atlanta, Georgia 2007

* George W. Baker, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2006

J. Barry Bennett, LaGrange, Georgia Alumni Trustee

* J. Kennedy Boatwright III, LaGrange, Georgia 2006

David E. Boyd, Atlanta, Georgia 2008

Hal N. Brady III, Columbus, Georgia 2008

* H. Speer Burdette III, LaGrange, Georgia 2007

Samuel G. Candler, Atlanta, Georgia 2005

* Robert L. Carmichael, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2008

* Robert B. Copeland, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* George "Buddy" Darden, Marietta, Georgia 2005

G. Lindsey Davis (Bishop), Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio

E. Malone Dodson, Alpharetta, Georgia 2007

* Nancy N. Durand, LaGrange, Georgia 2006

* Charles L. Foster, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* Garnett J. Giesler, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

* Edmund C. Glover, LaGrange, Georgia 2006

William G. Griffin, Jr., Rome, Georgia Ex Officio

Elizabeth C. Harris, Cartersville, Georgia 2007

* Ellen Hudson Harris, Franklin, Georgia 2008

Scott D. Hawkins, Atlanta, Georgia 2005

William M. Hodges, Atlanta, Georgia 2006

* Pat H. Holder, LaGrange, Georgia 2007

* John S. Holle, LaGrange, Georgia 2007

Wayne Hunter, LaGrange, Georgia 2006

John M. Jackson, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

Harold Lawrence, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

* DeDe W. Leetch, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

C. Stephen Lynn, Nashville, Tennessee 2005

Charles M. Miller, Cornelia, Georgia 2008

* Polly C. Miller, Columbus, Georgia 2007

President, Student Government Association Ex Officio

Peggy Cobb Schug, Charlotte, North Carolina 2006

255

* Charles W. Smith, LaGrange, Georgia 2005

Richard W. Story, Gainesville, Georgia 2007

James L. Waits, Atlanta, Georgia 2008

* Almonese Brown Clifton Williams, Atlanta, Georgia 2006

* Member Executive Committee

Alumni Representatives

Gerald C. Becham, LaGrange, Georgia
Lois S. Simons, Covington, Georgia

Consultants

Linda R. Buchanan, Vice President and Dean for Student Life and Retention

F. Stuart Gulley, President

Greg A. McClanahan, Faculty Representative

Walter Y. Murphy, President Emeritus

Kimberly Myrick, Vice President for Enrollment Management

B. David Rowe, Vice President for Advancement

Jay K. Simmons, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

Phyllis D. Whitney, Executive Vice President for Administration

Legal Counsel

Daniel W. Lee, LaGrange, Georgia

President's Advisory Council

Carolyn M. Bernard, Greensboro, Georgia
J. Philip Cleaveland, LaGrange, Georgia
Lovick P. Corn, Columbus, Georgia
William B. Fackler, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia
John J. Flynt, Jr., Griffin, Georgia
Clifford C. Glover, West Point, Georgia

G. Sanders Griffith III, Columbus, Georgia
Charles D. Hudson, LaGrange, Georgia

L. Bevel Jones III, Decatur, Georgia

J. Smith Lanier II, West Point, Georgia

Frank R. Lewis, LaGrange, Georgia

Howard R. Park, LaGrange, Georgia

S. Cliff Rainey, LaGrange, Georgia

John W. Stewart, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia

L. Henderson Traylor, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia

256

Administrative Officers and Staff

President's Cabinet

Frank Stuart Gulley (1996) - President

B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.Div., Emory University; Ph.D.,
Georgia State University

Robert K. Boozer (2002) - Director of Institutional Research and Planning
B.S., M.S., North Carolina State University; Ph.D., Georgia State
University

Quincy D. Brown (1997) - The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus Minister and
Director of Servant Leadership

B.S., DeVry Institute of Technology; M.Div., Emory University;
D.Min., Interdenominational Theological Center

Linda R. Buchanan (1997) - Vice President and Dean for Student Life and
Retention

B.S., George Williams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky University;
Ph.D., Georgia State University

Kimberly Myrick (2003)- Vice President for Enrollment Management
B.A., University of Tulsa; M.A., University of Denver

B. David Rowe (2000) - Vice President for Advancement

B.S., Southwestern University; M.Div., Emory University

Jay K. Simmons (1997) -Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

B.A., Birmingham-Southern College; M.A., Ph.D., The University of
Alabama

Phyllis D. Whitney (1998) -Executive Vice President for Administration
B.S., M.A., Murray State University

257

ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

Michael Adcock

2003

Charles Anderson

2000

Rebecca Anderson

2000

Lynn Atha

2003

Terri Bassett

2003

Charlene Baxter

1976

Sande Beavers

2000

Jackie Belcher

2000

James Blackwood

1997

Robert Boozer

2002

Rita Boyd

2003

Dee Bradley

1992

Kelly Britsky

1997

Kristen Brooks

2004

Quincy D. Brown

1997

Susan Brown

1999

Linda R. Buchanan

1997

Becky Carter

1999

Diana Celorio

2001

Jennifer Claybrook

1999

Austin P. Cook, III

1981

Diane Cooper

1998

Mary Lou Dabbs

1999

Ashley Davis

1999

Sandra Dennis

1972

Rob Dicks

2001

Assistant Coach, Baseball

Assistant Coach, Baseball

Secretary, Callaway Academic Building

Financial Aid Counselor

Assistant to Vice President for Advancement

Librarian for Public and

Technical Services, Library

Facilities/Events Coordinator

Financial Aid Counselor

Director of Information Technology,

Chief Security Officer, Informational &
Instructional Technology

Director, Institutional Research and Planning

Administrative Assistant, Communications
and Marketing

Secretary, Education Division

Women's Basketball and Volleyball Coach,
Senior Women's Administrator

Campaign Coordinator

The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus

Minister, Director of Servant Leadership

Swimming Coach

Vice-President and Dean for Student Life
and Retention

Accounts Receivable Specialist,
Business Office

Career Placement Coordinator
International Advisor

Softball Coach, Volleyball Assistant Coach

Postmaster

Coordinator of Administrative Services

Electronic Resources Librarian, Library

Admission Counselor

Human Resources Specialist

Assistant Athletic Trainer

258

Julie Dobbs

2003

Peter Doig

1999

Drew Dorsey

2001

Josie Durant

2002

Lisa K. Farrow

1991

Renee Ferguson

2001

Brandon Fetner

1999

Michael Fouts

2000

Delaine Gay

2000

G. Jeffrey Geeter

1990

Jason Goodner

2001

Stacy Gorman

2000

F. Stuart Gulley

1996

Saundra Hall

2003

Ron Hamilton

2003

Susan A. Hancock

1975

Shirley Harrington
Research

1997

Dean Hartman

2000

Pride Hawkins

2003

Warren Haynes

1998

Bryan Hearn

2000

Wylene Herndon

1979

Jimmy G. Herring

1974

Ryan Horn

2001

Melissa Home

2001

Kevin Howard

1999

Parti Hoxsie

2000

John Hughes

2002

Robin Hurst

1999

Suzanne Jackson

2001

Graduate Assistant, Women's Basketball

Assistant Swimming Coach

Men's Basketball Assistant Coach

Departmental Assistant, Theatre Arts

Circulation Manager and Assistant to the
Director of the Library

Data Manager, Center for Community Studies

Director of Administrative Computer
Technology

Network Manager, Information Technology

Receptionist, Admission

Men's and Women's Soccer Coach

Assistant Director of

LaGrange College at Albany

Assistant Director of Publications and
Web Development

President

Administrative Assistant, Evening Division

Assistant Director for Media Relations

Secretary, Alumni and Parent Relations

Assistant to the Director of Institutional
and Planning, Assistant to the Director of
Instructional and Information Technology

Director of Communications and Marketing

Director of Advancement Services

Men's Basketball Coach

Director of Instructional &
Information Technology

Parking

Registrar

Tennis Coach, Assistant Men's Soccer Coach

Secretary, LaGrange College at Albany

Baseball Coach

Assistant Controller, Business Office

Sports Information Director

Secretary, Division of Humanities

Manager, LC Connection

259

Marvin D. Johnson

1996

Sandra Johnson 1983

Dorothy Joiner 2001

Lori Knopp 1998

Catherine Kostilnik 1993

Susan A. Laforet 1994

Anita Laney
Dawn Marrin

1974
2000

Kirby H. McCartney 1983

Laurel McDaniel

2001

Melissa McDonald

1983

Linda McGill

2000

Patricia McKay

1998

Linda H. McMullen

1999

Carolyn McNearney

2000

Cynthia Miles 1996

Tiffany Mixon 1999

Brandon Mobley 2000

Jackie L. Morman, Sr. 1992

Kimberly Myrick 2003

Sharon Newton 2000

Debbie Ogle

1997

Meredith Parker

2001

William Paschal

1994

Loren Pinkerman

1998

Martha Pirkle

1994

Kathy Pirrman

2000

Marty Pirrman

1999

Julie Raiskums

2003

Michelle Reeves

1998

Assistant to the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean

Director of Core Program and Interim Term

Curator of the Lamar Dodd Art Center

Secretary, Division of Nursing

Director, Center for Community Studies

Secretary, Division of Natural Sciences and
Mathematics and Institutional Research and
Planning

Bookstore Director

Administrative Assistant, Lamar Dodd
Art Center

Administrative Assistant, Student

Development Office; Resident Director of
Hawkes Hall

Copy/Mail Center Specialist

Administrative Assistant, Registrar's Office

Switchboard Operator/Receptionist

Administrative Assistant, Registrar's Office

Director, Evening College

Administrative Assistant, Academic Affairs
and Dean's Office

Associate Director of Admission

Support Manager, Information Technology

Systems Analyst, Information Technology

Pool Operations Manager

Vice President for Enrollment Management

Administrative Assistant, Career Development
Center and Counseling

Choral Director

Admission Counselor

Tennis Assistant Coach

Director, William and Evelyn Banks Library

Director of Alumni and Parent Relations

Application Coordinator, Admission

Controller, Business Office

Graduate Assistant, Men's Basketball

Assistant Director, Financial Aid

260

Lee Richter

1993

Brenda T. Riley

1989

John Riley

2003

Arthur Robinson

1998

Tammy Rogers

1992

David Rowe

2000

Tammy Sawyer

2003

Laine A. Scott

1998

Pamela Scotto

1998

Ann Sellman

2002

Jay K. Simmons

1997

Jack Slay

1992

Lori Slay

1997

Sylvia Smith

1985

Nancy Spradlin

2001

Barbara Storie

1992

Natasha Talreja

2003

Charles Thompson

2001

Emma Trammell

1992

Glenda Turner

1993

Daniel Washburn

2003

Darlene Weathers

1988

Fiona Westmoreland

2003

Lydia E. Wheitsel

1996

Phyllis D. Whitney

1998

David Wiggins

2003

Chastity Williams

2003

Phillip R. Williamson

1969

Sandra Williamson

1999

Chris Wilson

2002

Joan Wilson

2001

Mary Wilson

1994

Paul Wolkoff

1997

Golf Coach

Secretary, Division of Business

Director of Leadership Giving

Public Services Librarian, Library

Director of Donor Relations

Vice President for Advancement

Softball Assistant Coach

Director of Writing Center

Director of Counseling

Administrative Assistant, Music Dept.

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean

Dean of Students

Cataloging and General Assistant, Library

Director, Financial Aid

Accounting Assistant, Business Office

Secretary, Athletics/ Health, Physical
Education and Recreation

Admission Counselor

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange
College at Albany

Information Specialist, Admission Office

Resident Director of Candler Hall

Assistant Coach, Baseball

Manager, Campus Bookstore

Admission Counselor

Executive Secretary to the President

Executive Vice President for Administration

Acquisitions Assistant

Record Secretary

Athletic Director

Accounts Payable Specialist, Business Office

Community Facilitator, Center for
Community Studies

Secretary, Development Office

Resident Director of Henry Hall

Athletic Trainer

261

A

Abbreviations 92

Academic

Advising 53

Calendar 5

Divisions 91

Forgiveness 60

Honors 63

Load 64

Programs 73

Support Services 66

Standing 59

Acceleration 56

Accreditation 12

Administration 258

Admission 19

Advanced Placement Tests 19

Advisers 55

Albany Campus 13

Appeals 59

Assessment 79

Associate Degree 77

Athletics 48,49,155

Attendance, Regulations 56

Attendance, Class 56

Auditing Courses 25

Awards and Recognition 86

B

Baccalaureate Degree

Requirements 61

Building Descriptions 14

C

Calendar, Academic 5

Career Planning 50

Change of Regulation 4

Communications Directory 2

Conduct 41

Core Program, Liberal Arts 73

Counseling 51

Courses of Instruction
(see Departments)

Numbering 92

Abbreviations 92

Course Repetition 56

Credit-By Examination and

Exemption 76

Advanced Placement 75

College Level Examination

Program (CLEP) 76

Credit through USAFI and

Service Schools 57

Curriculum (See Departments)

Cultural Enrichment 63

D

Day Clinic 18,50

Dean's List 63

Declaration of Major 79

Degrees Offered 77

Degree Requirements 61

Departments

Art and Design 93

Biology 102

Business 105

Accountancy 106

Economics 115

Finance 115

Management 116

Marketing 1 19

Chemistry 120

Computer Science 129

Core Courses 138

Education 140

General Science 154

Health & Physical Ed 155

History 162

Human Services 167

Latin American Studies 172

Library Science 181

Mathematics 182

Modern Language 172

French 177

German 179

Spanish 174

Music 190

Nursing 203

Physics 212

Philosophy 224

Political Science 213

Psychology 219

262

Religion 224

Sociology 232

Spanish 174

Speech 237

Theatre Arts 238

Women's Studies 244

Divisions, Academic 91

E

Early Admission 22

Endowed Lectureships 86

Enrollment 19

Evening College 12

F

Faculty 245

Federal Tax Credits 27

Fees 26

Financial Aid 30

Financial Information 25

Foreign Languages (See Latin
American Studies)

Fraternities 46

Fraud (Suspected) 40

G

Grades and Credits 58

Grade Points 61

Graduation Petitions 64

Graduation Requirements 64

H

Harassment Policy 42

HealthCare 18,50

History of the College 10

Holidays (See Academic Calendar)

Home Schooled Students 21

Honor Code 53

Honor Societies 47

Honors, Prizes and Awards 86

HOPE Scholarship 38

Housing Requirements 45

I

Incomplete Grade 58

Independent Study 79

Infirmary (See Day Clinic)
Information Technology Services

Campus Network 69

Cell phone and Pager Policy .71

Data Security 71

Email accounts 67

Facilities 68

Personal Web Pages 69

Responsible Use Policy 66

Student Computer

Configurations 69

Use 66

Use by Guests and Alumni.... 71

User Account 67

User Awareness 71

WAP Best Practices 70

Wireless Network 70

Intercollegiate Athletics 48

Interdisciplinary Major 78

Intramural Sports 49

International Students and

Studies 57,58

Internship (consult indv. depts.)

J

Joint Enrollment 22

L

LaGrange College At Albany 13

Lectures 47

Library 14

Loans 36

Location of College 1 1

M

Majors 77

Medical Care 18,50

Minors 80

Mission Statement 10

N

Non-degree student 23

Non-traditional student

( SeeEvening College Bulletin)

O

Officers, Administration 257

Officers, Board of Trustees 255

Organizations:

Honorary 47

Religious 47

Service 47

263

Special Interests Students 47

Orientation 54

Other Languages & Cultures .... 179

Overload 56

P

Philosophy of College 10

Placement (Course) 75

Placement Services 50

Pre -professional Programs 80

President's Cabinet 257

Probation, Academic 59

Publications 47

s

Quality Points 61

R

Readmission 23

Refund Policy 28

Registration and Academic

Advisers 55

Religion-in-Life Lectures

Thompson Lectureship 86

Religious Life 49

Requirements:

Admission 20

Degree 61

Graduation 64

Residence Requirements 45

Retired Faculty Members 254

Room and Board 25

S

SAT 19

Satisfactory Academic Progress.. 3 1

Scholarships 35

Semester Hours 1 1

Session, Other 12

Sexual Harassment 42

Social Life 46

Sororities, Social 46

Staff 258

Student

Aid 30

Appeal of Decisions 51

Classification 45, 64

Conduct & Honor Code .. 41, 53

16.

Development

Government

Housing 14, 15

Life .'

Organizations

Publications

Traditional Activities

Summer School

Summer Theatre Laboratory
Suspension

44

46

17,45

41

46

47

46

9

....238
59

Teacher Education and

Certification

Testing

ACT

CEEB(SAT)

CLEP

Fee

Time Restrictions:

Core Program

Financial Aid

Major

Transcripts

Transfer

Admission

Credit

Transient

Students

Study (elsewhere)..

Trustees, Board of

Tuition and Fees:
General Summary

140

. 19
. 19
.76
.26

.76
.31
.79
.65

.22
.62

..23
..57
.255

..26

Vehicle Registration 51

W

Withdrawal 55

Work Opportunities 39

264

cr a o i- m
"* o -2 =

q-O - CD CJ>

> *- - ff

^ ten ^

QJ M Q- CD

a !'

g o) (D

I G3

03 O

CD -

S CD

eg 8

P Q.

Q ^

>3

00 CD

O **

O

CO Tl

CD O

13 C/>

03

O |

C

13" 0)

fl) ^+

3 3

r

(Q ~

CD

r

O

>

m

Q.
Q.

H

2

ED

5 gff3